Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
31B-223 (2)
Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Electrical Contractor and be included in his bid. 3 . 7 TESTING A. Balancing Loads: 1 . Circuits shall be connected to the panelboards so that the total load is distributed equally between each line and neutral to within ten percent. Branch circuits shall be balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads balanced on the main distribution panel . Reasonable load testing shall be arranged for verification if requested by the Public Works Department . END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL -16100-47 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 �Owk Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts G. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment, they must be in first- class operating order and in perfect condition as to finish, etc. Check for proper operation and appearance, alignment of fixtures and proper placement of lenses, louvers, lamps and other light controlling or modifying appurtenances. 3 . 5 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished floor, aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall mounted equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle height shall be as directed by the Architect . Switch outlets shall be 48" above finished floor, unless aligned above or below closest block course. The Electrical Contractor shall check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences . B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded hub type ? and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket . C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation. D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back of finished surface. E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit . Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture. F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with covers. 3 . 6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer ' s printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required ELECTRICAL -16100-46 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel connections. D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel conduit to eliminate vibra- tions and noise being transferred to other parts of the building,. with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings . This flexible conduit shall also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures . 3 . 4 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Installation of all lighting fixtures shall be done by experienced mechanics . Lighting fixtures shall not be installed where finished coat of paint has been applied to ceiling and walls until paint is thoroughly dry. B. Lighting fixtures in equipment rooms shall riot be installed until after all piping and duct work is in place . Lighting fixture layout shown on the Drawings is typical layout, but may be modified to provide adequate lighting of the equipment space according to final construction conditions . Any relocation of fixtures due to duct or piping interference shall be as directed by the Architect, at no expense to the Owner. C. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for proper co-ordination of all lighting fixture locations . Provide support for all fixtures mounted on or recessed in hung ceiling. He shall confer with Ceiling Contractor and Heating and Ventilating Contractor to co-ordinate lighting system with other trades . D. Provide and install suitable cover plate or canopy for each fixture outlet box where the fixture does not provide a suitable cover. E. Fixtures located on exterior of building shall be installed with cadmium-plated brass screws and gasketed. F. All pendant type fixtures in the same room shall be installed at a uniform height from the floor and shall hang plumb. ELECTRICAL -16100-45 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 .2 GROUNDING A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment. B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all material required for the grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting systems installed under this Contract . C. The Electrical Contractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connections . Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where required, conforming with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code and other applicable specification standards . D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each. 3 . 3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than the equiva- lent of three 90° bends in a single run. Where more bends are necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall provide suitable pull boxes . B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction. C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to junction boxes shall Aow ELECTRICAL -16100-44 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College lowk Northampton, Massachusetts 1. 2 . 16 TIME CLOCKS (TC) A. Time clocks shall be seven (7) day dial units with manual "ON - AUTO - OFF" bypass switch. Switch shall be four-pole, single throw, 20A per pole capacity, 120V. Time clock shall be Tork #TW200L. B. All time clocks shall be set and adjusted for "ON" - "OFF" times as specified by the Architect . 2 . 17 PHOTO CELL (PC) A. Photo Cell shall be Tork #2105 120V or equal PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades . B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all mQasurements and shall be responsible for the correctness of same . No allowance will be made for differences between actual measurements and those shown on plans . C . If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Contractor finds that the work of other trades might interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified. D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans . The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and local inspection authorities. E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall be made accessible. F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified. ELECTRICAL -16100-43 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts d. Loop and hook or swivel hanger assemblies for pendant fixtures shall be filled with a restraining device to hold the stem in the support position during earthquake motions. e . Pendant supported fluorescent fixtures shall also be provided with a flexible hanger device at the attachment to the fixture channel to preclude breaking of the support . The motion of swivels or hinged joints shall not cause sharp bends in conductors or damage to insulation. f . Each recessed fluorescent individual or continuous row of fixtures shall be supported by a seismic resistant suspended ceiling support system, and shall be fastened thereto at each corner of the fixture; or shall be provided with fixture support wired attached to the building structural members using two wires for individual fixtures and one wire per unit of continuous row fixtures . These support wires (min. No. 12 ga wire) will be capable of supporting four times the support load. g. A supporting assembly, which is intended to be mounted on an outlet box, will be designed to accommodate mounting features on four-inch boxes, three inch plaster rings, and fixture studs. h. Each surface mounted fluorescent individual or continuous row of fixtures shall be attached to a seismic resistant ceiling support system. Fixture support devices shall be locking type scissor clamp, or a full loop band, which will securely attach to the ceiling support. i . Fixtures attached to the underside of a structural slab shall be properly anchored to the slab at each corner of the fixture. j . Each wall mounted emergency light unit shall be secured in a manner to hold the unit in place during a seismic disturbance. k. Suspension systems for lighting fixtures that are free to swing a minimum of 45° from the vertical in all directions are acceptable if a passing shaking table test approved by the using agency is conducted and will withstand without failure a force of not less than four times its own weight . ELECTRICAL -16100-42 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15 . Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is rolled up to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder, which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I . C. B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads . Drill-in stud wedge anchors shall be type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries or equal. 16. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor_ locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I . C . B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads . Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be type SAB as manufactured by Mason Indust=ries or equal . 17 . Housekeeping pad anchors shall consist of a ductile iron casting that is tapered and hexagonal, smaller at its base than at its top . The upper portion shall have holes for rebar_ to pass through. The anchor shall be continuously threaded from top to bottom for the attachment of soleplates . Housekeeping pad anchors shall be attached to the structural slab using a stud wedge anchor. Housekeeping pad anchors shall be type HPA and stud wedge anchor shall be type SAS both as manufactured by Mason Industries or equal . 18 . Lighting Fixtures : a. Lighting fixtures and supports shall conform to the Standard for Safety UL-57 . b. Provide a lateral bracing system. c. Fixture supports will employ materials, which are suitable for the purpose. ELECTRICAL -16100-41 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts swing through a 308 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing the 308 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11 . Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12 . Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint . Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement . Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges . Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14 . Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint . Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage A ELECTRICAL -16100-40 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Industries, Inc. 8 . Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element . Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz . Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure . All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3) -leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8 in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment . Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1 . 2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10 . Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 .n. t i c,k neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to ELECTRICAL -16100-39 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 5 . Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support . All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment . Spring diameters shall be no less than 0 . 8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 500 of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection . A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment . Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7. Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason A ELECTRICAL -16100-38 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College ' Northampton, Massachusetts J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints: 1 . Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be Type Super W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2 . Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings : h:ail have a minimum static deflection of 0 . 2 in. and all directional seismic capab=ility. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements . The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3 . Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves . The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel_ holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation iii three (3) planes . Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable . All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4 . A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact . Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. ELECTRICAL -16100-37 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts in accordance with the requirements of - the vibration vendor' s calculations . H. Seismic Force Levels: 1 . The following force levels will be used on this project . Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. Buildin "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force For g for all pipes, for Rigidity for Life Safety Code Duct & Conduit Mounted Flexibility Equipment Either Equipment Mounted Rigidity or Equipment Flexibility Mounted Zone Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Horiz. Vert. Vert. UBC * * * * * k BOCA .25 . 08 0.4 0. 15 0. 1 0. 6 0.2 0. 15 SBCCI I . Product Intent : 1 . All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry' s products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2 . For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in. ELECTRICAL -16100-36 _ Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts e. Massachusetts Electrical Code . F. Manufacture' s Responsibility: 1 . Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities : a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations . b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. C. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of uninsolated equipment . d. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance . G. Related Work: 1 . Housekeeping Pads : a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic ` pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepared by the restraint vendor -if not already indicated on the Drawings . b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings . If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment . 2 . Supplementary Support Steel: Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3 . Attachments : Contractor shall supply restraint attachments plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. ELECTRICAL -16100-35 "' Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C . Seismic Certification and Analysis : 1 . Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five (5) years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. 2 . All restraining devices shall have a pre-approval number form California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings . Pre-approvals based on independent testing are preferred pre-approvals based on calculations . Where pre-approved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combing of tensile and shear loading) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five (5) years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 degrees to the weakest mode. 3 . Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure . Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level . E. Code and Standards Requirement : 1 . Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or enforced code: a . Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA National Mechanical Code. C . NFPA-13, 14 , 20, and 90A. d. Massachusetts State Plumbing and Gas Code. OW ELECTRICAL -16100-34 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts D. Manufacture' s Data: 1 . The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows : a . Descriptive Data: 1 . Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. 2 . Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings . b . Shop Drawings : 1 . Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point law locations . 2 . Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling Ming equipment . 3 , Where walls, floors, slabs, or supplementary steelwork are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacture' s submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points . 4 . Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment . ELECTRICAL -16100-33 I-aw Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Transformers Electrical Panels Unit Substitutions B. Definitions 1 . Life Safety Systems : a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems . b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems . C. All medical and life support systems . d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule . 2 . Positive Attachment: A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in-anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded "C" type beam clamps for support rods of electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points . 3 . Transverse Bracing: Restraint (s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. 4 . Longitudinal Bracing: Restraint (s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe . ELECTRICAL -16100-32 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts between the manufactures or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5 . The Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction .requirements (i . e. California Title 24 , California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements) . 6 . Any variance or non-compliance with these .-)pecification requirements shall be corrected by the Contractor in an approved manner. 7 . Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. A. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1 . Vibration isolation for equipment . 2 . Seismic restraints for isolated equipment . low 3 . Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment . 4 . Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 5 . Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. 6. All electrical systems . Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below i ;, typical . (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification. ) Battery Packs Generators Bus Ducts Light Fixtures Cable Trays Comp. Room Units Switching Gear Conduit ELECTRICAL -16100-31 eOW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 , Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 13 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. The building television distribution system shall include, but not limited to, the following: 1 . New RG500 main trunk from Talbot House to new main distribution point in new IT closet . 2 . Distribution equipment in new ITF Closet location as shown on plans . 3 . Main cable trunk distribution as shown on plans . 4 . Individual television drops, through conduit as required, to individual television outlets at locations as shown on plans and requested by -the Owner. 5 . Provisions for future teleconferencing as shown on plans. 5 . All cabling, connectors, and outlets shall be current College Standards . 2 . 15 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 1 . It is the intent of the seismic portion of this Specification to keep all electrical building system components in place during a seismic event . 2 . All electrical equipment and conduit, as noted on the equipment schedule or in the Specification, shall be mounted on vibration isolators and with flexible connections to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to t-he building structure . Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections . 3 . All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 4 . All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufactures and building construction standards . Whenever a conflict occurs ELECTRICAL -16100-30 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Greater than 44 .D Db. e. Cable Resistance: Less than 9. 4 OHMS (18 . 8 loopback) . f. Noise: Less than 100 mv. g. TDR testing will be performed with 10 ft. Category V patch cables; one at TDR, and one at signal injector. h. Document all data obtained in cable certification process for each drop, including Outlet IO and Pass/Fail status . S . System Documentation: 1 . Prepare and submit four (4) copies of operation and maintenance manuals, neatly bound as outlined in this Specification. 2 . Manual to include: a. A system block diagram with all input/output Awk terminations and patch points identified. b. A listing of the As-built cabling and compo- nents installed. C. A record of the dynamic test results, both data communication simulation and the real time photographs showing the Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) measurements of the indi- vidual cable segments . d. Formalized As-built Drawings indicating the physical cable plant, component and node locations . e. A topology diagram depicting the network configuration for Owner' s reference when additions, changes, or modifications are made to the original design. ELECTRICAL -16100-29 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 9. Provide ample service loops at each termination so that plates, panels, and equipment can be unmounted for service and inspection. Q. Acceptance Testing 1 . Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Architect/Engineer and Owner during a period designated by the Owner. The period of time required for acceptance testing is two (2) working days. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one (1) technician for the acceptance testing period. This area shall_ be completed with all furnishings ready for occupancy. 2 . Make additional mechanical and electrical adjust- ments within the scope of the work and which are deemed necessary by the Architect or Owner as a result of the acceptance tests . R. Testing and Inspection 1. Test and inspect all parts of the work provided under this Section and as required by codes, stan- dard or authorities having jurisdiction, and con- duct all tests and inspections to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and all authorities . Notify the Architect and all involved authorities at least one (1) week prior to testing cr inspec- tion. Do not cover work prior to testing or inspection. 2 . The Contractor shall certify all twisted pair cable drops with a time domain reflectometer (TDR) device in order to verify compliance with IEEE Specifications. The test results for all cable drops must meet or exceed the following Specifications when tested from each end. a. Compliance with EIA/TIA T569B wiring sequence. b. Distance: Less than 90 meters. C. Attenuation at 10 . 0 MHz: Less than 6 . 95 dB. d. Near end crosstalk (NEXT) at 10. 0 Mhz: ELECTRICAL -16100-28 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts operators . 4 . Clearly, logically, and permanently mark connec- tors, jacks, cables, and cable terminations. P. Wiring 1 . Provide wire, conduits, and raceways according to standard broadcast practices . Do not exceed 300 fill in conduit . 2 . Exercise care in wiring to avoid damage to cables and equipment. 3 . Wiring shall not rest on ceiling material nor touch any heat sources . Conduits exposed to physical abuse shall be run in RSC, 3/4" minimum. 4 . Install all data wire and cable. Ensure proper. a. Pulling tensions . b. Quantities . C. Types. OW d. Lengths . e. Routing. f. Wire group separation. g, identification. 5 . The interconnection of all equipment requiring shielded cable shall be by Belden type 9451, or equivalent, unless otherwise specified. 6. All wires shall be permanently identified at each wire end by marking with "E-Z" tape markers or equivalent. 7 . Splicing of cables is not permitted between termi- nations at specified equipment . 8 . Form, in a neat and orderly manner, all conductors in enclosures and boxes, wireways and wiring troughs, providing circuit and conductor identifi- cation. Tie as required using T&B "Ty-Raps" of appropriate size and type . Limit spacing between ties to 6", and provide circuit and conductor identification at least once in each enclosure. ELECTRICAL -16100-27 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14,2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts M. Labeling 1 . Each cable shall be labeled: a. Where it enters a termination or patch panel. b. On the front of the patch panel or punch block. 2 . Cables shall be labeled using pre-printed or write-on markers with a clear overwrap to protect the labeling. If pre-printed markers are utilized, the clear overwrap shall cover the entire legend. 3 . All cables will be labeled at both ends, with room number and floor. N. Field Quality Control. 1 . Employ a Job Superintendent or Project Manager during the course of the installation to provide co-ordination of the work of the Division and of other trades and to provide technical information when requested by other trades . This person shall be responsible for all quality control during installation, equipment set-up and testing. 0. General Co-ordination (Date and Telephone Wiring) - 1 . Entire system shall conform completely with perti- nent codes, laws, ordinances, regulations, stan- dards, criteria, or other requirements, including, but not limited to, structural support, fire rating and health/safety requirements regarding all items . Such conformity shall have precedence over this Specification. 2 . Secure equipment firmly in place, including boxes, conduit, and cables . Provide fastenings and sup- ports adequate to support loads . 3 . Install work neatly, with boxes, equipment, etc. , plumb and square. Adjust layout as necessary to preserve symmetry and aesthetics . Install equip- ment to provide maximum safety to future ELECTRICAL -16100-26 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts and at each splice/junction point. Contractor shall label cables in accordance with 2 . 13 .M, "Labeling" of this section. 4 . Provide fire stopping for electrical penetrations through fire rated floors, walls, and other parti- tions of building construction. S . Where existing cables (outlets) are being relocated to an adjacent wall, Contractor shall cut off connector and pull cable to new outlet box location. Pull and label as specified. K. Testing of Data Cables 1 . Each pair and the shield of each cable shall be tested for opens, shorts, grounds, and pair rever- sal . Grounded and reversed pairs shall be corrected by the Contractor. Open and shorted pairs shall be examined to determine if the problem is caused by faulty termination. If the termination is proper, the bad pairs shall be tapped at both ends and noted on the punch down sheets . 2 . if any data cable contains any bad conductors or pairs, the entire cable shall be replaced at no charge to the Owner. 3 . All terminated UTP cables shall conform to the Specifications for Category 5e cable . L. Grounding 1 . All equipment racks, housings, and raceways shall be grounded. 2 . Data system shall contain a single point ground. All cabinets, racks, etc. shall be connected to a single point ground which, in turn, will be con- nected to the grounding systems conductors in that area. 3 . All manufacturers grounding requirements shall be adhered to as a minimum. ELECTRICAL -16100-25 OOW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts inserts based on equipment as manufactured by Hubbell. i . Date - Category 5 5110 Type. ii . Voice - FTJ Type b. Data runs will be punched down (8 wires) to Category 5e RJ45 patch panels using EIA/TIA 568B standard. C. Voice station wires will be punched down to 110 Type blocks . d. Provide two (2) port faceplates for "Data Only" locations and three (3) port faceplates for combined voice/data locations. 5 . Voice cable to be Category 5e. J. Installation of Data and 'Telephone Cabling 1 . Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer ' s printed instructions to comply with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work and as shown on approved Shop Drawings . a. Contractor shall rigidly adhere to manufac- turer ' s published specifications for pulling tension, minimum bend radii, and sidewall pressure when installing all cables . 2 . Arrange and mount all equipment and materials in a manner acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and Owner. 3 . Installation shall conform to the following basic guidelines : a. Use of approved wire, cable, and wiring devices . b. Neat and uncluttered wire termination. C. Cable marking materials shall be employed throughout the length of each cable run. The Contractor shall label each cable at the ends ELECTRICAL -16100-24 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts H. Voice runs may be cross connected on 110 blocks . I. Data cabling shall be Category 5e, unshielded twisted pair, (UTP) , with a blue sheath as manufactured by IBM, Belden, or AT&T. 1 . The installed cabling must meet or exceed the following specifications: a. UTP (unshielded twisted pair) , Category V rated, 24 AWG solid bare CU, PVC', jacket, 4 pairs . b. Nominal capacitance at 1 KHZ : 4 PF/FT . C. Nominal velocity of progragation: 670 d. Nominal Delay: 1 . 5 NS/FT. e. Nominal. Condr/D.C. R. at 20 C: 27 OHMS/1000 FT . f . Characteristic Impedance: 100 OHMS A 2 . Frequency Max. Attenuation Min. Crosstalk 1 MHz 6. 3 dB/1, 000 Ft . 62 dB/1, 000 Ft . 4 MHz 13 dB/1, 000 Ft . 53 dB/1, ,.:; '0 Ft . 10 MHz 20 dB/1, 000 Ft. 47 dB/1, 000 Ft . 16 MHz 25 dB/1, 000 Ft . 44 dB/1, 000 Ft . 20 MHz 28 dB/1, 000 Ft. 42 dB/1, 000 Ft . 100 MHz 67 dB/1, 000 Ft. 32 dB/1, 000 Ft . 3 . Physical Characteristics a . Maximum pulling tension: 41 lbs . b. Minimum bend radius : 2 . 00 in. C. Nominal diameter: . 217 in. d. Cable shall be Belden No. 1583A or approved equal. 4 . Wall Plates and Connectors a. Furnish and install faceplates, boxes and ELECTRICAL -16100-23 `"""` Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 00k., Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 6. Sensor Base 4098-9792 7 . Monitor Module 4090-9001 8 . Relay Module 4090-9002 9. AV multi cand 4905-9127 10 . V/O multi cand 4905-9101 11 . Provide Connection to NT 3400 FA Monitoring system Also required is the following or equivalent : 12 . Knoxbox: Knox Model 3266 13 . Galls Red Strobe RL028 2 . 12 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM A. The building' s internal telephone/data system shall accommodate the new building layout as shown on -the Drawings and directed by the Owner. B. New head end equipment, including fiber optic data and telephone equipment shall be mounted on a backboard located in the Utility Room. Tie-in shall be male from 00101. the Talbot House for all inter-connections to the College network. C. New outlet locations, as shown on Drawings, shall consist of standard size outlet box, and cover plates (smooth phenolic ivory) , with 3 ports; (1) for data, (1) for telephone, and (1) for future expansion. D. The work in this Section shall be performed by a Contractor who has been pre-qualified by the College. Acceptable Contractor is Hogan. E. Work of this Section shall include the installation, termination, and testing of all data and telephone wiring from the outlets indicated on the Contract Drawings to the Data and Telephone Equipment as directed by the Owner. F. Each Telephone/Data outlet drop shall consist of one (1) data and one (1) voice drop, run from each outlet location to the existing equipment. G. All data runs must be installed without cross-connects between wall jack and patch panel terminations. ELECTRICAL -16100-22 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts wiring gutters shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67 . Cabinets to be equipped with latch and tumbler - lock on door of trim. Doors over 48" long shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. End walls shall be removable. F. The panelboard interior assembly shall be dead front with panelboard front removed. Main lugs shall be barriered on five sides . The barrier in front of the main lugs shall be hinged to be fixed part of the interior. . The end of the bus structure opposite the mains shall be barre:red. G. Panelboards shall be listed by UL and shall bear the UL Label . Panelboard shall be Square D I-LINE, series for 120/208 volts. No substitutions will be allowed. 2 . 11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. The Electrical Contractor shall install fire alarm system components as shown on Drawings . All fire alarm equipment shall be furnished by the Owner and shall be as manufactured by Simplex or Edwards to match existing Avw system. B. All wiring in conduit shall be furnished and -installed by the Electrical Contractor. Tie -- in to the campus network shall be from the Talbot House. C. The building shall be wired on a "zone" per floor basis unless otherwise indicated by the Owner. D. The Fire Alarm System shall comply with all requirement set forth by the Northhampton Fire Department. The requirement can be obtained through the Installation guide provided by the Northhampton Fire Department . E. The following is a list of components. The model numbers are based on Simplex and only Edwards (New England Fire System maybe substituted) : 1 . FACP 4100u 2 . LCD Annunciator 4603-9101 3 . Pull Station D/A 4099-9003 4 . Smoke Sensor 4098-9714 5. Heat Sensor 4098-9733 ELECTRICAL -16100-21 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high by 3" long or equivalent for each circuit . The directory shall be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit . G. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than 10, 000 amps. H. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters ' Laborator- ies and bear the UL label . Panelboards shall be Square D, "NQOD" series for 120/208 volts . No substitutions will be allowed. 2 . 10 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Furnish and install distribution/power panelboards where shown on the Plans . Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic, molded case circuit breakers of frame and trip ratings as required. B. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs shall have current ratings as required. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests with maximum hot spot temperature on any connector or bus bar not to exceed 50°C above ambient . Heat rise tests shall be conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67 . The use of conductor dimensions will not be accepted in lieu of actual heat tests . C. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected connectors . The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other. Large permanent, individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between "ON" and "OFF" . Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers . D. Each Panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit rating equal to 42, 000 amps . E. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL Standard 50 for cabinets . The size of ELECTRICAL -16100-20 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts No substitutions will be allowed. c. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter, fused, with 24 volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt. d. Furnish a minimum of one auxiliary contact in each starter for use by others for interlock- ing purposes . E. Equivalent equipment by Cutler-Hammer, General Electric will be considered. 2 . 9 PANELBOARDS A. Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting and receptacle panelboards as required and where shown on the Plans. Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as required. B. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating, and have common trip on all multi-pole breakers . Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking position between "On" and "Off" when the breaker is tripped. Connections to the bus shall be bolt--on. C. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breaker shall be the "distributed phase" or "phase sequence" type. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. D. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit wiring, both breaker and neutral, shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified. E. Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top, odd numbers shall be used in sequence down the left-hand side and even numbers shall be used in sequence down the right-hand side . F. A circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. ELECTRICAL -16100-19 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 5. Fuses shall be as required. 6. Switches shall be Square D, heavy duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures, or equal. C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole toggle switches as specified, or required. D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the Plans . 1 . Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts . All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing starter from panel. 2 . Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without removing the starter from the panel . 3 . Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control circuit module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. a. All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch, three-pole, three-phase of NEMA size applicable, with three melting alloy overload relays and three-position H-O-A switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. To be Allen- Bradley Bulletin 522 . No substitutions will be allowed. b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic contactor without over- load protection, with "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover of general purpose enclosure. To be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 509. ELECTRICAL -16100-18 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM certified. C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size. T-8 lamps shall be 3500 K. Compact fluorescent PL lamps shall be 3, 500 K. D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure. E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the Fixture Schedule and by corresponding letter on Drawings . Manufacturers ' names and catalogue numbers are listed to show type and standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect and Owner. 2 . 8 MOTOR STARTERS AND SWITCHES A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors. B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as required. ..A► 1 . All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the "off" position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion and promote cool operation. 2 , Switches shall be quick-made arid quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the "Off" posi- tion. 3 . Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless NEMA 3R (rainproof) is required. Enclosures shall have gray enamel, electro-deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel. 4 . Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC. ELECTRICAL -16100-17 �""" Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 OO "* Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 9. Power receptacles shall be flush type, of NEMA configuration shown, with matching cord and cap, Leviton, or equal, as follows : a. Type "R" - 50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No. 279. b. Type "D" - 30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat . No. 278 . 10 . Clock hanger outlet with single receptacle and strong hook for hanging heavy clocks, Leviton Cat . No. 688-I, ivory finish, or equal . Clocks shall be provided by the Owner. 11 . Wall plates shall be smooth molded urea or phenolic plastic, ivory with matching screws . To be Leviton Cat . No. 86000 series, or equal . 12 . Occupancy sensors shall consist of wall mounted passive infrared sensors mounted in standard size switch box at standard switch height. Sensor to include integral manual auto/off bypass switch, time delay adjustment from 30 seconds to 30 minutes, and daylight level sensor adjustable from 2. 4 to 300 f.c. Provide decorator style ivory phenolic plastic cover. To be Watt Stopper Cat . No. WS-120, or equal for 120 volt operation. 2 . 7 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all required glassware and lamps . All lamps to be new. Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings . Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective material shall be replaced. B. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state electronic type, approvable for use on their system by the Massachusetts Electric Co. Fixture/lamp combinations for which electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient magnetic type, ELECTRICAL -16100-16 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Steel City electrical Company, General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal. 2 . 5 NAMEPLATES A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety switches . The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval. 2 . 6 WIRING DEVICES A. The Electrical Contractor shall install devices where shown on the plans . Where two or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates . 1 . Duplex Receptacles - 20 amp, 125 volt with ground- ing screw, side and back wired. To be Leviton Cat . No. 5352-I, or equal . 2 . Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Leviton Cat . No. 6898-HGI, or equal. •.N 3 . Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lock- able, vertical, UL Listed, with Lexan base and lid, 4 screw attachment, Tay Mac Cat. No. 20-3-5-0, or equal . 4 . Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20 A, 125 V, side and back wired, Leviton Cat. No . 5362-IG, or equal. S . Light Switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No. 1221-2, or equal . 6. Light Switches, 3 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat . No. 1223-2, or equal. 7 . Light Switches, 4 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat . No. 1224-2, or equal. 8 . Switch and Pilot Light - 20 amp, 120 volt, side and back wired, red handle, Leviton Cat . No. 1221-PLR, or equal. ELECTRICAL -16100-15 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 0001' Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification sections. G. Wire and Cable to be by Cerro, Southwire, Trian- gle/PWC, or equal . 2 . 4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel unless otherwise noted or required by the National Electrical Code, and shall be as required for their use . B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate: 1 . structural conditions . 2 . size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering. 3. device of fixture for which required. D. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed. E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used. F. Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge. G. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1 enclo- sures with cover plates and screws, bonderized paint finished. H. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided as required by the National and the Massachusetts Electrical Codes . I . Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by ° ELECTRICAL -16100-14 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts construction shall be provided with a green insulated equipment grounding conductor, from box to box, sized to the over current protection as required by the M.E.C. F. Sleeves provided for future installation of data and television cables shall be EMT with bushed ends . Note: Fire safing specified in subsection 3 . 08 . ) G. Surface raceway shall be Wiremold Series 5, 400, Panduit Twin-70, or equal, twin cover, complete with wire clips, couplings, cover, divider, duplex receptacles, device-mounting plates, covers, and all other accessories required to complete the installation. 2 . 2 WIREWAYS A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with applicable rules of the National Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel_ and supported as required by Code . Wireways shall be furnished and installed complete with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors, and accessory parts . Wireways shall be of the "lay-inn" type with standard knockouts and with screw covers for full channel access . All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust inhibitor and finished in grey baked enamel . All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion. 2 . 3 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors shall not be used. B. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller, Type THWN, solid. C. Conductors #4 AWG through #8 AWG, Type THWN, stranded. D. Conductors #3 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded. E. Branch circuit wiring located above lay in tile ceilings or fished in stud partitions may be Type MC cable; single and multi-circuit home runs shall be raceway and wire as specified. ELECTRICAL -16100-13 *'" Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No . 3 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 3 is defined as all cost to delete the BTU meter on the heating boilers, the BTU meter on the domestic hot water, and the remote LCD display for each BTU meter. This Alternate also includes deleting the remote electric LCD meter display and all associated wiring and controls . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steer conduit shall be used for ail raceway runs concealed in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below 6' above floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps . Conduit shall comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications . B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing may be of the set screw type . C. Raceways for site communications and site power and light shall be Schedule 40 PVC with solvent- welded fittings, or Type EB where shown to be encased in concrete. Use steel sweeps on conduit 3" and larger. D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other removable equipment to facilitate removal and connections . E. At Electrical Sub-contractor ' s option, conduit run under slab-on-grade floors may be schedule 40 PVC with solvent welded fittings . Use RGC or IMC for sweeps exiting the concrete slab. All such AOW ELECTRICAL -16100-12 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 AW Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts approved manner. 1. 18 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1 . 1 . 19 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01230 for general description of the Base and Alternate bids . Work of the Electrical Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all work specified and shown on the Drawings, including the cost of all work described in the Alternates . C. Alternate Bid No. 1 - Delete solar heat panels . If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No . 1 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. ""'�'' 1 The work of Alternate No. 1 defined as all cost to delete, furnish and install the ten (10) solar heat panels specified and all associated piping and controls . The solar heat piping shall be capped in the attic for future use. D. Alternate Bid No. 2 - Delete solar water heater bundles, piping, and controls . If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 2 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as all cost to delete the solar water heater bundle in the hot water storage tanks, delete the solar water piping loop, pumps, and controls in their entirety. E. Alternate Bid No. 3 - Delete BTU and electrical meters ELECTRICAL -16100-11 ^"" Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1 . 17 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of electrical apparatus in the building, shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i . e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect . Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for conduit and equipment where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Electrical Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers . D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Electrical Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an ELECTRICAL -16100-10 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Auk Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts before each Section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The manual shall include the following information: 1 Description of systems . 2 . Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3. Winter/summer changeover procedures . 4 . Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine mainte- nance for each item of equipment. 5. Lubrication chart . 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 7 . Valve chart, if applicable . 8 . List of recommended spare parts . 9. Copies of all service contracts . 10 . Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc. 11 . List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the local representa- tive for each item of equipment . 1 . 16 GUARANTEE A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee the satis- factory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or ELECTRICAL -16100-9 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. 1 . 13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the individual Contractor. B. The Electrical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc. , resulting from his work shall be removed by the individual Contractor. 1 . 14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms . B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building. 1 . 15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner' s representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner ' s representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures . B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed ELECTRICAL -16100-8 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Aak Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1 . 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook- ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division I . 1 . 10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The General Contractor will furnish and install temporary light and power as specified in Division 1 . 1. 11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall refer to the Architec- tural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate . These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a .. part of the Contract requirements . B. The Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Electrical Contractor shall not scale the Drawings. D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accesso- ries that may be required. The Electrical. Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1 . 12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work ELECTRICAL -16100-7 AWW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment . Electrical materials and equip- ment of types for which there are Underwriters Labo- ratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1 . 7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers ' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifica- tions before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications . The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Electrical Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1. 8 PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS A. The Electrical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract . He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. ELECTRICAL -16100-6 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College n* Northampton, Massachusetts pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor installing such items . G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times . All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means . H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I . Before submitting his bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the Electrical Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. ,J. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in product specifications and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Electrical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements . 1 . 6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted other- wise, all materials used shall be U. S. made, new, full ELECTRICAL -16100-5 "`aw Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Electrical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Electrical Contractor himself were present . The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors ' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Electrical Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Electrical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc. , hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the Electrical Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Electrical Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements . F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of ELECTRICAL -16100-4 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 8 . Electrical service to include emergency feed. 9 . Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner including final connections to kitchen equipment . 10 . Arrange for inspections and perform tests . 11 . Guarantee and instructions . 12 . Disconnect and remove existing electrical equipment made obsolete by new construction. All removed equipment shall be the property of the Owner and delivered to such places as designated by the Owner. 13 . All existing electrical systems and equipment which are to remain in operation and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and reconnected as required. 1 . 3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Electrical Code, and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise . B. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials ' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 . 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Electrical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. ELECTRICAL -16100-3 "'""' Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 16100 ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. _. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract . 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1 . Branch Circuit Wiring and Conduit. 2 . Feeders . 3 . Panelboards . 4 . Lighting Fixtures and Lamps. S. TV/Telephone/Data System. 6. New fire system. --7 . Wiring devices and plates . ELECTRICAL -16100-2 i i y , r /fie 000* Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL PART 3 - INSTALLATION 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3 . 1 GENERAL INSTALLATION 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK REQUIREMENTS 1 . 3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND 3. 2 GROUNDING INSPECTIONS 3 . 3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 1 . 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3 . 4 LIGHTING FIXTURES 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. 5 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES 1 . 6 PRODUCTS 3 . 6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1 . 7 SUBMITTALS 3 . 7 TESTING 1 . 8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 1 . 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 1 . 1.0 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 1. 11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 . 12 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 . 13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1 . 14 WORK CONCEALED 1 . 15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1 . 16 GUARANTEE 1 . 17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 18 RECORD DRAWINGS 1 . 19 ALTERNATES PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 RACEWAYS 2 . 2 WIREWAYS 2 . 3 CONDUCTORS 2 . 4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES 2 . 5 NAMEPLATES 2 . 6 WIRING DEVICES 2 . 7 LIGHTING FIXTURES 2 . 8 MOTOR STARTERS AND SWITCHES 2 . 9 PANEL BOARDS 2 . 10 DISTRIBUTION PANEL 2 . 11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 2 . 12 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM 2 . 13 TELEVISION SYSTEM 2 . 14 ELECTRICAL SERVICE 2 . 15 SIESMIC 2 . 16 TIME CLOCKS (TC) 2 . 17 PHOTO CELL (PC) low ELECTRICAL -16100-1 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . 12 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1 . Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers. 2 . Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers . 3 . Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings . 4 . Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical. rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms . B . Safing Insulation 1 . Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect- Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by Ank the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings . 2 . Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors . C . Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. , or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1 . At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetra- tions for pipes . E. Application 1 . Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids . Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where neces- sary. 2 . Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. END OF SECTION 15600-99 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College . Northampton, Massachusetts C. Each valve, except run out valves, but including control valves, shall be tagged with a brass disc 1- 1/2" in diameter. The disc shall contain a number, and a valve list shall be provided under glass in the Boiler Room showing the location of the valve, the service and the valve and any pertinent remarks regarding the operation of the valve. Securely fasten the discs to the valves with brass "S" hooks or chains . D. All panel mounted controls and instruments, and all equipment shall be identified by engraved nameplates mounted just under the control or instrument . The engraved nameplates shall be engraved on "Lamacoid", or approved equal plastic, which will be black and show white letters when engraved. Letters shall be 1/2" high. E. No identification shall be done until all painting required under the Architectural section of these Specifications has been accomplished. 3 . 11 SPARE PARTS A. Filters : Each air handling unit, and fan coil unit shall be provided with three (3) extra sets of filters for each unit . One (1) set shall be installed by this Contractor after substantial completion is issued and the two (2) remaining sets shall be delivered to tree Owner. B. Fan Coil Unit Motors: This Contractor shall provide one (1) spare fan coil unit motor for each size installed on the project. Spare motors shall be delivered to the Owner. C. Fan Belts : This Contractor shall provide one (1) spare fan belt of each size furnished. D. Heat Recovery Wheel: Provide two spare wheel combs . D. Furnish a typewritten certificate confirming the above and stating the Owner designated location to which the spare parts have been delivered. Delivery of parts shall be confirmed by the Owner' s representative, who shall countersign the Certificate. HVAC 15600-98 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3. 8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer' s printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the HVAC Contractor and be included in his bid. 3 . 9 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the building, and -it shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and performing satisfactorily and that all units are heating and ventilating satisfactorily. The systems shall be checked for vibration and excessive noise and all such conditions corrected. B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean- law up. C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas . D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas. 3 . 10 IDENTIFICATION A. All piping, valves, controls and equipment on the project shall be identified as specified herein. All marks of identification shall be easily visible from the floor or usual point of vision. B. All piping shall be identified as to the service of the pipe and the normal direction of flow. The letters shall be 1" high and the flow arrows shall be at least 6" long. The letters and flow arrows shall be made by precut stencils and black oil base paint with aerosol can or snap-on, pre-printed plastic labels. Install identification in each room and additionally so that markers are not over 50 feet on center. 15600-97 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts cleaning by the use of trisodium phosphate shall be repeated. E. The HVAC Contractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any time "stop-leak" compounds to the system. 3 . 6 WATER AND AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS A. After completion of the installation of the heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems, and prior to acceptance by the Owner, all systems and appurtenances applicable to the above systems shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the water and air quantities as specified, indicated on the Drawings, or as directed. B. Balancing shall be performed by an independent contractor hired directly by the Owner. 3 . 7 INSULATION A. All pipe and duct insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor regularly engaged in that business. B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering. C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips . Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket . D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting. The one piece PVC. fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering. HVAC 15600-96 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts IMWI appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks . E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Engineer shall be notified and the test shall be repeated in his or his representative' s presence. F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be removed during the tests to prevent shock damage . This does not apply to control valves. G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other temporary means . All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting, joint, or section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein before . 3 . 5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any and all other material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all strainers . B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other foreign matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on the project shall have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings fully protected. Before erection, each piece of pipe, fitting, or valve shall be visually examined and all dirt removed. C. After system is complete, the Heating & Ventilating Contractor shall add trisodium phosphate in an aqueous solution to the system at the proportion of one pound per fifty gallons of water in the system. After the system is filled with this solution, the system shall be brought up to temperature and allowed to circulate for two hours . The system shall then be drained completely and refilled with fresh water. The Engineer shall be given notice of this cleaning operation and he or his representative shall be present to observe the cleaning operation, and, if he deems it necessary, the cleaning operation shall be repeated. D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall be tested by litmus paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the slightly alkaline side (ph = 7 . 5 plus or minus) . If the system is found to be still on the acid side, the 15600-95 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out piping with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush and drain until all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other sections for additional requirements. G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system. H. Connections and tie-ins to existing piping systems shall be coordinated with the Owner. The HVAC Contractor is responsible for draining, flushing, re- filling (adding glycol if required) and air removal of the existing system. System shall be fully restored and operational . 3 . 4 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be hydraulically tested as specified herein. The HVAC Contractor -shall ,., provide all equipment required to make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a section at a time in order to facilitate the construction. B. The HVAC Contractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and bring the section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be conducted before any insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to these tests shall be removed. Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently calibrated with a dead weight tester. C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the system is not 1_ess than 1. 5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test . Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 900 of specified minimum yield strength, or 1 . 7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31 . 9, Code for Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping. D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and 00** connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as HVAC 15600-94 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts installed, or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor. C. As the work nears completion, all pipe cutting and threading, etc. shall be done in a location approved by the Engineer. D. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should use of such an area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 3 . 3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made with offsets or expansion loops . All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with sharp dies, reamed and burrs removed. low B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings . Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers as required for draining and venting. C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings. D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other trades . E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system from equipment, shall be as specified. 15600-93 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts towards the piping side so that complete venting is assured. Use only a diaphragm expansion vessel that is suitable for the temperatures and pressures of a solar heating system. Use only expansion tanks rated for a maximum of 87 psig / 6 bar and 248°F / 120°C. An operating pressure of at least 22 psig + 0 . 45 psig x static head (ft) / 1 . 5 bar + 0 . 1 bar x static head (m) must be present in the collectors in a cold condition. Once the installation work is complete, the heating contractor must familiarize the system operator/ultimate owner with all equipment. The installation, adjustment, service, and maintenance of this equipment must be performed by a licensed professional heating contractor. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3 . 1 CLEANING AIR SYSTEM A. No air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or otherwise without filters in place and permission from the Owner. B. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling units and plenums shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc. before the units are turned on, and clean filters shall be installed. 3 . 2 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING A. Drilling of all holes 2" diameter and smaller required for the installation of heating and ventilating piping and equipment shall be performed by the HVAC Contractor. Cutting and patching shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions . All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for chases, openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor, who shall make the corrections as his own expense. B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves and inserts were not HVAC 15600-92 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A collector temperature sensor mounting clip shall be integrated directly on the Duotec heat exchanger inside the enclosure housing. The total height of each collector shall be 80" / 2024 mm, and the total width of each collector shall be width shall be 57" / 1450 mm (H20 model) or 85" / 2159 mm (H30 model) . Standard equipment not mentioned above shall include the following minimum items : • General connection set consisting of brass fittings c/w 0-rings to connect to heat exchanger, copper adaptor fittings, and insulation cover. • Pipe connection set consisting of flexible brass couplings c/w insulation to connect together up to 6 m2 of collector area. • Mounting hardware for connecting collectors to a sloped roof or rack. • Mounting hardware for connecting collectors to a flat roof. C . Installation Follow the manufacturer' s installation instructions . Before operating the collectors, a qualified heating contractor shall carry out initial start-up. Observe local building code guidelines for maximum load restrictions on the substructure and for necessary distance to roof edge. The Vitosol 300 collectors must be mounted securely, so that event during gale force wind, the mounting clamps can reliably absorb any tension. A trap door or skylight should be located in the roof in the vicinity of the collectors to facilitate inspection and maintenance work. The Vitosol 300 collector is designed for closed loop systems only. Freeze protection to -31°F/-35 0C must be provided for the system heat transfer fluid. The recommended heat transfer fluid is Viessmann Tyfocor- HTL premixed inhibited propylene glycol. An overflow container must be connected to the discharge pipe of the pressure relief valve capable of accommodating the total capacity of the collectors . An air vent must be installed at the highest point in the system. The collectors should be mounted level or with a slight ascending gradient (approx. 0 . 3" / 10 mm) HVAC 15600-91 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts to allow individual tubes to be installed and disassembled without having to drain the solar system. Each individual tube shall rotate within the header to allow for optimum alignment to the sun. • Each collector shall have an absorber area of 32 S. F. • The collectors shall be designed for operating at: • Minimum angle of inclination 25°, maximum angle of inclination 70° • Maximum pressure loading capacity of 87 prig / 6 bar • Maximum stagnation temperature of 302°F / 150°C B. Construction Vacuum tube collectors The collector shall consist of either 30 high-vacuum glass tubes made of borosilicate solar glass . Built into each tube is a Sol-titanium selective surface coated copper absorber plate connected to a copper heat pipe tube. The Scl-titanium selective surface shall have a coefficient of absorption of 96% and a coefficient of emissivity of 70 . The heat pipe tube shall be connected to the condenser via a flexible stainless steel corrugated pipe ,. The condenser tip of the heat pipe shall be equipped with a built-in temperature limiter which stops the flow of solar heat to the system fluid when the system pump is shut off. The condenser tip of the heat pipe shall be installed into the heat exchanger with a dry connection facilitating easy removal, replacement and installation of the individual tubes without draining the system heat transfer fluid. The heat exchanger shall be a Duotec double pipe design, which completely encloses the condenser on all sides . The heat exchanger shall be completely surrounded with insulation and enclosed in an aluminum enclosure housing. The heat exchanger enclosure housing and the vacuum tubes shall be attached to an aluminum installing rail c/w integrated tube holders. Each individual tube shall be held in place with a rubber retaining clip which connects to the tube holder. HVAC 15600-90 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts seamless copper tubes expanded into tube sheets . Unit shall have removable heads . 2 . 20 ton unit shall be single-circuited. 3 . Units designed for 300 prig waterside working pressure and tested and stamped in accordance with ASME Code for unfired pressure vessels for refrigerant side working pressure of 225 psig. 4 . Chillers shall be provided with fittings for temperature sensors and drain plug. 5 . Insulate barrel with 3/4" elastomeric rubber. 6 . Provide flow switch for field installation. J. MISCELLANEOUS FEATURES 1 . Neoprene Isolators : Provide field installed rubber- in-shear isolators . K. INSTALLATION 1 . Install in accordance with manufacturer' s- instructions . 2 . Provide for connection to electrical service . 3 . Install units on vibration isolation. 4 . Install units on concrete base as indicated. 5 . Provide connection to refrigeration piping system and evaporators . 2 . 29 SOLAR HEAT PANELS (ALTERNATE BID NO. 1) A. General Furnish and install in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and in compliance with all rules and regulations of the authority having jurisdiction, e Viessmann Vitosol 300 Model H30, vacuum tube solar collectors, with a total absorber surface area of 320 S . F. The collector construction shall consist of vacuum tubes based on the heat pipe principle, a double pipe heat exchanger, insulated header, and aluminum mounting rails . The vacuum tubes shall incorporate a "dry connection" to the heat exchanger 15600-89 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts reciprocating, scroll type. The motor shall be of a suction gas cooled hermetic design. Compressor shall have centrifugal oil pump with dirt separator, oil sight glass, and oil charging valve. A solid state temperature sensor shall be embedded in the motor windings to protect against excessive winding temperatures . a. If semi-hermetic reciprocating industrial grade compressors are utilized provide single piece crankshafts, connecting rods, aluminum pistons, rings to prevent gas leakage, high strength non-flexing ring type suction and discharge valves, spring loaded heads, replaceable cylinder liners, and sealing surface immersed in oil . Provide removable discharge heads and hand hole covers, and discharge service valves . b. Provide compressor with automatic capacity reduction equipment consisting of suction valve unloaders . Use electric solenoid actuated lifting mechanism operated by oil pressure . Provide for unloaded compressor start . 2 . Motor shall be designed for, across-the-line starting and suitable for a voltage utilization range of +/- 10 percent from nameplate voltage . G. SYSTEM CONTROLS 1 . EVP Control : Provide an interface panel in main control box and a remote mounted control box that is factory supplied, field installed. The remote panel contains the Honeywell W1100G controller. The water chiller control has built in fixed-off timers and chiller freeze protection. No provision for periodic pumpout or lead-lag is provided. There are two capacity steps on the 20 ton unit . 2 . Unit Control : Provide 115 volt control circuit with fusing and control power transformer. Unit wired with contactors for compressor and condenser motors, compressor overload protection, high/low cutouts, differential oil pressure control, reset relay, and anti-cycle compressor timer. H. Hot Gas Bypass - Provide Chiller with Hot gas bypass option for low load operation. .. I . EVAPORATIVE CHILLER 1 . Provide shell and tube design chiller barrel with HVAC 15600-88 owl Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 28 AIR COOLED CHILLER UNITS A. GENERAL UNIT DESCRIPTION 1 . Provide self-contained, packaged, factory-assembled and pre-wired units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, subcooling circuits, and controls . Provide one year warranty on unit and controls and 5 year warranty on compressor. B. CASING 1 . Cabinet : Galvanized steel, phosphatized, and finished with an air-dry paint coating durable enough to withstand 1000 consecutive-hour salt spray application in accordance with standard ASTM B 117 . Structural members shall be 14 gauge with access doors and removable panels of minimum 18 gauge steel . 2 . Control Panel : The unit control panel section shall be compartmented to separate high and low voltage components . The control panels shall also be fully gasketed, hinged and provided with quick release latches for easy access . C. CONDENSER SECTION 1 . Coils : aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. Provide subcooling circuit (s) . Factory leak test under water to 450 psig and vacuum dehydrate . D. REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT (S) 1 . Provide single circuit with hot gas bypass . E. FANS AND MOTORS 1 . Vertical discharge direct driven propeller type condenser fans with fan guard on discharge . Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 2 . Provide motors suitable for outdoor use, three phase with permanently lubricated ball bearings and built in current and thermal overload protection. F. COMPRESSORS 1 . Compressors shall be industrial grade, energy- efficient direct-drive 3600 RPM maximum speed HVAC 15600-87 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . Ductwork: a. Rectangular, square or oval ducts less than 6 sq. ft. in cross sectional area. b. Round duct less than 28 in. in diameter. C. Duct supported by hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the duct work. R. Suspended Equipment: 1 . VAV boxes and fan powered equipment weighing less than 50 lbs . and rigidly connected to the supply side of the duct system and supported with a minimum if 4 hanger rods . S . Schedules : Vibration Isolation and / or Seismic Restraint Equipment Schedule Specification Static Deflection Air Handling Unit 1, 4, 19 Internal _ Isolation Fan Coil Units 10, 12, 19 . 75 in. I n-Line Fans 10, 12, 19 1 in. Unit Heaters 10, 12, 19 . 75 Cabinet Heaters 4 & 18 in. Pumps - Base Mounted 1, 4, 18, 23 Pumps - -in-Line 23 Boiler 4 & 19 Condensing Units 6 1 Chiller 6 & 23 in. 1 in. Suspending Unit Ventilators 10 & 12 HVAC 15600-86 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4' of the intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized for the larger duct . Duct joints shall conform to SMACNA duct construction standards . 4 . The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations . Reinforcement shall consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger_ rods . Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze. 5 . A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the combined weights and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and dimensions of the duct for which bracing details are selected. 6. Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts running through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and frame. P. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated Aak and seismically restrained as per the schedules in paragraph S of this Specification. Q. Seismic Restraint Exclusions : 1 . Piping: a. All piping .Less than 2-1/2 in. in diameter except those listed below. b. All gas piping and medical gas piping less than 1 in. I . D. C. All piping in mechanical equipment rooms less than 1-1/4 in. I . D. d. All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended from hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than the 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the clevis or trapeze . e. All PVC and fiberglass suspended waste or vent pipe 6 in. in diameter and smaller. HVAC 15600-85 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 7 . Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports. 8 . Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines . 9. Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3 . 02 .C. 2 and 3 . For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3 . 02 . 02 and 3 . N. Vibration Isolation of Ductwork: 1 . All discharge runs for a distance of 50' from the connected equipment shall be isolated from the building structure by means of Specification 10 hangers or Specification 5 floor isolators . Spring deflection shall be a minimum 0 . 75 in. 2 . All duct runs having air velocity of 1000 fpm or more shall be isolated from the building structure by Specification 11 hangers or 5 floor supports . Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0 . 75 in. O. Seismic Restraint of Ductwork: 1 . Seismically restrain ali duct work with Specification 12 or 13 restraints as listed below: a. Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq. ft . or larger. b. Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28 in. or larger. C. Restrain flat oval ducts the same way as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size. 2 . Transverse restraints shall occur at 30' intervals or at both ends of the duct run if less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each duct turn and at each end of a duct run. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' intervals with at least one restraint per duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section HVAC 15600-84 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Awk stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. M. Seismic Restraint of Piping: 1 . Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use Specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. a . Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and compressed air piping that is 1 in. I . D. or larger. b . Piping located in Mechanical Rooms, mechanical equipment (fan) rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1- 1/4 in. I . D. and larger. C. All other piping 2-1/2 in.'\ diameter and larger. 2 . Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40' maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit Auk anchorage loads . 3 . Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80' maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads . 4 . Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. 5 . For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20 ft . maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40 ft. maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within allowable limits at longer distances . HVAC 15600-83 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts L. Vibration Isolation of Piping: 1 . Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in Specification 11 . Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations . Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps Specification 14 . Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in Specification 10 . Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in Specification 6 . Heat exchangers and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three (3) isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment . If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0. 75 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3 in. , 1- 1/2 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6 in. , and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24 stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service. 2 . Riser Isolation: Risers shall be suspended from Specification 10 hangers or supported by Specification 5 mountings, anchored with Specification 25 anchors, and guided with Specification 26 sliding guides . Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0 . 75 in. except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to 6 250 of the initial load. Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final changes and seismic loads . Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive HVAC 15600-82 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 10 . Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. 11 . Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems . Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. 12 . At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints' are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces . 13 . At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces . 14 . Drill-in coLcrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification type Al"k 18, and Specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment . 15 . Vibration isolation manufacturer shall. furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. 16 . Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities . 17 . Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals . 18 . Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air throughst in relation to the equipment weight . Horizontal throughst restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection guide) . 19 . Locate isolation hangers as near to , the overhead support structure as possible. HVAC 15600-81 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. 4 . The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls . 5. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. 6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor' s expense . 7 . Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the Specifications and the field conditions or changes .required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor' s expense. 8 . Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the Contractor' s expense . 9. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment . Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: a. Flanges of structural beams . b. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. C. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors . HVAC 15600-80 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1-5/8 in. motion, or to meet location requirements . Pipe guides shall be Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27 . Split Wall Seals consists of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4 in. thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces . The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 in. past either face of the wall . Where temperatures exceed 240 dig. F. , 10 lb. density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge . Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 28 . The horizontal throughst restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers . The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for throughst at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of throughst and symmetrical on either side of the unit . Horizontal throughst restraints shall be Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. K. Execution - General : 1 . All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instruction and all certified submittal data . 2 . Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment . HVAC 15600-79 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves . Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24 . Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples . Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated; Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 112 x 9 1-1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1/4 x 12 Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment= shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25 . All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thick 60 durometer neoprene . Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All-directional anchors shall be Type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 112 in. thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height if the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement . Guides shall be capable of 6 HVAC 15600-78 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AM%. OSHPD in the State of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Curb shall be Type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 23 . Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks . Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere . Sizes 3/4 in . to 1-1/2 in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 1908 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 2508 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 1908 F and 135 psi at 2508 F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be AWW a minimum of 3/1 . All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above Specifications may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints . Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure . Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods, as control rods are not desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the throughst at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area . Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves . Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure HVAC 15600-77 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 20 . Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations . Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge of elbows . bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6in. The base depth need not exceed 12 in. unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of 1/2 in. bars welded in place on 6 in. centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 in. above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolt sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 in. clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable . Base shall be Type BMK o K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22 . Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs . The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces . All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4 in. thick neoprene acoustical pads . Hardware must by plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows . All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers . Lower curbs shall have provision for 2 in. of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit . The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage pre-approval "R" from HVAC 15600-76 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 17 . All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing Specifications . Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of nor less than 1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances . The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8 in. deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection in the x, y and z planes . Snubbers shall have an anchorage pre-approval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Snubbers shall be series 2- 101...1 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18 . Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I . C. B. O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads . Drill-in stud edge anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19 . Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from I . C. B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads . Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be Type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. ... HVAC 15600-75 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment . Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14 . Steel angles, sized to pre-vent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or e(pAipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable . Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California . Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15 . Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations . They shall be special purpose performed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt . Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State of California . Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16 . All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 in. shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable t allow inspection of internal clearances . Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSH'PD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. HVAC 15600-74 WMINKNOW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 308 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing the 308 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11 . Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-compressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale . Submittals shah include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12 . Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel. aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint . Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement . Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges . Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre- approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13 . Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and law arranged to provide all directional HVAC 15600-73 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8 . Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon .reinforced neoprene element . Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz . Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure . All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3) leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load, and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have a MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Instal]_ed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1 . 2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10 . Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings HVAC 15600-72 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 4 . A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. S. .Spring isolators shall be free standing, laterally stable without any housing, and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support . All mountings shall have leveling bolts th<_lt must be rigidly bolted to the equipment . Spring diameters shall be no less than 0 . 8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height . Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment . Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7 . Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. , The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all HVAC 15600-71 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts .A"* structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in. J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints : 1 . Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be Type Super "W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2 . Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0 . 2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements . The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing AWW' neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3 . Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves . The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene . Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured #"11 by Mason Industries, Inc. HVAC 15600-70 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts pads, concrete inserts, double-sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor' s calculations . H. Seismic Force Levels 1. The following force levels will be used on this project . Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. Buildi "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force For ng for all for Rigidity for Life Safety Code pipes, Duct & Mounted Flexibility Equipment Conduit Equipment Mounted Either Equipment Rigidity or Flexibility Mounted Zon Horiz . Horiz . Horiz . Horiz . _ e Vert . Vert . Vert . Vert . UBC BOCA . 25 0 . 4 0 . 1 0 . 6 08 0 . 15 0 . 15 0 . 2 SBCCI I . Product Intent : 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer . Mason Industry' s products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2 . For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any Ag%, attachment point between equipment or HVAC 15600-69 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1 . Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities : a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations . b. Prov_de vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. C. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-isolated equipment . d. Provide installation instructions, drawings, and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance . G. Related Work: 1 . Housekeeping Pads : a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepares by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings . b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings . If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment . 2 . Supplementary Support Steel : a . Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3 . Attachments : a . Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping HVAC 15600-68 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings . Pre-approvals based on independent testing are preferred to approvals based on calculations . Where pre- approved devices are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 458 to the weakest mode. (3) Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and "" structure . Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level . E. Code and Standards Requirements: 1 . Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or enforced code : a . Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA National Mechanical Code. C. NFPA 90A. F. Manufacturer' s Responsibility: low HVAC 15600-6V Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts o restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. (2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings . b. Shop Drawings : (1) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations . (2) Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment . (3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for duct-s°, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturer' s submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points . (4) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size, and locations for each piece of equipment . C. Seismic Certification and Analysis : (1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. 00,,_ (2) All restraining devices shall have a pre-approval number from California OSHPD or some other HVAC 15600-66 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts A b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers, and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems . C. All medical and life support systems . d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e . All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2 . Positive Attachment: a . A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double-sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure . Single sided "C" type beam clamps for support rods of overhead, piping, ductwork, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points . 3 . Transverse Bracing: a. Restraint (s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit . 4 . Longitudinal Bracing: a. Restraint (s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit. D. Manufacturer' s Data: 1 . The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows : a. Descriptive Data: (1) Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific HVAC 15600-65 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 7 . Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1 . Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment . 2 . Equipment isolation bases . 3. Flexible piping connections . 4 . Seismic restraints for isolated equipment . 5 . Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment . 6. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 7 . Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads . 8 . All mechanical systems : Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical . (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification) . AC Units Condensing Units Air Distrib. Boxes Ductwork Air Handling Units Unit Heaters Air Separators Fans (all types) Boilers Heat Exchangers Cabinet Heaters Piping Chillers Pumps (all types) Compressors Rooftop Units Comp. Room Units Tanks (all types) Condensers C. Definitions : 1 . Life Safety Systems a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke systems . HVAC 15600-64 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Support brackets shall be die formed for rigidity and must be designed to support both the element and enclo- sure. Ball bearing cradles shall be provided for move- ment of element during expansion and contraction. Brackets to be furnished at a maximum of 3 ' -0" on cen- ters, with a minimum of two support brackets for each radiator. Roller bearing pipe hangers shall be used to support supply or return piping under covers . 2 . 27 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL A. Intent : 1 . All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in the Specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators and with flexible connections -to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections . 2 . All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certi4ded by the manufacturer. "�"" 3 . It is the intent of the seismic portion of Specification to keep all mechanical building system components in place during a seismic. event . 4 . All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer' s, and building construction standards . Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5 . This Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i. e . California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements) . 6 . The Contractor shall correct any variance or non- compliance with these Specification requirements in an approved manner. AMK HVAC 15600-63 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts D. Motors: All motors shall have integral thermal overload protection and start at 78 percent of rated voltage. Motors operate satisfactorily at 90 percent of rated voltage on all speed settings and at 10 percent over voltage without undue magnetic noise. Temperature rise by winding resistance method does not exceed 50 C. (PSC motors) on high speed. All motors factory run tested assembled in unit prior to shipping. All motors shall be complete with motor cords, which are quickly detachable at junction box by locking prong connector. E. Filters : Filters shall be removable from cabinet without removing front panel; filters shall be 1" throw away type. Two extra sets of filters shall be provided for each unit . F. Electrical Performance: All cataloged model wires in accordance with National Electric Code and UL listed. G. Fan coil unit shall be Trane or International. No substitutions will be allowed. 2 . 24 ACCESS PANELS `'' A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, tec. installed above plastered ceilings, in walls, and ail other non-accessible spaces . Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12") ; access panels in walls shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal" (12" x 12") . 2 . 25 FINNED RADIATION A. Furnish and install finned tube radiators as shown and scheduled on Drawings . Radiator assemblies shall be I=B=R rated, Sterling, or equal . B. Type "A" shall be Sterling "Versaline Style "SS" with 4-1/4" square two tier 29" high double slope top cover, full backplate, rated at 1190 Btuh per foot at 160°F A.W. T C. Where "cover" is called for to conceal wall-hung piping feeding terminal units, it shall be Sterling "Versaline Style 'T' Model JVA-T14 (sloped top) . D. Enclosures shall be manufactured of 14-gauge cold rolled steel enamel finish, with color selected by the Architect . HVAC 15600-62 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 22 WATER COILS A. Provide duct mounted hot water coils and new unit mounted chilled water coils as scheduled on the drawings . Coils shall be designed seamless 1-1/8" od copper tubes. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled, and firmly bonded to tubes . No soldering or tinning shall be used in the casing. Capacities, pressure drops and selection procedure shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410-72 . 1 . Water coils shall be pitched for proper drainage and venting. 2 . coils shall have a supply header to ensure distribution to each 5/8" od tube. 3 . Coils shall be leaked tested with (315 psig) air pressure under water. 4 . Coils shall have fully flanged frames, with capacities as shown on the drawings. 5 . Furnish with stainless steel double wall insulated drain pan, all in an enclosed fully flanged frame . 2 . 23 FAN COIL UNITS A. General : Unit shall include chassis, coil, fan board, AWW fan wheel (s) , housing (s) , motor, and insulation. Chassis shall_ be galvanized steel wrap-around structural frame with all edges flanged. Insulation shall be faced, heavy density glass fiber. Fan coil units shall be equal to Trane Company. B. Water Coils: Water coils shall be 5/8 in. O. D. seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to configurated aluminum fins with continuous fin collars and sleeved coil end supports . Maximum working pressure 300 psig, factory burst test 450 psig (air) , and leak test 300 psig (air under water) . Maximum entering water temperature 275 degrees F. Supply and return connections on side of units as designated on the Contract Drawings . C. Fans : Fan wheels centrifugal, forward-curved, double width of non-corrosive, molded, fiberglass-reinforced thermo-plastic material on all units. Fan houses of formed sheet metal. All units shall be complete with three speed fan switch tappings for multi-speed control from a central processor. The three speed switch shall not be installed and shall be wired to the building' s EMS. Aw HVAC 15600-61 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. Preliminary set up and calibration per Specifications and Shop Drawings . b. Physical checkout of all components for completeness and accuracy, simultaneously with mechanical system balancing. C. Review of system with Engineer. d. Functional test for Owner ' s benefit, instruction, and acceptance . e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after systems have been in full operation, review problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments, and recalibrate as required. 4 . The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete instructional manual covering the function and operation of all control and management system components on the job, which shall include a trouble-shooting and operating procedure. This manual shall be furnished to the Owner ' s operating personnel and shall show the total integrated control system. Competent technicians shall be provided for _nstruction purposes . The Control Manufacturer, shall furnish schematic systems control diagrams to be delivered to the Owner on AutoCAD disks. 5 . Control and management systems shall neither be considered complete nor acceptable until all conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been attained, all temperatures are maintained within specified limits of all operating conditions, and all systems damper leakage of controlled within specified limits . J. Service and Guarantee: 1 . The complete installation, including all equipment, shall be guaranteed free from defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from date of acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no cost to the Owner, all necessary service, adjusting, and checking during the 12 month guarantee period. 2 . During warranty period, the ATC Contractor shall , . update and implement all latest revisions of software offered by the Contractor that applies to this Project. HVAC 15600-60 MW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 7 . Energy Monitoring System (Alternate Bid No. 3) This contractor shall furnish and install an energy monitoring system consisting of BTU and electric meters and an LCD energy monitoring display. BTU meters shall be furnished and installed in the hot water supply and return lines of the following systems: • Solar heat supply and return lines • Solar domestic water supply and return lines • Heating only supply and return lines • Hot water/chilled water supply and return lines . An LCD display shall be provided in the main lobby for each of the above meters totalizing the amount of energy produced by each system. In addition to the above, and LCD display connected to the electrical meter shall also be provided in the lobby and interconnected to the smart meter provided by the Electrical Contractor. The energy monitoring stations shall also include an LCD display of the outside air temperature and the average .inside air temperature. I . Adjustment and Calibration: 1 . On completion of the job, the ATC Contractor shall completely calibrate, test, and adjust, ready for use, all electronic controls, thermostats, valves, damper motors, and relays provided under his contract and be present for functional tests on systems . The Building Management System shall be completely checked, test run, and adjusted. 2 . Before the Engineer is asked to witness the functional tests, the entire control and management system must be complete, controls calibrated. The controlled devices will be physically inspected and checked to assure that these terminal devices are, in fact, under proper control and working smoothly over their entire range of operation. 3 . The adjustment procedure shall include the following steps : 15600-59 HVAC Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts temperature to control the coil valve through microprocessor controller to satisfy occupied cycle summer mode setpoints . 5. Chiller a. Chiller shall be activated and deactivated by the energy management system. Waterflow must be proven before the chiller is allowed to start. Modulation of the chiller shall be by the chiller control panel and interlocked to the EMS through the logic controller module. 6. Solar and Domestic Water Heat a. The solar and domestic hot water heat controls shall be furnished by the boiler manufacturer and installed by their contractor. Temperature sensors located at the solar panels and the water storage tanks, boiler, and space heating buffer tank shall start respective pumps and cycle on boiler, etc. Status of all pumps and tank and water suppler and return temperature must be connected to the energy management system. The following stages and temper sensor must be provided: Stages : • Solar hot water buffer tank pumps (Alternate No. 1) . • Solar heat and domestic water pumps (Alternate No. 3) . • Domestic hot water pump. • Boiler Pumps . Temperatures: • Solar hot water buffer tank supply and return (Alternate No. 1) . • Solar panel temperature (Alternate No. 1) . • Domestic water storage stanks . • Solar hot water supply and return line temp (Alternate No. 1) . HVAC 15600-58 MW Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 4 . Heat Recovery Unit: The systems shall be indexed between warm-up, and unoccupied cycles of operation by Energy Management System. a. Occupied Cycle (Winter Mode) : Supply and return fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and exhaust air dampers open. Room sensor shall automatically reset discharge setpoint to control heating coil valve through microprocessor controller. Where defrost dampers are called for, the integrated controls shall be as follows : above 40 degrees F. , the defrost dampers are wide open and the valve shall modulate; below 40 degrees F. , the valve shall be wide open and the face and bypass dampers shall modulate. Note: Apply PID control to these sequences to provide closer control when spaces go through rapid occupancy changes . As space is demanded for heating drops, the coil valve shall be modulated closed to finally a closed position. When space demands for ventilation increases, the outdoor and exhaust dampers shall be modulated open past the minimum percentage and the return damper shall close correspondingly. The low temperature sensor shall open the face damper full to the coil and close the outside air damper if it senses a temperature below its set point. A duct type smoke detector (furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor) located downstream of the unit filters shall shut down the unit fans on sensing smoke . b. Unoccupied Cycle: The HX-1 system shall remain off_, except that space sensor shall cycle unit fans with outside air damper closed, and shall cycle zone hot water pump to maintain reduced temperature. C. Occupied Cycle (Summer Mode) Fans shall run continuously with outdoor air and exhaust air dampers open. Percentage of outdoor air shall be displayed set and Aftk adjusted at console. Room temperature sensors shall automatically reset discharge HVAC 15600-57 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts continuously and the second pump shall cycle subject to the night sensor. In the cooling mode, one pump shall cycle on/off to maintain higher setting. 2 . Cabinet Heaters/Fan Coil Units: a. Winter Occupied Cycle : (1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall modulate the coil valve in a direct acting fashion to maintain heating requirement for room. Fan shall be under control of energy management system (including fan speed) . b. Winter Unoccupied Cycle: (1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall modulate the coil valve in a direct acting fashion to maintain lowered set point of room. Fan shall be de-energized. C. Summer Occupied Cycle: (1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall modulate the coil valve in a reverse acting fashion to add chilled water on a rise in space demand. Fan shall be under control of fan switch furnished on the fan coil unit and controlled by the EMS . d. Summer Unoccupied Cycle: (1) Room sensor through microprocessor controller shall modulate the coil valve in a reverse acting fashion, however, no chiller water will be available. Fan shall be de-activated. Should room temperature exceed 80 degrees . The coil valve shall open in the fan run. 3. Radiators and Unit Heaters a. Each radiator and unit heater shall be subject to a 2-way electric activated control valve. On a call for heat the control valve shall open and when temperature set point is satisfied the valve shall close. HVAC 15600-56 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Pump Control a. The building shall be served by two in-line pumps for heating and cooling and two in line pumps for heating only. b. Heat and cooling distribution shall be supplied by pumps P-1 and P-2 (one spare) and heating only served by pumps P-3 and P-4 (one spare) . C. The domestic hot water shall be served by a distribution pump (P-5) and solar hot water pump (P-6) status and stop start for these pumps to be provided. d. The boiler controls shall be integral with the boiler and shall operate as follows': (1) (HX-1 ) Sensors located in the water supply and water return shall have its set point automatically and inversely reset from outdoor temperature by modulating each steam control valve to maintair5 the following schedule: Ank Hot Water 0 degrees = 140 degrees HCS 65 degrees = 90 degrees HCS e. Occupied Pump Control : The temperature control system shall control pumps in the following manner. (1) In the occupied mode, only one (1) pump shall run unless the energy management system decides both pumps are necessary in order to maintain temperature. A variable frequency drive unit shall control pump in response to load. f. Unoccupied Pump Control : (1) The hot water and hot water/chilled water pumps shall remain off (both pumps) when outside temperature is above 58 degrees. When outside temperature falls below 58 degrees, one pump shall cycle on/off subject to the night sensor. When outside temperature falls Amw below 40 degrees, one pump shall run HVAC 15600-55 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling zones throughout the buildings in a range of colors which provide a visual display of temperature relative to their respective setpoints. The colors shall be updated dynamically as zones ' comfort condition change . Locations of space sensors shall also be shown for each zone. Setpoint adjustment and color band displays shall be provided. Mechanical system graphics shdil show the type of mechanical system components serving any zone through the use of a pictorial representation of components. It shall also provide a current status of all I/O points being controlled and applicable to each piece of equipment including analog readouts in appropriate engineering units at appropriate locations on the graphic representation. 2 . Each category of software shall consist of interactive software modules . Each module shall have an associated priority .level and shall execute as determined by the program controller as defined in the real time operating system. 3 . The central site shall aglow receipt of alarms and messages while in a functional mode other than energy management, i . e. , incoming alarms shall be displayed while the operator is in a word processing, spreadsheet, or other operating mode. The system must automatically switch from a non- energy management mode, -respond to an alarm, and return to the exact position left in the previous functional mode. 4 . The building operator shall be able to communicate and direct all control functions through the use of a 2-button "mouse" operator interface to monitor and control all functions and sequences within the system. H. Sequences of Operation: Following are the typical sequences of operation for HVAC equipment provided by Automated Logic' s System 20/20 . Within each section, each paragraph describes a specific control sequence for a component of the equipment; start/stop, status, etc. Each specific control sequence will require appropriate I/O points, which are scheduled on the Drawings . HVAC 15600-54 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. All control dampers shall be opposed blade type with edge and jam seals and internal linkage. Damper operators shall be provided for all dampers equal to Belimo AF24-S with AV10-18 or 2G-JSA shaft extensions where required. 5 . Local Site Communication Network a. The modules shall communicate within their respective network with a token passing technique. This network shall be consistent with the IEEE RS-485 standard, including a minimum baud rate of 9, 600 BPS maintained at a minimum of 10, 000 feet. The Contractor shall provide all wiring required for the local site network. F. Software 1 . The Contractor shall provide all software required for efficient operation of all -the functions required by this specification. Software shall be modular in design for flexibility in expansion or revision of the system. The software shall, as a minimum, include: a. Complete database entry b. Configuration of al_1 application programs to provide the sequence of operation indicated C. Graphics of each system as shown on the 1/0 Summary Tables d. Alarm limits and alarm messages for all critical and non-critical alarms e. Configuration of all reports and point summaries indicated G. Systems Software 1 . The central site shall display graphically, in up to 256 different colors, the following system information: General area maps shall show locations of controlled buildings in relation to local landmarks . HVAC 15600-53 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts e. Voltage-to-Digital Alarm Relays : Relays shall monitor status of boiler or chiller safeties and overloads and shall be sized and connected so as not to impede the function of the monitored contacts. Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application, equal to Veris Industries, Inc. Hawkeye 735 . f. Humidity Sensors : Sensors shall have an accuracy of +50 over a range of 20% to 950 RH, Visala Mod. HMW-40U. g. Current Sensing Relays : Relays shall monitor status of motor loads. Switch shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application. The setpoint of the contact operation shall be field adjustable. h . Control Relays : Control relay contacts shall be rated for 1500 of the loading application, with self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts, enclosed in dustproo_f enclosure. � ,. Relays shall have silver cadmium contacts with a minimum life span rating of one million operations . Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices . i . Solid State Relays (SSR) : Input/output isolation shall be greater_ than 10 billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of 15 V root mean square, or greater, at 60 Hz . The contact operating life shall be 10 million operations or greater. The ambient temperature range of SSRs shall be 20°F-140°F. Input impedance shall be greater. than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the application. Operating and release time shall be 10 milliseconds or less . Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral . part of the relays. j . Freezestat shall be capillary type equal to Johnson Control, Model A70HA-1C. k. Control valves shall be DDC modulating type. All two-way valves shall be Spartan two Position valves . All three-way valves shall be Barber Colman with Belimo Actuators, Model AF24-S . HVAC 15600-52 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 4) Chilled water sensors shall have an accuracy of +0. 25°F in their range of application. 5) Hot water temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of + 0. 75°F over the range of their application. b. Pressure Instruments 1) Differential Pressure and Pressure Sensors . Sensors shall have a 4-20 MA output proportional signal with provisions for field checking. Sensors shall withstand up to 150% of rated pressure, without damaging the device. Accuracy shall be within +2% of full scale. Sensors shall be manufactured by MAMAC No. PR-272-2-XX-B-1-2-2 . 2) Pressure Switches. Pressure switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of + 2% of range and withstand up to 1500 of rated pressure. Sensors shall be diaphragm or bourdon tube design. AWk Switch operation shall be adjustable over the operating pressure range. The switch shall have an application rated Form C, snap-acting, self-wiping contact of platinum alloy, silver alloy, or gold plating. Switches shall be manufactured by Johnson Controls, Model P-74FA-5-C . C. Flow Switches : Flow switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of + 1% of their operating range. Switch actuation shall be adjustable over the operating flow range . Switches shall have snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the specific electrical application. d. Watt-hour Transducers : Watt-hour transducers shall have an accuracy of +0 . 25% for kW and kWh outputs from full lag to full lead power factor. Input ranges for kW and kWh transducers shall be selectable without requiring the changing of current or potential transformers, and shall have dry contact pulse accumulation. HVAC 15600-51 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts h. Each T-Line and TNI shall have LED indication for visual status of communication, power, and all outputs . i. Each TNI shall be software programmable for communicating at 9600 baud to 38 . 4 Kbps . Circuits shall be optically isolated. 3 . Terminal Control Devices - T-Line a. Digital outputs: These outputs shall be 24VAC or VDC maximum, 3 amp maximum current . Each configurable as normally open or normally closed, and either dry contact or bussed. b. Universal inputs : Thermistor, dry contacts or 0-5VDC with 0-100K Ohm input impedance . C. Enhanced Zone Sensor Input: The input shall provide one thermistor input, one local setpoint adjustment, one timed local override switch and an occupancy LED indicator. 4 . Instrumentation_ and Control a. Temperature Sensors : Sensors shall be of the type and have accuracy ratings as indicated and/or required for the application and shall permit accuracy rating of within to of the temperature range of their intended use . 1) Sensors used for mixed air application shall be the averaging type and have an accuracy of +1°F. Kele Precon Model ST- FZ . 2) OA temperature sensors shall have a minimum range of -52°F to 152°F and an accuracy of within +h°F in this temperature range. Kele Precon Model ST-0. 3) Room temperature sensors shall have an accuracy, of + 0 .25°F in the range of 45°F to 96°F, ALC Model BA-10K-2-RSO-RLC Type 3 with network connector, warm/cool adjustment, override switch and LED Occupied/Unoccupied indicator. HVAC 15600-50 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aftw communicating through the same LANgate or different ones . 2 . Terminal Control Modules - T-Line a. Terminal Control Modules shall be capable of providing the Direct Digital Control of single zone terminal HVAC units; air handling units, fan coil units, exhaust fans, unit ventilators, etc. b. Each T-Line controller shall communicate with the Cmnet through the Tnet Interf-ace Module (TNI) . The TNI shall provide one RS485 port for a Cmnet connection and one RS485 port for the Tnet connection. In addition, a direct connect RS485 port shall also be provided for connection of a laptop computer. C. In the event of a loss of communication with the TNI, each T-Line controller shall store a default algorithm which maintains the space temperature until communication with the TNT is restored. d. Eacn TNT shall execute application programs, calculations, and commands via a microcomputer resident in the TNT . The database and all application programs for each T-Line shall be stored in read/writable non-volatile memory within the TNI . All non- volatile memory shall have a battery backup of at least five years . e. The TNI shall contain both software and hardware to perform full DDC/PID control loops. T-Line shall be able to provide normal binary type output . f. Each T-Line shall be able to support various type of zone temperature sensors, such as : temperature sensor only, temperature sensor with built-in local override switch, with setpoint adjustment switch. g. Each T-Line for VAV application shall have a built-in air flow transducer for accurate air flow measurement in order to provide the Pressure Independent VAV operation. HVAC 15600-49 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts f. Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor starters and from compressor motor starters to compressor motor. E. Field Hardware: Field hardware must be of a modular design to ensure reliability and system performance. 1 . Global Network Controller - LANgate a. The LANgate shall be a microprocessor-based communications device which acts as a gateway between the System Control Module Network (Cmnet) and the Global Network (Lgnet) . b. Both the Cmnet and the Lgnet shall be "peer- to-peer." networks which allow all control modules to communicate with equal authority. C. Each LANgate shall support a Cmnet on which may reside any combination of up to 100 zone controllers, rooftop unit controllers, and/or Control Modules . A00k d. The LANgate shall be responsible for routing global information from the various Cmnets which may be installed throughout a building. e. The Lgnet may configure as RS485 (38 . 4 Kbps) , ARCnet (2 .5 Mbps) , or Ethernet (10 Mbps) , or Token Ring (16Mbps) all of which may be implemented over fiber optic, twisted pair, or coaxial cable. f. Each Cmnet shall support up to 100 controllers . g. Multiple LANgates can be added to the Lgnet if the projects require more than 100 controllers. h. Up to a total of 60 LANgates can be added to the Lgnet, each supporting up to 100 controllers (total capacity exceeds 500, 000 points per Lgnet) . i . The LANgate shall provide two RS232 ports which can be connected to Central Site Workstations, portable computers, or modems . j . LANgate shall provide full arbitration between multiple users, whether they are HVAC 15600-48 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts (fast motion) or decreased increments (slow motion) . D. Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be installed and terminated by the ATC Contractor. Control wiring shall be as follows: 1 . All circuits which are activated or deactivated by temperature control system components, such as, but not limited to, PE' s and high and low limit protective devices . 2 . All circuits which activate or deactivate temperature control system components, such as solenoid air valve. 3 . All temperature control panel wiring to terminal strips and field wiring from terminal strips to field mounted devices . 4 . All wiring to the "Auto" side of hand-off auto switches on units being controlled by the ATC Contractor. 5 . Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required „W to be located on or in temperature control panels . 6. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall be by the ATC subcontractor from sources provided by the Electrical Contractor specifically for that purpose. 7 . All wiring shall comply with national, state, and local electrical codes . All power wiring will be installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor. Power wiring shall be defined as follows : a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying voltages greater than 120 volt (except for power to the temperature control panels) . b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects, starters, and electric motors. C. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature control panels where required. d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused disconnects for each air compressor. ,,,k e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors . HVAC 15600-47 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts installation of all equipment and the relationship to other parts of the work. 2 . Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer and the College before any equipment is installed. Therefore, Shop Drawings must be submitted in time for review so that all installations can be completed per the project ' s completion schedule. 3 . All Drawings shall be reviewed after the final system checkout and updated or corrected to provide "as-built" Drawings to show exact installation. The system will not be considered complete until the "as-built" Drawings have received their final approval . The Contractor shall deliver three (3) sets of "as-built" Drawings, and one (1) CADD disk of these Drawings . 4 . Before final configuration, the Contractor shall provide I/O Summary forms that include: a. Description of all points . b. Listing of binary and analog hardw_p_re ., required to interface to the equipment for each function. C. Listing of all application programs associated with each piece of equipment . d. Failure modes for control functions to be performed in case of failure 5 . Provide an accurate graphic flow diagram for each software program proposed to be used on the project as part of the submittal process . Revisions made as a result of the submittal process, during the installation, start-up or acceptance portion of the project, shall be accurately reflected in the "as-built" graphic software flow diagrams herein required by this specification. 6 . The Contractor shall be able to simulate the operation of all software application programs to ensure they are free from design errors and that they accurately accomplish the application sequence of operations. The simulation must show each output value and how it varies in relation to *+* an artificial time clock. The time clock may run at normal time increments, increased increments HVAC 15600-46 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts c. All relays, switches, indicating devices, and transducers required to perform the functions listed in I/O Summary Tables. d. All monitoring and control wiring and air tubing. e . All modems and accessories. / . Provide all software identified in Part 3 of this Specification. The database required for implementation of these specification shall be provided by the Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm limits, calibration variables, graphics, reports and point summaries . 8 . The system as specified shall monitor, control, and calculate all of the points and perform all the function as listed in I/O Summary Tables attached to the end of this specification. 9. Codes and Regulations . All electrical equipment and material and its installation shall conform to the current requirements of the following authorities: _ a. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) b. National Electric Code (NEC) C. National Fire Code d. Uniform Building Code e. Uniform Mechanical Code f. Uniform Plumbing Code g. UL916 h. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most restrictive shall apply. Nothing in these plans and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to applicable codes . C. Submittals, Documentation and Acceptance 1 . Shop Drawings. A minimum of six (6) copies of Shop Drawings shall be submitted and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials, including manufacturer' s descriptive and technical literature,. catalog cuts, and installation instructions . Shop Drawings shall also contain complete wiring, routing, schematic diagrams, tag number of devices, software descriptions, calculations, and any other details required to ,,SO demonstrate that the system will function properly. Drawings shall show proposed layout and HVAC 15600-45 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 6. All wiring, conduit, junction boxes, fittings, etc. , necessary for the temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by the ATC Contractor and shall conform to all standards and codes as described under Section 16000 - Electrical Work. Wiring shall be in metal raceways where required by prevailing codes . 7 . Provide nameplates for all control devices . Devices on panels to have "Lamico.id" nameplates, isolated control valves, relays, etc. to be marked with stamped tape. B . Scope of Work 1 . Ali temperature control work shall be performed by Yankee Technology, Inc. of Ludlow, MA. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to co-ordinate all HVAC work with the Temperature Control Contractor prior to submitting a bid. 2 . The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary hardware, wiring, pneumatic tubing, computing equipment and software as defined in -mow, this specification. 3 . All material and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured and available and not custom designed especially for this project . All systems and components, except site specific software, shall have previously been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use prior_ to installation on this project . 4 . The system architecture shall be fully modular permitting expansion of application software, system peripherals, and field hardware. 5. The system, upon completion of the installation and prior to acceptance of the project, shall perform all operating functions as detailed in this Specification. 6. Provide the following system hardware: a. Central Site (s) and Control Modules b. All sensing devices and necessary transducers to perform the functions listed in I/O Summary Tables. HVAC 15600-44 ow Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 22 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. General Requirements 1 . All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated Logic. 2 . The controls shall be a direct expansion of the Campus ' existing energy management system as manufactured by automated Logic System 20/20, and shall be extended from the existing communication lines located in The Physical Plant . It is mandatory that the installed system be properly interfaced with the existing central site (CS) computer hardware ALC 20/20 configuration and the existing master central site software library, located at the HVAC Department Building. It will be the Contractor' s responsibility to develop site specific operating parameters, building name, general area maps, floor plans, mechanical system graphics, thermal graphs, all to be displayed graphically at the central site (CS) via the existing software programs . 3 . All components of the direct digital controllers shall be manufactured by Automated Logic, or equal, with peripheral electric/electronic devices manufactured by Barber Colman. 4 . All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated Logic, i.e . Yankee Technology, Inc. , of Ludlow, MA. The system shall be a properly integrated system installed by competent mechanics regularly employed in the profession of temperature control. Unless specified to the contrary, all equipment shall be fully proportioning. The control system shall be complete in all respects, including room thermostats, immersion thermostats, switches, relays, valves, cabinets and other accessory equipment, and a complete system of control wiring for integration into existing remaining reused controls where specified, all connected and properly integrated to the control system. 5 . The temperature control system shall be DDC and shall utilize electric/electronic power for the control dampers and valves . The control systems Lans connection shall be extended from the ,W existing system. HVAC 15600-43 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts H. Filters Supply and exhaust air filters shall be 2-inch thick pleated fiberglass, 30o efficient and tested to meet UL Class 2 . Filter racks shall be die-formed galvanized steel . I . Electrical All internal electrical components shall be factory wired for single point power connection. All electrical components shall be UL Listed, Approved or Classified where applicable and wired in compliance with the National Electrical Code. For Model ERV-251, weatherproof, integral door interlocking disconnect switch and terminal strip shall be supplied as standard components in the control center. Optional features include motor contactors, 24 VAC control circuit, and fusing. For Models ERV-361 and above, weatherproof, integral door interlocking disconnect switch, motor starters, .► control circuit fusing, control transformer for 24 VAC circuit, arid terminal strip shall be supplied as standard components in the control. center. Motor starters consist of a contactor and Class 20 adjustable overload protection and shall be provided for all motors in the unit. J. Warranty The energy recovery ventilator shall be warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the purchase date . 2 . 21 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish and install access panels at all valves, volume dampers, fire dampers, drain valves, and air vents, etc. , installed above plastered ceilings, in walls, and all other non-accessible spaces . Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12") ; access panels in walls shall be Karp type DSC-211 "Universal" (12" x 12") . HVAC 15600-42 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Energy recovery drive belt material shall be high strength urethane and shall be factory installed in a pre-stretched state, eliminating the need for field belt tension adjustment. Link style belts are not acceptable. E. Access Doors All components shall be easily accessible through removable doors for exhaust, supply, filter, and damper compartments . Energy recovery wheels (smaller than 54 inches) shall be mounted in a slide-out track for ease of inspection, removal, and cleaning. F. Fan Sections Centrifugal fans to be double width, double inlet, single fan forward curved type . All blower wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Ground. and polished steel fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearing pillow blocks . Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10) life in excess of 100, 000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speeds . Separate motors for exhaust and supply blowers shall be provided. Adjustable sheaves on belt-driven fans with motors less than 10 hp shall allow independent balancing of exhaust and supply airflows . Optional speed controllers on direct-drive fans shall allow independent balancing of exhaust and supply airflows . Fan and motor assemblies are mounted to unit base with neoprene isolators as standard. Fans shall be located in draw-through position in reference to the energy recovery wheel . G. Motors and Drives Motors shall be energy efficient, complying with EPACT standards, for single speed ODP and TE enclosures . Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy-duty type, matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure. Belt-drive motors shall be factory mounted to an adjustable motor plate having two heavy-duty adjusting bolts for alignment and belt tension. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast type, keyed and securely attached to the fan wheel and motor shafts; 10 horsepower and less shall be supplied with an adjustable drive pulley. Energy wheel motors and direct-drive motors shall have integral overload protection. HVAC 15600-41 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts plans. Outdoor air shall not mix with exhaust air in a common plenum. B. Unit Casing and Frames Unit shall be of internal frame type construction of galvanized steel . Frame and panels shall be G90 galvanized steel . All panels exposed to the weather shall be a minimum of 18 gauge galvanized steel . Where top panels are joined there shall be a standing seam to insure positive weather protection. All metal-to-metal seams shall be sealed, requiring no caulking at job site . Unit base to be designed for curb mounting. C. Insulation Unit casing to be insulated with 1 inch fiberglass with Foil-Scrim-Kraft facing. Insulation shall meet requirements of NFPA 90A and tested to meet UL 181 erosion requirements . Insulation shall be secured to unit with waterproof adhesive and permanent mechanical fasteners . D. Energy Recovery Wheel Wheel shall be of the enthalpy type for both sensible and latent heat recovery and be designed to insure laminar flow. Energy transfer ratings must be ARI Certified to Standard 1060 and bear the ART certification symbol for ART Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment Certification Program based on ARI 1060 . Ratings "in accordance with 1060" without certification are not acceptable. Desiccant shall be silica gel for maximum latent energy transfer. Wheel shall be constructed of lightweight polymer media to minimize shaft and bearing loads . Polymer media shall be mounted in a stainless steel rotor for corrosion resistance. Wheel design shall consist of removable segments (for wheels greater than 26 inches in diameter) for ease of service and/or cleaning. Silica gel desiccant shall be permanently bonded to wheel media to retain latent heat recovery after cleaning. Wheels with sprayed on desiccant coatings are not acceptable. Wheels with desiccant applied after wheel formation are not acceptable. Energy recovery device shall transfer moisture entirely in the vapor phase. HVAC 15600-40 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide expansion compensators of one of the following: Flexonics Div. ; UOP, Inc. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Keflex, Inc. Metraflex Co. Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. D. Provide pipe alignment guides on both sides of expansion joints, and elsewhere as indicated. Construct with 4-finger spider traveling inside guiding sleeve, with provision for anchoring t:o building substrate . 1 . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe alignment guides of the following: Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. Metrafl.ex Co. 2 . 19 STRAINERS A. Pipeline strainers shall be full size, iron body, "Y" pattern and shall be 'installed on the inlet side of each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings . Strainers 2" and smaller shall have screwed ends; 2-1/2" and larger shall have flanged ends . B. Strainers for steam and condensate systems over 50 prig, shall be 250 lb. class . Strainers for other systems shall be 125 lb. class . Strainers shall be Illinois, Barnes and Jones, Armstrong, or equal, and shall be so installed as to permit ready removal of basket. Each strainer 2-1/2" and larger shall be provided with hose end globe valve on blow-off. 2 . 20 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION A. General Energy Recovery Ventilator shall be as manufactured by "Greenheck" or approved equal . Greenheck Model ERV equipment is used as the basis of design. Units shall be listed per ANSI/UL 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment . Energy transfer ratings of the energy recovery wheel shall be ARI Certified. Ventilators shall bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seals for air performance. Performance shall be as scheduled on AMW HVAC 15600-39 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 13. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings : ANSI B16.23. 14 . Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16. 29 . 15 . Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B43 . 16. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16. 15 . 17 . Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by Installer to comply with :installation requirements . Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials . 18 . Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. 19. Brazing Materials : Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials as determined by Installer to comps y with installation requirements . Comply with SFA-5 . 8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials . 20 . Gaskets for Flanged Joints : ANSI B16. 21; full- faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated. 21 . Note: Grooved piping will NOT be allowed. 2 . 18 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Provide packless expansion joints where indicated for piping systems, with materials and pressure/temperature ratings selected by Installer to suit intended service. Select packless expansion joints to provide 200% absorption capacity of piping expansion between anchors . B. Expansion Compensators: Pressure rated for 60 psi for low pressure systems, 2-ply phosphor bronze bellows, brass shrouds and end fittings for copper piping systems, or 2-ply stainless steel bellows, carbon steel shrouds and end fittings for steel piping systems. Provide internal guides and anti-torque devices, and removable end clip for proper positioning. HVAC 15600-38 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AW* C. Materials 1. Black Steel Pipe : ASTM A53, A106 or A120; except comply with ASTM A53 or A106 where close coiling or bending is required. 2 . Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16. 3; plain or galvanized as indicated. Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80 . 3. Yoloy Steel Pipe: ASTM A714; Class 4; Grade IV. 4 . Steel Flanges/Fittings : ANSI B16. 5, including bolting and gasketing of the following material group, end connection and facing except as otherwise indicated, Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80 . a. Material Group: Group 1 . 1 b. End Connections : Buttwelding C. Facings : Raised-face 5 . Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings : ANSI B16. 9, --except ANSI B16. 28 for short-radius elbows and .returns; rated to match connected pipe. 6. Yoloy Steel Buttwelding Fittings : ASTM A714 . 7 . Forged Branch Connection Fittings : Except as otherwise indicated, provide type as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements, Bonney "Weldolets" or "Threadolets", or equal. 8 . Pipe Nipples : Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1-1/2" and where pipe size is less than 1-1/2", and do not thread nipples full length (no close-nipples) . 9. Copper Tube: ASTM 888; Type as indicated for each service; hard-drawn temper for water piping; soft temper for oil piping. 10 . DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B306 . 11 . ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280 . 12 . Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI loo B16. 22 . HVAC 15600-37 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts d. Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4 in. : 1 in. 4 . Chilled water pumps, chiller barrel, etc. a. 3h" Armoflex on all chilled water equipment . 2 . 17 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General 1 . Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in force. 2 . All piping shall have manufacturer ' s name or trademark rolled into each and every length of pipe. 3 . All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2 . 1-1968 . 4 . Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators OO in accordance with ASME B31 . 1, or ASME B31 . 9, as applicable, for shop and project site welding of piping work. B. Application 1 . Hot and Dual Temperature Water Supply and Return and Steam Supply and Condensate Return: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, size 2" and smaller threaded, 2-1/2" and larger welded, or Type "L" copper for hot and dual temperature water. 2 . Boiler Trim: Brass Pipe, Schedule 40, threaded, cast bronze fittings . 3 . Refrigerant : Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class BAgl silver solder. 4 . Condensate Drain (from cooling coils) : Type M or DWV copper tube with cast or wrought drainage fittings in lieu of copper PVC drains may be used in fan room equipment and connection to existing lines . HVAC 15600-36 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aak shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed . 25 BTU in. per sq. ft. per F. per hour at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as scheduled below. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. Note: All refrigerant piping run outdoors shall be covered with an aluminum jacket and secured with stainless steel bands . Ail Pex tubing run in walls shall be insulated with Armaflex insulation. 8 . Insulation of all steam and condensate piping shall be fiberglass with jacketed cover, thickness to be as listed below. G. Insulation thickness shall be as follows : Minimum Pipe Insulation Required: 1 . Hot Water/Chilled Water, Supply and Return Armoflex) low a. Runouts up to 2 in. : lin. b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less : 1 in. C. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. : 1 in. d. Mains and Branches 2-1/2 in. to 4 i..n. : 1 in. e. Mains and Branches 5 in. to 6 in. : 2 in. 2 . Refrigerant Piping: (Armoflex) a. Runouts up to 2 in. : 1 in. b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less : 1 in. c. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. : 1-1/2 in. 3 . Condensate Drains : (Armoflex) a. Runouts up to 2 in. : 3/4 in. b. Mains and Branches 1 in. and less : 3/4 in. C. Mains and Branches 1-1/4 in. to 2 in. : 1 in. HVAC 15600-35 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts D. Acoustical Insulation: Duct lining acoustical insulation shall be shop installed by the Sheet Metal Contractor. Liner shall be 1-in. thick, 3-pound density, non-combustible glass fiber with U.L. approved neoprene coating on air side. Acoustical lining shall be installed where shown on Drawings . All lined ductwork shall be insulated as listed above unless otherwise noted. F. Pipe Insulation 1 . All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and shall have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U. L. 723 . Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to these same fire retardant and smoke ratings . 2 . On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the pipe and circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets . 00 , Fittings, valve bodies, and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket materials used on adjoining insulation. 3 . Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 4 . A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot water/chilled water piping. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer' s instructions to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier. 5 . Attention is called for to the fact that on all hot water/chilled water, refrigerant, and condensate drain piping, oversized pipe hangers shall be furnished and pipe insulation shall be applied continuous along the pipe passing inside the hanger. 6. Pipe insulation shall be closed cell Armaflex insulation as manufactured by Gustin-Bacon, Manville, or other approved equal . 7 . All hot water, chilled water, condensate drains, +. refrigerant piping, and make up water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex, closed cell pipe insulation, or approved equal . The insulation HVAC 15600-34 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or less, 10 ' intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger. D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated or plastic coated. E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1 ' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe not over 5 ' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12" from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run. F. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping; hangers to be installed outside pipe insulation. G. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121C plastic coated riser clamp; to be installed immediately below a coupling. 2 . 16 INSULATION A. All air supply, return, and fresh air ducts shall be insulated. Insulation for concealed ducts shall be 1- 112 in. thick, 1-pound density glass fiber ( flexible) duct insulation with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket equal to Manville Type FSK. Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster No. 85-20 adhesive. Lap jacket 2 in, at all seams and secure flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete vapor barrier. In addition, this concealed duct insulation shall be tied 18 in. o. c. with 18 gauge aluminum or copper wire where ducts exceed 24 in. in width. B. All concealed air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units shall be insulated in the same manner as for the ductwork for concealed supply ducts . C. All exposed fresh air ducts from the fresh air intakes to the air handling units and all exposed supply and return air ducts, or where so noted, shall be insulated with 1 in. thick, 6 pound density, rigid glass fiberboard with Manville Type EAF vaporseal facing. Attach board to ducts with double prong stick clips . Seal at joints to maintain vapor barrier. All edges and angles shall be reinforced with corner beads. Finish shall consist of tackboard of Benjamin Foster No. 30-36 Sealfas, embedded Manville Duramesh 205, and a heavy finish coat of Benjamin Foster No. 30-35 Sealfas, all applied according to manufacturer' s „"k recommendations . HVAC 15600-33 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts qualified heating contractor shall carry out initial start-up. 2 . The installation must conform to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction or, in the absence of such requirements, to the following codes (latest editions) : • CAN/CGA-B149. 1 or . 2 Installation Codes for Gas Burning Appliances (for Canada) , and CSA C22 . 1 Canadian Electrical Code and/or local electrical codes (for Canada) . • NFPA 54/ANSI 2223 . 1 National Fuel Gas Code (for U. S . ) , and ANSI/NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (for U. S . ) . 3 . The combustion air supply must not be contaminated by chemicals in any way. This burner requires fresh air for proper operation; ensure adequately sized combustion and ventilation air openings exist . 4 . The installatiQ11 of the boiler shall be so that the vent length is as short and direct as possible . All products of combustion must be safely vented to the outdoors . Do not common vent with any other appliance . The vent termination shall be located on a wall that is least affected by prevailing winds . Do not enclose the vent pipe such that the vent is not accessible for inspection, service and replacement . Follow the venting system installation instructions with regard to sealing joints with locking bands and high temperature silicone, and regarding vent termination location. 5 . Once the installation work is complete, the heating contractor must familiarize the system operator/ultimate owner with all equipment . The installation, adjustment, service, and maintenance of this equipment must be performed by a licensed professional heating contractor. 2 . 15 HANGERS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee & Mason, or equal . B. For all pipe 2-1/2" and larger - Grinnell Figure No. 20, at 10 ' intervals . HVAC 15600-32 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aak. installed behind the boiler enclosure. 4 . Boiler enclosure panels shall be electrostatically powder-coated and encase the boiler shell outside the fiberglass insulation blanket . Boiler shall be equipped with a top-mounted flue gas vent opening. Venting shall be side wall horizontal or through a sealed, stainless steel vertical chimney system. The boiler operates under Category III positive vent pressure conditions and may not be common vented with any other appliance. Venting material to be 3" / 76 mm diameter stainless steel UL approved venting system for positive pressure . 4 . Boiler shall be CGA and AGA approved and shall be built in compliance with ASME Section IV, carrying the "H" stamp and, where required, be registered with a Canadian Registration Number (CRN) . The boiler is limited by ASME Code to a maximum water pressure of 30 prig and by manufacturer' s choice to a maximum water temperature of 167°F / 75°C. 5 . Standard equipment not mentioned above shall include the foil-owing items : • Manual push-button reset fixed high _limit at 2.30°F / 110°C, wired in series with ignition system. • Dual scale thermometer_ (Fahrenheit/Celsius) . • Indoor/outdoor operation with Comfortrol Programming Unit . • 30 prig pressure relief. valve. • Pressure gauge and pipe fittings . C. Controls 1 . Multiple boiler control strategy with cascade controller for outdoor up for three boiler and pump control . 2 . Solar domestic water control package. 3 . Domestic water control priority package. D. Installation AW 1 . Follow manufacturer ' s installation instructions . Before operating the boiler/burner unit, a HVAC 15600-31 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Furnish and install all temperature - pressure relief valves for all hot water heater systems . All to be ASME rated and similar to that manufactured by WATTS. 2 . 14 BOILER/BURNER UNITS A. General 1 . Furnish and install in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer and in compliance with all rules and regulations of the authority having jurisdiction, two (2) condensing boilers Viessmann Vitodens natural fired hydron_ic heating boiler, Model WB2 11-14, in a wall mounted configuration with modulating MatriX compact gas burner and complete with wall mounting brackets and through the wall venting system. 2 . Boiler shall come complete with all equipment, pumps, low/loss header, etc, all as shown on Drawings . 3. The boiler shall be designed for operating at : -- Total input of boiler 55-155 M.BH - Total output of boiler 49-13B MBH [depends on return water temperature] B. Boiler 1 . Each heating boiler shall include a compact Inox- Radial heat exchanger surface made of high alloy stainless steel designed on laminar heat transfer principles for high operational reliability and a long service life . A radial design shall be used to obtain maximum performance within a small.. space . Rectangular design of coils are required to maximize the coil gap length and ensure maximum utilization of heat exchange surface. Defined gaps between coil passes shall be sized to promote efficient heat transfer. 2 . Individual gas burners shall be constructed from high grade A1S1 430 stainless steel for universal use of natural gas . Main burner ignition shall be by a direct spark ignition system. 3 . Wire and cable entry to boiler shall be facilitated by strain relief to protect electrical wires . All controls, relays, transformers, ignition module, wiring, and redundant seat gas valve shall be HVAC 15600-30 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts match adjacent piping. The metal parts of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the galvanic current, which would exist with metal to metal contact. 2 . 12 PIPE SLEEVES A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions . Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes larger than line size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve without gouging. 2 . 13 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES AND VALVES A. Expansion tanks shall be ASME pre-charged diaphragm tanks, stamped 125 psi. working pressure. Tanks shall be supplied with a heavy-duty butyl diaphragm, ring base, lifting rings, and an NPT system connection. An air charging valve connection shall be provided to facilitate adjusting pre-charged pressure to meet system conditions . B. Air removal fitting shall be in-line type, welded steel, with internal circuiting causing entrained air to be separated from the water. To be Spiro Vent "Air Separator", line size, with drain valve and strainer. No substitutions will be allowed. C. Air. Vents : Air vents shall be provided where shown and at all other high points, where shown or not . Vents shall be of the manual type and shall be full line size, but in no case shall they be less than 2 in. steel pipe. Chambers shall be a minimum of 12 in. high. Drain tubing shall be extended in such a manner that the globe valve and end of drain line are readily accessible. Air vents for radiation shall he installed in the return side of each loop of radiation before piping drops down to return main. These vents to be key or screw type equal to Dole or Taco. D. Automatic Make-Up Water Valve: Provide with three valve bypass for water system shall be Bell & Gossett, Cash, Taco, or Watts equal to Bell & Gossett No . B-3 Reducing Valve set for approximately 60 psig inlet and 21 psig outlet, field adjustable. Install backflow preventer piped to drain in inlet to automatic valve. Bypass to be 1 in. size with globe valve and one check valve in series. Strainers shall be as specified in AMW other paragraphs of this Section of the Specifications . HVAC 15600-29 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts industrial glass, red reading mercury, 9" scale length, 2°F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extension when installed in insulated pipe . Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator ' s position. B. Ranges shall be manufacturer' s standard closest to the following: 1 . Hot water heating system: 25-240°F 2 . 10 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U: S. Gauge Company or Trerice equal to Ashcroft "Quality" line gauges, Grade A, to accuracy. Each gauge shall be installed with a pulsation damper (Ashcroft #1106B) and a brass lever handle gauge cock (Ashcroft #1095) . B. Model number, size and range to be as follows : 1 . Ashcroft - #1018, 3-1/2" dial, red tipped pointer with scale range such that normal operating pressure is approximately at mid-scale. 2 . 11 UNIONS A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the system in which they are installed. In black steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lb. black malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, 0836 or 0838 . In copper and brass piping, they shall be 125 lb. bronze or brass with ground joint . B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb. raised face . Flanged joints shall be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt circle with graphite applied to both faces . C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to prevent galvanic corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for tensile strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-531 and shall be suitable for temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends shall be threaded, flanged, brazed, or soldered to HVAC 15600-28 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . Globe: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B- 120 or 752; 3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G- 609 or G-613 . 3 . Check: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B- 319; 3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-931 . 4 . Ball Valves : Watts Series 600-SS-SH. E. All shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and larger shall be Watts Series G-4000, cast iron body, 316, steel disc and shaft, Nordel EPT seat, designed for bubbletight shutoff. Valves to be fitted with lever operator for two position operation. F. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes for the following valves when used as balance valves . G. Balance and/or shut-off valves 4 in. and larger - Tour & Anderson Series STAF, neoprene seat, semi-steel body, with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 prig working pressure, 1.25 pound ANSI flanges, Figure 101E or 118F, G6-HI2 . Provide open position stop on all valves. Provide hand operators for all valves which are 6 ft . or more above the floor. H. Balance and/or shut-off valves 2-1/2 in. and 3 in. sizes - Tour & Anderson Series STAF, lever operated, faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 psig working pressure, Figure 118 . Provide open position stops for all valves . I . For 2 in. and smaller - Balancing valves shall be Tour & Anderson Figure STAD or STA-D, semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze top and bottom bushings, complete with lever. Provide open position stop and plastic cap on all valves, which are labeled "Balance Valves" on the Drawings . All valves at fan coil unit shall be furnished with drain kit . J. Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco, Williams & Hager, or Smolensky equal to Muessco 105-DT silent type, steel body, stainless steel trim and spring, renewable seat, 150 psig ASME rated. 2 . 9 THERMOMETERS An%, A. Thermometers shall be Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice or Weiss, equal to Taylor 30EJ31009 with aluminum case, HVAC 15600-27 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts faces shall be if tungsten carbide/carbon with other mechanical seal parts constructed of stainless steel. D. Motor shall be nominal integrated variable frequency drive totally enclosed fan cooled 1750 rpm and shall be especially selected for quit operation. The horse power of the motor shall be of such size as to insure non-overloading of the motor throughout the pump curve without the use of motor service factor. Pump motors shall be premium efficiency. Provide steel base. E. Pumps shall be Grundfos Series L. No substitutions will be allowed. 2 . 8 VALVES A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below for special valves and shall be Crane, Watts, Walworth, or Tour & Anderson manufacture based on the following Stockham valves . All ball valves shall be Watts, and all balancing valves shall be Tour and Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed. B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, in general, solder end pattern, all bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 pounds non-shock water pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be gate valves, manual vents are to be globe type . C. Solder end valves are as follows : 1 . Gate Valves - Stockham Figure B-109 . 2 . Globe Valves - Stockham B-14T. 3 . Check Valves - Stockham B-309 . 4 . Drain Valves - Watts No. B-6000 ball valve with hose adapter, cap and chain. 5 . Ball Valves - Watts Series B-6001-SS-XH. D. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows : 1 . Gate: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B- 120; 3 in. and larger - Stockham Figure G-620 or G-623 . HVAC 15600-26 Now- Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts lock seam or welded seam construction. Intermittent spot welded type construction will not be acceptable. D. The fan wheels shall be of the backwardly inclined non- overloading type. E. The shaft shall be constructed of C1040 ground and polished steel . F. The bearings shall be of the ball bearing type and shall be especially constructed for quiet operation. Bearings shall be of the self-aligning grease pack, pillow block type, selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200, 000 hours . G. Motor and drive shall be belt drive with adjustable motor sheave . Motor nameplate horsepower shall exceed brake horsepower by a minimum of 50 . Belts shall be of the oil resistant type . Motor shall be especially designed for quiet operation. H. A factory wired non-fused disconnect switch shall be located under the housing of the unit . Provide spring vibration isolators for each fan. I . Fan shall be Greenheck Model SWB or equal by Loren-Cook or jenn Air . 2 . 7 CIRCULATING PUMPS A. The pumps shall be of the centrifugal in-.line coupled type, especially designed and constructed for quiet operation. Capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings . B. Pump end shall be of the in-line, single stage design with close-coupled motor. The pump models shall be furnished as shown on the plans and installed in accordance with the manufacture' s recommendations . The pump shall be capable of operating continuously at temperatures from 5°F to 250° (-15°C to 121°C) and working pressures of 175 PSI (12 Bars) . Pump .flanges shall be ANSI B16. 1, 125-1b. flat face. C. The pump housing, motor stool, and shaft coupling shall be constructed of close-grained cast iron. The impeller, impeller seal ring, and pump shaft shall be constructed of stainless steel . The impeller shall be secured to the splined pump shaft end by means of a stainless steel lock nut and locking washer. The seal AW HVAC 15600-25 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a. tube handling b. tube measuring C. tube cutting d. tube bending e. tube repairing f. tube connections g. tube solvent sensitivity h. tube UV light sensitivity i . tube capacity and pressure drop j . tube loop layout patterns k. tube fastening procedures 1 . manifold assembly instructions M. manifold location n. fitting assembly instructions o. insulation practices P_ installation method by construction type q. control applications r. system start-up procedures 2 . Drawings: All drawings or design plans of the radiant tubing system shall be in accordance with manufacturer recommended procedures for the products utilized. 3 . Components : All product components of the radiant tubing system shall be supplied by one company, including: PEX tubing, fittings, manifolds, and other recommended and required hardware to assure a compatible and a complete radiant tubing system. 2 . 6 UTILITY FAN A. The utility vent set shall be of the centrifugal fan type completely assembled with fan, fan scroll, motor, belt drive, motor mount and motor housing. The capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings and certified performance tests by AMCA shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings . B. The fan shall be mounted and supported as shown by the detail on the Drawings . The mounting shall be complete with vibration isolators as recommended by the manufacturer. The unit shall be provided with weather protection. C. Fan housing shall be constructed of steel sheet and all parts shall be bonderized and then coated with baked primer-finisher especially formulated to meet stringent 100K corrosion resistance standards . The fan scroll shall be attached to the side plates by means of continuous HVAC 15600-24 WP Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts d. Flow Measurements : Each loop return block shall have incremental adjustment and flow rate indication. Temperature and flow readouts will assist in the diagnostics and set up of a radiant heating system. e. Balancing Valves : Each return block will provide a balancing valve and a visual flow meter for proper balancing of the radiant heating system allowing different loop lengths and tube sizes to be connected to the same manifold. Each valve shall be able to fully close to allow complete loop isolation. f. Supply/Return Indication: Each loop supply module shall be red to indicate incoming hot water, and each return loop module shall be blue to indicate cooler return water. g. Loop Isolation: Each loop supply and return module shall have a means of fully isolating the loop from the rest of the system. h. Piping Inlet/Outlet Size: All manifold inlets/outlets shall be 1-1/4" NPT female, to fit maximum size plumbing and greater system adaptability. 3 . Fittings a. Fitting Composition: Brass compression fittings consisting of nut, ferrule and insert with a ring for connecting PEX or copper tubing to manifold. b. Fitting Types: Manifold to PEX tubing sizes 3/8", 112", 5/8" 3/4" Manifold to 1/2" copper tubing Hose Bib Manifold Cap C. Required Features : Well fitting, easily installed. Copper tubing should not require soldering. D. System Requirements 1 . Installations: Radiant tubing systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations . All relevant law information shall be included relating to the following: HVAC 15600-23 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts bends, the minimum bend radius shall be as follows: 3/8" tubing 3 . 0" radius 1/2" tubing 3 . 75"radius 5/8" tubing 4 . 5" radius 3/4" tubing 5 . 75" radius n. Marking: All PEX tubing shall be marked at intervals of not more than five (5) feet in accordance with ASTM F876 as follows : 1 . Nominal tubing size . 2 . Type of plastic tubing material . 3 . Standard dimension Ratio, SDR9. 4 . Pressure rating for water and temperature for which the pressure rating is valid. 5 . ASTM designation, ASTM F876. 6. Manufacturer' s name and production code. Additional Marking 1 . Date of manufacturing. 2 . Oxygen diffusion protection to DIN4726 . 3 . Length indications in five (5) foot intervals, for ease of measuring the tubing. 2 . Manifolds : Manifolds used in PEX tubing installation shall consist of individual loop control and adaptation utilizing modular Polyacrylamide thermoplastic components ready for assembly. The manifold should also include the following features : a. Modular Design: This eliminates the need for multiple manifold configurations and allows for future expansion. b. Venting: Each supply and return vent/temperature module shall have an automatic integrated air vent. C. Temperature Measurements : Each supply and return manifold shall have a thermometer integrated to indicate supply and return water temperatures . Temperature readouts * will assist in the diagnostics and set up of a radiant heating system. HVAC 15600-22 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Awk g. Density: The crosslinked polyethylene tubing material shall have a density in the range from 0. 926 to 0 . 949 Mg/M3. h. Sustained Pressure: Nominal Tube Minimum Burst Minimum Burst Size Pressure Pressure psi @ 180°F psi @ 180°F 3/8" 250 210 1/2" 195 165 5/8" 190 165 3/4" 190 165 i . Burst Pressure: The minimum burst pressure for PEX plastic tubing shall be as given. Nominal Tube Minimum Burst Minimum Burst Size Pressure Pressure psi @ 180°F psi @ 180°F 3/8" 275 235 1/2" 215 185 5/8" 210 180 3/4" 210 180 j . Environmental Stress Cracking: "There shall be no loss of pressure in the tubing when tested in accordance with 7 . 9" (paragraph of ASTM F876) . k. Degree of Crosslinking: "When tested in accordance with 7 . 9, (paragraph of ASTM F876) , the degree of crosslinking for PEX tubing material shall be within the range of 65% to 89% inclusive. " 1. Stabilizer Migration Resistance: "When tested in accordance with 7 . 10 (paragraph of ASTM F876) , the time t2 (t2 = time to failure of boiled sample) shall be at least 50% of the time, tl" (ti = time to failure of unboiled sample) . M. Bend Radius : The minimum bend radius for cold bending of the tube shall not be more than six (6) times the outside diameter for AW up to a 90 degree bend. For 180 degree HVAC 15600-21 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . German Standard DIN 4726, "Pipelines of plastic materials used in warm water floor heating systems" . C. Materials 1 . Tube a. Tube Composition: Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) in accordance with ASTM F876. b. Manufacturing Method: All PEX tubing shall be manufactured using the "electron beam method of crosslinking, performed at ambient temperature and pressure . C. Working Pressure/Temperature: The minimum continuous working pressure rating of the PEX tubing shall be 100 psi @ 180 F working temperature and 80 psi @ 200 F working temperature. d. Physical Properties : As supplied by Embassy Industries, Inc. , all PEX tubing shall conform to ASTM F876 "American Society of Testing and materials, Standard Specification F876 entitled, "Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing", and German Standard DIN 4726 for "Oxygen Permeation" as related to the following paragraphs : e. Tubing: The tubing shall be homogeneous throughout and essentially uniform in color, opacity, density, and other properties . The inside and outside surfaces shall be matte or glossy in appearance. the tubing walls shall be free of cracks, holes, blisters, voids, foreign inclusion, or other defects that are visible to the naked eye and that may affect the wall integrity. f. Dimensions and Tolerances Nominal Average Outside Minimum Tubing Size Diameter Wall Thickness 3/8" 0 . 500" 0 . 070" 1/2" 0 . 625" 0 . 070" 5/8" 0 . 750" 0 . 083" 3/4" 0 . 875" 0 . 097" HVAC 15600-20 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Awk for all diffusers, grilles, and registers to be factory finished with color selected by the Engineer. B. Ceiling Exhaust or Return Register (CER) or (CRR) - Titus Model 350FL/AG-15 aluminum deflected blade register, off-white finish, with opposed blade damper. C. Top Exhaust Register (TER) - Titus Model 350 FL/AG-15, Aluminum construction, double deflection, white finish, with opposed blade damper. D. Top Supply Registers (TSR) -- Titus Model 300 FL/AG-15 adjustable double deflected Aluminum Bar with l-" spacing and type-11 border. E. Bottom Return Register (BRR) - Titus Model 33 RFL 380 deflection register with opposed blade damper. F. Ceiling diffuser (CDA) - Titus Model TCDA fixed blade ceiling diffuser register with opposed blade damper. 2 . 4 LOUVERS A. All wall louvers shall be extruded aluminum construction, equal to the following Ruskin Mfg. Co. model . 1 . Type "A" - No. ELF375D with box frame, extended sill, 1/2" aluminum mesh bird screen, and Kynar 500 finish. 2 . 5 RADIANT HEATING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Scope of Work 1 . This Specification is to provide relevant product data for a radiant tubing system consisting of PEX tubing with oxygen permeation protection, distribution manifolds and associated fittings . B. References 1. . American Society of Testing and Materials, Standard Specification F876, entitled "Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing" . 2 . American Society of Testing and Materials, Standard Specification F877 entitled, "Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems" . HVAC 15600-19 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 90A and be listed as Class 1 air duct, UL Standard 181. Duct shall have published pressure ratings of not less than 10 ft. S.A. positive pressure, . 5 inch W.A. negative pressure. Duct shall also be UL rated for velocities up to 6, 500 F. P.M.E. R. Flexible Connections : Provide, in each duct connection to every air handling unit and fan, 30 ounce double neoprene coated woven glass fabric flexible connection not less than 4" long securely held to retaining clamps. S. All exhaust ducts serving shower shall be aluminum. T. Install duct-type smoke detectors furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor. U. Acoustically lined duct work shall be double wall duct with perforated liner and 2" thick, 3. 0 lb. density insulation. Equal to McGill "Acousticliner" or equal. Install lined duct on the first 10' -0" of the supply and return of each air handling system. 2 . 2 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS A. Layout and details shall clearly indicate compliance with the above Specifications . Any variations in design details, fittings, or accessory items for which approval is requested shall be specifically marked on the Drawings, as shall any major variations from the Drawing (minor variations are assumed to be field conditions) . Drawings for Fan Room shall be at 3/8 in. = 1 ft. 0 in. scale. B. The Drawings shall not be submitted to the Engineer for approval until the ductwork has been coordinated with all other trades . The Sheet Metal Contractor shall assume the responsibility for and bear the cost of any alterations required after approval because of inaccurate Shop Drawings or lack of proper coordination, and also for any changes in sheet metal erected prior to approval of Shop Drawings . 2 . 3 AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS A. Diffusers, grilles, and registers shall be Anemostat- Waterloo, Titus, or Barber Colman, equal to those specified in the Following paragraphs . See Drawings for sizes, cfm' s, locations, and qualities of various types. In general, all units shall be installed with face bars parallel to floor or nearest wall. All volume control dampers shall be key operated. Finish HVAC 15600-18 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts N. Duct systems shall have sufficient volume dampers, whether or not shown, to control and adjust the total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and at each diffuser or grille. The HVAC Contractor shall consult with the College ' s Balancing Contractor for the proper placement of volume dampers prior to installation. Volume dampers shall be of the butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized iron blade. All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD locking quadrant. All dampers shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of shaft mounted on a 2" x 3" x 1/8" plate held to duct with sheet metal screws . Maximum width of single blades shall be 14" . Splitter dampers shall not be used. 0. Provide where shown or indicated on the Drawings fire and/or smoke dampers with a UL label for not less than 1-112 hour fire protection rating in accordance with UL-555 continuing inspection service. Blades and frame shall be galvanized steel construction with blades of an interlocking design, having two folded guides which serve as stops . Fusible links shall be equal to Grinnell Fig. 1351, 20 pounds, issue A. Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition of NFPA-90A, mounted with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" returning angles on both sides of partition, wall, or floor, and sleeves as per the UL test under which the damper fire rating was obtained. Angles shall completely close the wall opening and provide anchorage to the dampers. Damper blade stack shall not reduce duct free area. P. Where called for on Drawings, final connections to diffusers and registers shall be made with flexible ductwork, UL listed, Class 1 . To be Thermaflex S-LP-10 for exhaust/return, M-KA for supply, or equal. Joints shall be sealed with duct tape and Thermaflex duct straps. Connection to rigid ductwork shall be made with spun conical taps. Q. Flexible Air Duct : 1 . Flexible air duct shall be Wiremold, Thermoflex, Cleveflex, or equal, and shall be equal to Wiremold Type CRK Vanguard Duct. 2 . Flexible duct shall be manufactured from fully annealed aluminum and formed into a multiple corrugated construction, then encased with 1 inch, 3/4 lb. density fiberglass blanket and sheathed with a vinyl vapor barrier. The duct shall have an inside-bending radius of not more than 3/4 inch I. D. It must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin HVAC 15600-17 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts bolted with 3/16" stove bolts at not over 6" centers, sheets turned over angles into joint at least 1/4" . H. Sheet metal screws 3/4" #10 may be used to attach stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams, spaced not over 12" on centers and not less than two per side of 12" or more, except where specified otherwise. Button punching shall not be used except for pre- erection attachment of fittings. I . Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual damper, reheat coil, at each fire damper, and at every duct mounted control device. Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast type rotary latches . Where space limitations do not allow for full swing of the access door, two rotary type latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation. Insulate doors located in insulated ductwork. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 12" by 12" minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for access to fire damper fusible links or other devices. J. Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq. ft. in area or above shall be round bar type fastened to 1-1/4" x 1- 1/4" x 1/8" angles under the ducts . Ducts less than 4 sq. ft. in area shall be hung with black 1" x 1/16" strap iron bent 1" under bottom side of the duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws, using not less than two screws per side and as many more so that they are not greater than 6" centers . K. Hangers are to be placed on not greater than 8 ' -0" centers or closer where required so that the ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point. L. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for, the sheet metal duct size shown on the Drawings must be increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or cross sectional area shown on the Drawings. M. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for rectangular sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining airtight ducts at 2" WG Maximum static pressure with maximum leakage of 5% of total fan capacity; 1/2 of 1% for round and oval ducts. All joints in ductwork shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer, or equal. HVAC 15600-16 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts work of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure, piping, conduit and light fixtures. B. All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet of bend forming quality. C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and latest ASHRAE or SMACNA requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing and supports . All exposed ductwork shall be constructed and hung to provide a neat, smooth, finished appearance. Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are turned on or off. D. Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in shape or dimensions shall be made by the HVAC Contractor without first obtaining approval from the Engineer, except that duct shall be offset as required to clear structural members and to co-ordinate with other trades and any duct changes must meet the latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards. E. The center line radius of all duct el-bows where shown on the Drawings shall be at least one and one-half " times the width of the duct. Where building conditions do not allow for this radius or where square turns are shown, manufactured double walled duct turns equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the supply or exhaust air ducts and "Sonotru" acoustical attenuating turns as manufactured by South Control Products Co. shall be used in any air ducts where acoustical insulation is included. F. Duct sections 1 ' -6" wide or less shall be butted together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8" wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint. Standing bar slips as specified for ducts over 18" may be used at the HVAC Contractor' s option. G. Ducts from 18" to 30" wide shall be jointed with 112" standing bar slips made of metal the same as or heavier than duct sheets. Joints in ducts . with either dimension over 30" shall have 1" standing bar slips on those sides over 30" . Where sides are over 4211, the standing bar slips will be reinforced with 1-1/2" x 1- 1/2" x 1/8" angles. Additional angle stiffeners not over 60" apart shall be provided between joints. Ducts over 60" in width shall be jointed with 1-112" x 1/8" A"" angle irons riveted to ductwork on all sides with 1/8" rivets at not more than 4-1/2" on centers, sections HVAC 15600-15 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Drawings, including the cost of all work described in the Alternates . C. Alternate Bid No. 1 - Delete solar heat panels. If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 1 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 1 defined as all cost to delete, furnish and install the ten (10) solar heat panels specified and all associated piping and controls. The solar heat piping shall be capped in the attic for future use . D. Alternate Bid No. 2 - Delete solar water heater bundles, piping, and controls . If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 2 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1. The work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as all cost to delete the solar water heater bundle in the hot water storage tanks, delete the solar water piping loop, pumps, and controls in their entirety. E. Alternate Bid No. 3 - Delete BTU and electrical meters If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 3 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 3 is defined as all cost to delete the BTU meter on the heating boilers, the BTU meter on the domestic hot water, and the remote LCD display for each BTU meter. This Alternate also includes deleting the remote electric LCD meter display and all associated wiring and controls . PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 SHEET METAL WORK A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before PAW installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings, duct locations and elevations must be co-ordinated with HVAC 15600-14 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 8 . Access panels. 9. Electrical light fixtures, cable trays, panelboards, etc. Each trade shall show his work on the background Drawings with appropriate elevations and grid dimensions. Drawing shall indicate horizontal and vertical dimensions to avoid interference with structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other services. D. Fabrication shall not begin until the final mylar transparencies of all co-ordination drawings have been reviewed and approved by the Architect. Review of coordination Drawings shall not diminish the responsibility under this Contract for final co- ordination of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems and equipment with the architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and other work. E. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices . -"If equipment is disapproved, drawings shall be revised to show acceptable equipment and be resubmitted. F. The approval of equipment does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of Shop Drawing errors in details, sizes, quantities, wiring diagram, arrangement, and dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract Drawings, and/or job conditions as they exist. Unless the Contractor specifically requests in writing, changes, substitutions, or deletions of specific Contract Document requirements with respect to any submissions, approval of the Shop Drawing by the Architect does not constitute acceptance. Approval of shop drawings containing errors does not relieve the Contractor from making corrections at his expense. 1 . 21 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01230 for general description of the Base and Alternate bids. Work of the HVAC Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental ,, to providing all work specified and shown on the HVAC 15600-13 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1 . 19 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1 . B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire dampers, volume dampers, control dampers and control valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added to these Drawings prior to submittal to the Engineer. In addition to the above all revised areas shall be clearly marked with a revision bubble. 1 . 20 CO-ORDINATION DRAWINGS A. This Contractor shall prepare a complete set of mylar background Drawings at minimum 1/4 in. equals 1 ft. 0 in. showing architectural and structural features and other information as needed for coordination layout. Background Drawings shall be prepared under this Section. B. Circulate mylars among trades as necessary to show all information outlined below. Each trade shall sign and date each coordination Drawing. Co-ordinate all conflicts between trades prior to submitting drawing to the Architect . C. The information to be contained on the Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1 . Insert and sleeve locations if required by the Architect. 2 . Structural, partition/room layout, ceiling grid, and other information needed for co-ordination including bottom of steel elevations. 3. All fire walls and smoke partitions . 4 . Equipment layouts and egress routes for equipment removal. 5 . Sheet metal work layout including bottom of duct elevations. 6. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning, Plumbing, and Fire Protection pipe routing including center line of pipe elevations. 7 . Valves including valve tag numbers . HVAC 15600-12 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean. 1 . 18 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of HVAC in the building, shall be performed by the HVAC Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect . Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co- ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor failing to co- ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers . D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General. Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. HVAC 15600-11 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. 16 PROTECTION A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing or foreign material. C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the part of the HVAC Contractor. D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. 1 . 17 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly flush all piping of any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of cleaning. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes shall be capped to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. HVAC 15600-10 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner' s representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Contractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver three (3) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. B. Furnish the Engineer, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual . Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent . C. The manual shall include the following information: 1 . Description of systems. 2 . Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of equipment. 3 . Winter/summer changeover procedures . 4 . Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment . 5 . Lubrication chart . 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment. 7 . Valve chart. 8 . List of recommended spare parts . 9. Copies of all service contracts . 10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc. 11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the local representative for each item of equipment. D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control" paragraphs of this Section for additional requirements . HVAC 15600-9 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Contractor. B. The HVAC Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc. , resulting from his work shall be removed by the HVAC Contractor . 1 . 13 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings . B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterie-r exposure above grade. 1 . 14 GUARANTEE A. The HVAC Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period. B. The HVAC Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective. 1 . 15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner' s representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to HVAC 15600-8 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Awk Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Subcontract requirements . B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The HVAC Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the Drawings . D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The HVAC Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost . E. The HVAC Contractor shall consult the College ' s Temperature Control and Balancing Contractor to co- ordinate work of these trades and to have a full ,,,, comprehension of the work to be done as well as to determine the conditions affecting the location and placement of all equipment and materials . 1. 11 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: The HVAC Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades . Delivery and storage of materials and equipment must be coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant, and is limited to areas designated by the College. B. Storage and Handling: The HVAC Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. HVAC 15600-7 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts etc. of all materials to be furnished on the project. In addition to the above, one (1) set of Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the College ' s HVAC Department for review and approval. B. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Engineer for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the HVAC Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Engineer. 1 . 8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The HVAC Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The HVAC Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1 . 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook- ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1. 1. 10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The HVAC Contractor shall refer to all the Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical HVAC 15600-6 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts H. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I . The HVAC Contractor shall check the Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Engineer before proceeding with the work. J. Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work since the HVAC Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in regard thereto. 1 . 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements. No substitution will be allowed for the Trane, York, or McQuay air handling units and condensing unit, Trane, McQuay or International fan AMW coil units, Watts ball valves, Grundfos pumps, Tour and Anderson balancing valves, Tunstall steam traps . B. The HVAC Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements . 1 . 6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1 . 7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six (6) sets of A. catalogue cuts, manufacturers ' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, HVAC 15600-5 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts replaced without the express approval of the Engineer after construction work begins. C. The HVAC Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors ' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the HVAC Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The HVAC Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The HVAC Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc. , hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the -part of the HVAC Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC Contractor shall lay out all his work at the site and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Contractor installing such items . G. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or ,sue* plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means . HVAC 15600-4 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 9. Chiller, chiller barrel, refrigerant and all related controls. 10. Air-to-air heat recovery unit and all associated ductwork. 11 . Installation. of and connection to equipment furnished by others. 12 . Air and water balance, tests, start-up. All water and air testing and balancing shall be preformed by "Wings Testing and Balancing, Inc and billed directly to the College. " 13 . Guarantee. 14 . Instructions . 15. Record Drawings . 1 . 3 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Engineer rules otherwise. B. The HVAC Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials ' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1 . 4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The HVAC Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The HVAC Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the HVAC Contractor himself were present. AOk The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or HVAC 15600-3 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 15600 HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract . 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and ++ services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following; 1. Gas fired high efficiency boiler and controls . 2 . Fan coil units . 3. Pex tubing system and manifold. 4 . Piping systems for hot water, chilled water, steam supply and condensate return, including pumps, heat exchanger valves, and specialties. 5 . Duct systems for make up air exhaust and air conditioning, including fire dampers, registers, louvers, and terminal boxes air handling units . 6. Exhaust fans . 7 . Insulation for piping, ductwork, and equipment . 8 . Energy management (building automation) system. All temperature control work shall be by Yankee "'" Technology, Inc. HVAC 15600-2 E -z�, x � � Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX HEATING AND VENTILATING PART 1 - GENERAL PART 3 - INSTALLATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 CLEANING AIR SYSTEM 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING 1. 6 PRODUCTS 3. 6 WATER AND AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS 1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 INSULATION 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1. 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 3.9 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3.10 IDENTIFICATION 1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING 3.11 SPARE PARTS 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL, CONDITIONS 3.12 FIRE SAFING 1.13 WORK CONCEALED 1.14 GUARANTEE 1. 15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1.16 PROTECTION 1.17 CLEANING 1.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS 1.20 CO-ORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.21 ALTERNATES PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 SHEET '.`METAL WORK 2.2 DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS 2.3 AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTERS 2.4 LOUVERS 2.5 RADIANT HEATING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 2. 6 UTILITY FAN 2.7 CIRCULATING PUMPS 2.8 VALVES 2. 9 THERMOMETERS 2.10 PRESSURE GAUGES 2.11 UNIONS 2.12 PIPE SLEEVES 2.13 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES AND VALVES 2.14 BOILER/BURNER UNITS (BASE BID) 2.15 HANGERS 2.16 INSULATION 2.17 PIPE AND FITTINGS 2.18 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS 2.19 STRAINERS 2.20 ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION 2.21 ACCESS PANELS 2.22 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL 2.23 WATER COILS 2.24 FAN COIL UNITS 2.25 ACCESS PANELS 2.26 FINNED RADIATION 2.27 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL 2.28 AIR COOLED CHILLER UNITS 40002.29 SOLAR HEAT PANELS HVAC 15600-1 tf"' � ; Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . 13 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01230 for a general description of the Base and Alternate Bids . Work of the Plumbing Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all plumbing work specified and shown on the Drawings, less the cost of all extra work described in the Alternates . C. Alternate No . 1 - New shower room B-T2 If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the Specifications as Alternate No. 1 shall be included in lieu of the respective portions of the Work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The Work of Alternate No. 1 is defined as furnishing and installing a new one piece handicapped shower unit in lieu of the base bid toilet fixtures indicated in Room B-T2 . Plumbing work shall include all sanitary and water piping 000 valves, fittings, and fixtures . 2 . All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings, specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their work, and indicating the cost of the alternate on the bid form. D. Alternate No. 2 - Condensate Pumps If_ this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the Drawings and in the Specifications as Alternate No. 2 shall be included in addition to the respective portions of the Work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The Work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as furnishing and installing underground condensate drain piping and new condensate pump CND-1 and all associated piping. Under the base bid all basement level fan coil units shall be furnished with condensate pumps and the Plumbing Contractor shall pipe all individual pumps to the exterior of the building. 2 . All bidders and trades are responsible for reviewing the drawings, specifications and details to determine how this alternate affects their PLUMBING 15400-51 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . 8 CLEANING UP A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job, thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster, stickers, rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every part in perfect condition and ready for use. 3 . 9 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its manufacturer' s printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by -the Plumbing Contractor and be included in his Bid. 3 . 10 DISINFECTION A. Flush out entire system. B. Introduce chlorine or solution of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite. Fill lines slowly and apply agent at rate which will produce 50 parts per million of chloride as determined by residual chlorine tests at f AAW end of lines . Open and close valves and hydrants while system is being chlorinated. C. After twenty-four (24 ) hours, test for residual chlorine . If more than 5 ppm are present, flush out system until all traces are removed. D. After disinfection, flush treated water from system through its extremities . Continue flushing until samples of water are satisfactory to local authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat flushing if samples taken daily over next three (3) days indicate that quality of water is not being maintained. Do not draw samples from hydrants and undisinfected hose. E. Submit test results to Owner. 3 . 11 WATER SERVICE A. The Plumbing Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to have a new water meter installed by the Northampton Water Department. The Plumbing Contractor shall order the new meter, and the College shall be billed direct for all charges . PLUMBING 15400-49 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite compound, or with polytetrafluorethylene tape applied to the male threads. 3 . 2 INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE A. Bedding for the pipe shall provide full and stable support, with recesses excavated for pipe bells . All pipe shall be laid to the specified line and grade, with a. firm bearing -throughout each length and with the bell ends uphill. B. Pipe Joints : The flexible water tight rubber gaskets shall be installed in accordance with -the directions of the manufacturer. C. Plastic Pipe : Install plastic piping in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . At minimum, envelope all PVC pipe in 6" of screened gravel . Clear interior of conduit of dirt and debris as work progresses . Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. D. Joint Adapters : Make joints between PVC pipe and other type oT pipe with standard manufactured PVC adapters and fittings . E. Lay conduit beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert . 3 . 3 WATER PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS A. Mains, Branches and Runoffs : Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall be taken not to weaken structural portions of -the building. Above ground piping shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated. Branch pipes from service lines may be taken from top, bottom or side of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions . Supply pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and other services to permit not less than 1/2" between finished covering on the different services . B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for expansion and contraction of pipe. PLUMBING 15400-47 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts S . For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse ' , restraints must be at 20-ft. maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40-ft. maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within allowable limits at longer distances . 7 . Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports . B . Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines . 9 . Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3 . 02 . C. 2 and 3 . For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacing of 112 of those listed in sections 3 . 02 . C2 and 3 . N. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained as per the schedules in paragraph S of this Specification. 0. Seismic Restraint Exclusions : 1 . Piping: a . All piping less than 2-1/2 in. in diameter except those listed below. b . All gas piping and medical gas piping less than 1 in. I . D. C . All piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1-1/4 in. I . D. d. All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended from hanger rods where the point of attachment is less than the 12 in. in length from the structure to the structural connection of the clevis or trapeze . e . All PVC and fiberglass suspended waste or vent pipe 6 in. in diameter and smaller. .Nwt PLUMBING 15400-45 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 15 . Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project . 16. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities. 17 . Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals . 18 . Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement, which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight . Horizontal thrust restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection guide) . 19 . Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. L. Vibration Isolation of Piping: 1 . Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in Specification 11 . Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations . Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps Specification 14 . Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in Specification 10 . Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in Specification 6 . Heat exchangers and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three- (3) isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment . If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0 . 75 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3 in. , 1-1/2 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6 in. , and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical . Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24 stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service. PLUMBING 15400-43 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts F. , 10 lb. density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge . Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27 . The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers . The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit . Horizontal thrust restraints shall be Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. K. Execution - General : 1 . All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instruction arid all certified submittal data. 2 . Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment . 3 . No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. 4 . The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls . 5 . Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. 6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work PLUMBING 15400-41 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 22 . Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout . Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable . Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks . Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere . Sizes 3/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 1908 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 2508 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 1908 F and 135 psi at 2508 F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1 . All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure . Concentric reducers to the above Specifications may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. OOW Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods, as control rods are not desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the thrust at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area . Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves . Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves . Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc . 23 . Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless OVA steel braid and carbon steel fittings . Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall PLUMBING 15400-39 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps AW shall be removable t allow inspection of internal clearances . Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17 . All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing Specifications . Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi . Snubbers shall be manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of nor less than 1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances . The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8 in . deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force . Submittals shall include the load ,,,,,u, deflection in the x, y and z planes . Snubbers shall have an anchorage preapproval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18 . Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder, which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I . C. B. O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud edge anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19 . Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from I . C. B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads . Drill-in female wedge PLUMBING 15400-37 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 9. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment . Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1 . 2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10 . Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 308 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing -the 308 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30H as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11 . Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale . Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12 . Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional PLUMBING 15400-35 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. ` 2 . Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0 . 2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements . The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc . 3 . Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves . The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and AMW the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does riot interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes . Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable . All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4 . A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5 . Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment . Spring diameters shall be no less than 0 . 8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring 04,, diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height . Mountings shall be Type PLUMBING 15400-33 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts d. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance . G. Related Work: 1 . Housekeeping Pads: a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepares by -the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings. b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordi-nated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings . If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment . 2 . Supplementary Support Steel : a . Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3 . Attachments : a. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor' s calculations . H. Seismic Force Levels 1 . The following force levels will be used on this project . Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. PLUMBING 15400-31 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts (2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings . b. Shop Drawings : (l) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations . (2) Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment . (3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturer' s submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points . (4) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment . C . Seismic Certification and Analysis : (1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. (2) All restraining devices shall have a preapproval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Preapprovals based on independent testing are preferred to preapprovals based on calculations. Where preapproved devices are not. •� available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. PLUMBING 15400-29 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the Contractor in an approved manner. 7 . Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1 . Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment . 2 . Equipment isolation bases . 3 . Flexible piping connections . 4 . Seismic restraints for isolated equipment . 5 . Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment . 6. Certification of seismic_ restraint designs and installation supervision . 7 . Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads . 8 . All mechanical systems . Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical . (Equipment not listed is still included in this Specification) . • Air Separators • Battery Racks • Compressors • Comp. Room Units • Conduit • Electrical Panels • Piping • Pumps (All types) o Tanks (All types) C. Definitions : 1 . Life Safety Systems a . All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke systems . PLUMBING 15400-27 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 17 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Furnish and install the backflow preventers, as scheduled on the Drawings and as manufactured by Watts Regulator: 1 . On cold water feed for make-up water: No. 909QT-S 34" complete with bronze strainer; full port, bronze ball valve shut-offs, and No. 909-AG-C, 3-4" air gap and drain piping. B. This Subcontractor shall provide a spare parts repair kit for each 909 reduced pressure backflow preventer, to consist of a repair kit for the first check, second check, and relief valve . C. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the Massachusetts State Plumbing Examiners and shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer ' s recommendations and instructions, and in accordance with Regulation 310CMR 22 . 22 . D. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co. No substitutions shall be made. E. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall file and prepare all applications for backflow preventer approval with the Department of Environmental Protection, and pay all fees and charges . F. All certificates of approval and test results shall be sent to the Architect . 2 . 18 ROOF DRAINS A. RD-l : Roof drains shall be Froet Model 100C4-O FS-FR-DC bifunctional roof drain cast iron body, underdeck clamp, flashing collar, gravel guard, roof sump receiver, adjustable extension, cast iron dome and integral overflow, DEX adjustable extension and overflow strainer. B. RD-2 :Wade Model 3003-NH-42-53-52, cast iron roof drain with flange, flashing ring with gravel stop, cast iron dome, deck clamp, and bearing pan / sump receiver. Drain to be connected to downspout. C. Drains will be furnished by the Plumbing Subcontractor, installed by the Roofing Subcontractor, and piped by the Plumbing Subcontractor. PLUMBING 15400-25 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts diverter and volume control and adjustable stop screw to limit handle turn. Consisting of tub spout and Clear-Flo shower head with arm and flange, wall/hand shower with flexible metal hose and 30" slide bar. 3 . Fittings - Gerber Model No. 41-812 waste and overflow. K. Kitchen Sink (P-4 ) 1 . Sink to be Elkay Model LR 2219 with Delta Model No. 2476 faucet with spray and Aqua Pure Model No . AP-DWS1000 water filter. 2 . Garbage Disposal_ to be In-Sink-Erator Model No. LC-50, corrosion resistant stainless steel, 1� hp induction motor totally enclosed to provide protection from moisture, built-in thermal overload protection, 120 volt, 1 phase . 1 . Kitchen Sink (P-4A) , Handicapped 1 . Sink to be Elkay Model LRAD 221.9-55, 5 1,�" deep with back punch drain, with Delta Model No. 2476 faucet with spray and Aqua Pure Model No. AP- DWS1000 water filter. M. Kitchenette Sink (P-4B) 1 . Sink to be Elkay Model LR 2219 with Delta Model No. 2476 faucet with spray and Aqua Pure Model No. AP-DWS1000 water filter. N . Washer Connection (P-5) 1 . Symmons Laundry-Mate Model No. W-602-X supply and drain unit with 112" supplies and 2" drain with integral stops and recessed wall box with wall plate. 0. Floor Drain (P-6) 1 . Wade Model No. 1203-NH, shallow sump floor drain. 2 . With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer. P. Floor Drain (P-6A) 1 . Wade Model No. 1203-NH-31, shallow sump floor drain, with back water valve. 2 . With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer. PLUMBING 15400-23 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . Seat - Church Model 295-C, solid plastic round, low open front seat with cover, color white. Sperzel, Olsonite, or equal . 3 . Mounting - Standard roughing floor flange with bees ' wax seal . D. Water Closet (P-1A) , Handicapped 1 . Closet - American Standard "Cadet" No. 2998 . 012, vitreous china floor mounted, 1 . 6 gpf. , elongated bowl, tank type toilet with close couple tank. 2 . Seat - Church Model 295-C, solid plastic round, open front seat with cover, color white . Sperzel, Olsonite, or equal . 3 . Mounting - Standard roughing floor flange with bees ' wax seal . E. Water Closet (P-1B) , Handicapped 1 . Closet - American Standard "Madera" 17"H Model 3043 . 102, elongated vitreous china, siphon jet action with 1 14" top spud and 1 . 6 gallon flush. 2 . Flush Valve - Sloan, "Royal" 111-YO-ADA with 1" angle stop, vacuum breaker, wall and spud flanges . 3 . Seat - Church Model 9400KNSSC white solid plastic, extra heavy, open front seat, less over, with self-sustaining hinge . 4 . Mounting to be floor mounted with bee' s wax seal . F. Lavatory (P-2) 1 . Basin - American Standard Cadet Oval Countertop lavatory, Model No. 0419. 444, vitreous china, self-rimming, with front overflow. 2 . Faucet - American Standard "Monterrey" Model 5500 . 140, 4" centers with lever handles . 3 . Fittings - Provide grid strainer and tailpiece, BrassCraft No. CS400A stops and risers, Sanitary Dash No. R370-17 polished chrome plated trap with cleanout plug. G. Lavatory (P-2A) Handicapped 1 . Basin - same as P-2 except mounted at handicapped PLUMBING 15400-21 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts G. The heater will be equipped with an immersion upper and lower operating thermostat, an immersion temperature limiting device, an ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve. H. The heat exchangers will have a three-year warranty. All other heater parts will have a one-year warranty. Storage tank will have a 20 year warranty covering manufacturing or materials defects, and/or the production of rusty water. I . The storage tank will be completely factory packaged, requiring only job site hookup to utilities and domestic water piping. The tank will be insulated to meet current ASHRAE standards and will be jacketed in enameled steel panels . The installation shall conform to all local, state and national codes . J. Startup on these units will be performed by factory trained and authorized personnel . A copy of the startup report shall be provided to the owner. 2 . 10 HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP A. New recirculation pump sha11 be Taco Model 007 Cartridge circulator pump, with aquastat operation to deliver 5 gpm at 10 ft . head, 1/25 hp, casing to be bronze. B. This contractor shall furnish and install pump aquastat for pump. Wiring of pumps and aqustat shall be by the Electrical Contractor. C. Circulating pump shall be Taco Cartridge circulator. No substitutions will be allowed. 2 . 11 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE A. Furnish and install one (1) Powers Model No . 1434-A-D- M-1, single Thermostatic Water Mixing Valve, inlet checks-Lops, outlet volume/shut-off valve, dial thermometer (range: 0 to 140°F) , rough bronze finish, complete with unions and interconnected copper piping, solid bi-metal corrosion resistant thermostat element. B. Unit shall be factory assembled, tested, and shall be sized for 45 gpm at a 10 lb. pressure drop. ,. C. No substitutions will be allowed. PLUMBING 15400-19 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts return hot water %" thick for cold water. Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type. All exposed piping within 10 ' -0" of finished floor shall be insulated as noted above and shall be fully jacketed with a PVC cover. B. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered cut insulation applied over fittings with joints taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces to form a vapor barrier. C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer ' s recommendations . Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade . D. Install a twelve (12") inch length of wood blocking at each hanger; insulation shall run continuous through the hanger. Jacket shall match adjacent insulation jacket . E. All exposed drain and water piping at handicapped lavatories shall be insulated with Truebro "Handi Lav- Guard", or equal, molded insulation kit. F. Insulate all vertical and horizontal .rain conductor_ piping s-ame as for cold water. 2 . 6 THERMOMETERS A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor_ , Trerice, or Weiss, equal to Tr_erice 80700 with aluminum case, industrial glass, dial type, 4 '-�" diameter, 2°F subdivisions . Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response, but in no case less than 3 ' nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator' s position. B. Ranges shall be manufacturer' s standard closest to the following: 1 . Hot water: 30°F - 180°F. C. Provide at inlet and outlet hot water storage tanks and at mixing valve. 2 . 7 PRESSURE GAUGES A. 4 dial, double-spring with soft copper tubing loop PLUMBING 15400-17 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts positive 100% shut-off. All valves to be furnished with valve handle extension sized to match pipe insulation thickness. B. Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2" or 3/4" solder by 3/4" hose end with attached cap and chain. C. Gate Valves : 1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves 4" and larger, shall be Class 125 iron body bronze mounted with body and bonnet conforming to 200 psi wog non-shock cast iron, flanged ends, with Teflon packing, two-piece packing gland assembly, Hammond Figure 1R1138, Stockman, or equal . 2 . Valves 3" and smaller where indicated on the Drawings shall be Class 125 . Body and bonnets shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, solid disc, copper silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon packing, and malleable handwheel, solder end, Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond 1R1138, or equal . 3 . Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond, American Valve, or equal . D. Balancing Valves : 1 . Where indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install balance circuit setter, with calibrated scale, with bronze body and disc and connections for differential pressure meter . 2 . Balancing valves shall be Tour & Anderson. E. Check Valves 1 . Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the Drawings . Checks up to 2" shall be Class 125 . Solder ends, body and caps shall be ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc, Stockham Figure B-309 . 2 . Check valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with body and cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, flanged, swing type disc, Stockham Figure G-931 . 3 . Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, or equal . F. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A PLUMBING 15400-15 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the BTU meter on the domestic hot water, and the remote LCD display for each BTU meter. This Alternate also includes deleting the remote electric LCD meter display and all associated wiring and controls . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 PIPING MATERIALS A. All soil, waste, vent, and storm drain piping in accessible areas 2 1-�" and larger, shall be cast iron "no hub", ASA Group 022 pipe and fittings, joined with cast iron clamps as manufactured by "Clamp-All" . No substitutions will be allowed. All soil, waste, and vent below slab shall be service weight, cast iron pipe with oakum and lead, sealed gas and watertight . Minimum size of piping below ground shall be 2" . Where it is impractical to install cast iron pipe, as in tight partition work or where the sizes of lines are smaller than 2", Type "L" copper tubing shall be used conforming to ASTM Specification with sweat type fitting using lead free solder and non-corrosive flux, "Non-Korrode", or approved equal conforming to ASTM Specification B 32 alloy 50A�. In lieu of oakum and lead joints, "push-on type" resilient basket fittings may be used on buried pipe only. Awk B. In lieu of cast iron piping, Type "L" copper pipe with solder fittings or ABS plastic pipe with glued fittings may be used for sanitary, waste and vent piping above ground. C. All waste lines 2" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper. All vent lines 2" and smaller shall be type "M" copper. Minimum vent terminal through the roof shall be 4" . Vent flashing at the roof shall be by the Roofing Subcontractor. D. All hot, cold and recirculating hot water piping within the building shall be hard copper_ Type "L" seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings. All solders used shall be lead free, cadmium free, "Silberbrite-100", or equal, complying with the latest issue of ANSI A-5 . 8 publications . All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated. All below slab trap primer feed piping shall be Type "K" soft rolled with silver solder joints . E. All water service piping on site and fittings into the building, and where noted otherwise shall be Class 51 cement mortar lined ductile-iron pipe. PLUMBING 15400-13 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall cooperate with the other sub trades in preparing a complete set of co-ordination drawings . All co-ordination drawings for the plumbing work shall be prepared by this Subcontractor on backgrounds prepared by the HVAC Contractor . B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches, at a suitable scale, not less than 1-4"=11 , clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades . C . Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect . This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes by the other trades . D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on ' the Contract, Architectural, or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details . PLUMBING 15400-11 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or Aw inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Plumbing Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers . D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1 . 15 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping, hangers and supports shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms . `" " B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure above grade, unless specifically so shown on the Drawings . When pipes are indicated to be installed in exterior walls, the Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that wall and pipe insulation is properly installed to protect them from freezing. 1 . 16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper_ Owner ' s representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner' s representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures . This Subcontractor shall video tape the instruction procedures and deliver two (2) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals . B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual . Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and PLUMBING 15400-9 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts ROW at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1 . 12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy From the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc. , resulting from his work shall be removed by the Plumbing Contractor. 1 . 13 PROTECTION A. The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others . Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner . 1 . 14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (i . e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor. PLUMBING 15400-8 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1. 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook- ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Section 01500 . 1. 10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and. structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements. B. The Specifications complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as IOWA called for or reasonably implied in both. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall not scale the Drawings . D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost. 1 . 11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: The Plumbing subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. All delivery and storage must be coordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant Department. The Plumbing Contractor shall take delivery of all pre-purchased plumbing fixtures and equipment, and shall be responsible for the proper handling, storage, and protection of these materials PLUMBING 15400-7 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts conducted in accordance with the General Requirements. 1. 6 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1 . 7 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Contractor shall submit to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes which may be required. C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Contractor. D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Plumbing Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 1 . 8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract . He is to assume all responsibility PLUMBING 15400-6 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts In case of failure on the part of the Plumbing Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure. E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Plumbing Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. G. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or ,. plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means . H. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. I . The Plumbing Contractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1 .5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in the product specification, and as approved by the Architect and Owner. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be AOW PLUMBING 15400-5 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College A4W Northampton, Massachusetts conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code, NFPA 54 and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials ' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Plumbing Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Plumbing Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Plumbing Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins. C. The Plumbing Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors ' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Plumbing Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Plumbing Contractor shall co-ordinate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc. , hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. PLUMBING 15400-4 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AW 5. Gas piping system connecting each and every fix- ture, device, and item of equipment requiring gas within the building. The system shall be installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system and shall include all piping, valves, stops, drips, meters, pressure reducing valves, vents to atmosphere, gauges, structural supports (hangers) , and such other standard specified accessories as are necessary for a complete approved system. All gas piping shall be according to the Massachusetts Fuel & Gas Code and NFPA 54 . 6 . Plumbing fixtures and supports. 7 . Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing. 8 . Below slab condensate drain piping, including all piping, fittings, insulation, supports, valves and all other component necessary to provide a complete system. Condensate pit, as indicated on the drawing, with a cover grate. 9. Provide point-of-use backflow preventers where indicated on drawings, specified, or required. 10. All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring water, drain, and waste connections. 11. Guarantee and instructions. B. Refer to appropriate Division - 2 Sections for trenching and backfill required in conjunction with plumbing piping; not work of this Section. C. Related work, to be performed under other sections of this Specification shall include the following: 1. Power wiring of circulation pump, etc. back to the panel shall be by the Electrical Subcontractor, coordinated and as directed by the Plumbing Subcontractor. 2 . Cutting and patching of holes larger than 4 inch Diameter. 1. 3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall PLUMBING 15400-3 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Section 15400 PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of Division 1, as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract . 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all plumbing work specified ` herein and/or indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1 . Water service entrance including water meter and pressure reducing station, extend water line to 10' -0" outside building. 2 . New sanitary waste & venting systems inside the building, connecting to systems on the site, 10' - 0" outside the building as indicated on drawings. Furnish piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts, fixtures, drains, supports, roof terminals and all components required to provide a complete system. 3 . New storm drainage system inside the building, on the exterior of the building, including all roof drains, downspouts, downspout shoes, and connecting to storm drainage system 10' -0" outside the building. Furnish piping, cleanouts, supports and all components necessary to provide a complete system. 4 . New hot, cold and return hot water distribution systems. Furnish piping, fittings, insulation, supports, valves, water storage tanks and pumps. PLUMBING 15400-2 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL PART 3 - INSTALLATION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3 .1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 WATER PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS 1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 INSULATION 1.6 PRODUCTS 3.6 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS 1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTS 1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 3.8 CLEANING UP 1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 3.9 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION 1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3.10 DISINFECTION 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3.11 WATER SERVICE 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 3 .12 FIRE SAFING 1.13 PROTECTION 3.13 ALTERNATES 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.15 WORK CONCEALED 1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1.17 GUARANTEE 1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS 1.191 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES 1.20 ALTERNATES PART 2 - MATERIALS 2. 1 PIPING MATERIALS 2.2 VALVES 2.3 HANGERS 2.4 CLEANOUTS 2.5 INSULATION 2.6 THERMOMETERS 2. 7 PRESSURE GAUGES 2. 8 WATER METER 2. 9 DUAL COIL HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS 2. 10 HOT WATER CIRCULATING VALVE 2. 11 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE ASSEMBLY 2.12 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS 2. 13 ACCESS PANELS 2.14 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS 2.15 TRAP PRIMER 2.16 VACUUM BREAKERS 2. 17 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 2.18 ROOF DRAINS 2.19 DOWNSPOUT SHOES 2.20 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 2.21 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL PLUMBING 15400-1 "'"" f _ ��_ 3 - Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AVW responsibility of the Fire Protection Subcontractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4 " diameter, or 4 " square, shall be provided by the General Contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers . D. Patching of all holes after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor_ or appropriate tradesmen. E. All piping, cutting, and threading shall be done in a location approved by the Architect/Engineer. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later . Should this area be necessary, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner . 3 . V SERVICES A. Water Service 1 . The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing the new water service to within 10' -0" of the building, including all site work, fire hydrants, piping, and valves thereto. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall extend piping into building. 2 . A blank 4" flanged outlet shall be provided 10' -0" outside building for the Fire Protection Subcontractor' s use. All piping and fittings from flanged outlet to inlet of the backflow preventer shall be ductile iron, cement lined. Oak END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-52 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts K. End Treatment : After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends . 3 . 4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in accordance with the manufac- turer' s written instructions, NFPA 13 and 14, and the authority having jurisdiction. B. Gate Valves : Install supervised open gate valves so located to control all sources of water supply except fire department connections . Where there is more than one control valve, provide permanently marked identifica- tion signs indicating the portion of the system con- trolled by each valve. C. Alarm Check Valves : Install valves in the vertical position in proper direction of flow including the bypass check valve and retard chamber drain line connection. Install valve trim in accordance with the valve manufac- turer' s appropriate trim diagram. Test valve for proper operation. 3 . 5 FINAL CLOSEOUT A. Identification: Apply signs to control, drain, test, and alarm valves identifying their purpose and function. Provide lettering size and style selected by Architect/Engineer from NFPA' s suggested styles . B. Adjustments : Place the system in operation with controls functioning. Adjust controls and apparatus for proper operation. Test thermometers and gauges for accuracy over the entire range. Remove and replace items found defective . 3 . 6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and/or patching of all openings and holes 4 " diameter, or 4 " square or smaller, required for the installation of fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and error, due to failure to co- ordinate work with other Divisions, shall be the FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-51 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing compound. 3 . 3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13 . B. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. C. Install unions in pipes 2" and smaller adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings. D. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 and larger connections . E. Hangers and Supports : Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 . Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical cou$ling manufacturer' s written instructions for rigid systems . F. Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete with shutoff valve . Test connec- tions may also serve as drain pipes . G. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection. Provide gauge with a connection not less than 1/4" and having a soft metal seated globe valve arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal and where they will not be subject to freezing. H. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1 . 20 . 1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads . Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows . I . Flanged Joints : Align flanged surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. Oak J. Mechanical Grooved Joints : Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-50 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . 2 FIRE SAFING A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including, but not limited to the following: 1 . Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers . 2 . Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers . 3 . Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings . 4 . Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms . B. Safing Insulation 1 . Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. or Architect- Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings . 2 . Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors . C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Fire- code" seal compound as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. , or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing. D. Preparation 1 . At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetra- tions for pipes and perimeters . E. Application 1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where neces- sary. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-49 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AA it if the restraint is installed within allowable limits at longer distances. 7 . Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports . 8 . Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. 9 . Cast-iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3 . 02 .C. 2 and 3 . For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3 . 02 .C2 and 3 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 1 CLEANING AND TESTING A. Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has been completed and before piping Aw, is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers . B. After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydro- statically, for period of two (2 ) hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi . Check system for leakage of joints . Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system of zone being tested. Test dry-pipe hydrostatically except, in freezing conditions, test with air at pressures not less than 50 psi, for period of two (2) hours . Check system for leakage. Leave differential dry-valve clappers open during test, to prevent damage. C. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with ANSI/NFPA standards for "little or no leakage", and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-48 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final changes and seismic loads . Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. M. Seismic Restraint of Piping: 1 . Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use Specification 12 cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas Piping, and compressed air piping that is 1 in. I . D. or larger. b. Piping located in Mechanical Rooms, mechanical equipment (fan) rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1-1/4 in. I . D. and larger. � J C. All other piping 2-112 in. diameter and larger. 2 . Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40' maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads . 3 . Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80, maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads . 4 . Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. 5 . For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20 ft. maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40 ft. maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one (1) pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-47 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 18 . Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air throughst in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal throughst restraint shall be Specification type 28 (see selection guide) . 19. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. L. Vibration Isolation of Piping: 1 . Horizontal Pipe Isolation: The first three (3) pipe hangers in the main lines near the mechanical equipment shall be as described in Specification 11 . Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations . Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps Specification 14 . Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in Specification 10 . Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in Specification 6 . Heat exchangers and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three (3) isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment . If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0 . 75 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3 in. , 1-1/2 in. deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6 in. , and 2-1/2 in. deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install Specification 23 flexible piping connection or Specification 24 stainless steel hoses is 23 is not suitable for the service. 2 . Riser Isolation: Risers shall be suspended from Specification 10 hangers or supported by Specification 5 mountings, anchored with Specification 25 anchors, and guided with Specification 26 sliding guides . Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0 . 75 in. except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to 6 250 of the initial load. Submittals must include riser FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-46 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: a. Flanges of structural beams . b. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. c. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. 10 . Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit . 11 . Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems . Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. 12 . At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to_accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. 13 . At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces . 14 . Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification type 18, and Specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. 15 . Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project . 16. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24 in. or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities . 17 . Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-45 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts K. Execution - General : 1. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instruction and all certified submittal data. 2 . Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment . 3 . No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. 4 . The Contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls . 5 . Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. 6. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor' s expense. 7 . Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the Specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible Contractor' s expense. 8 . Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the Contractor' s expense. 9 . Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-44 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts material should not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All-directional anchors shall be Type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height if the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement . Guides shall be capable of 6 1- 5/8 in. motion, or to meet location requirements . Pipe guides shall be Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27 . Split Wall Seals consists of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4 in. thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces . The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 in. past either face of the wall . Where temperatures exceed 240 dig. F. , 10 lb. density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 28 . The horizontal throughst restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers . The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for throughst at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4 in. movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with one (1) rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of throughst and symmetrical on either side of the unit . Horizontal throughst restraints shall be Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-43 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aftk Pipe connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods, as control rods are not desirable in seismic work. If control rods are used, they must have 1/2 in. thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the throughst at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area. Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Submittals shall include two (2) test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves . Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24 . Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless .•w steel braid and carbon steel fittings . Sizes 3 in. and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples . Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1-1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1/4 x 12 Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25 . All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2 in. thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either AW* direction. Allowable loads on the isolation FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-42 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces . All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4 in. thick neoprene acoustical pads . Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows . All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers . Lower curbs shall have provision for 2 in. of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage pre-approval "R" from OSHPD in the State of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Curb shall be Type J RSC as #VW manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 23 . Flexible spherical piping connectors shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, 1_ners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout . Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 in. and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16 in. to 24 in. may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14 in. and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 1908 F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 2508 F. 16 in. and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 1908 F and 135 psi at 2508 F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1 . All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above Specifications may '"` be substituted for equal ended expansion joints . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-41 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 18 . Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I . C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud edge anchors shall be Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from I .C. B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be Type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 20 . Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish AWW rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations . Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge of elbows . bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not .less than 6in. The base depth need not exceed 12 in. unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of 1/2 in. bars welded in place on 6 in. centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 in. above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolt sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 in. clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable. Base shall be Type BMK o K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22 . Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs . The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing " adjustable and removable steel springs that support FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-40 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts performed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one- piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi . A minimum air gap of 1/8 in. shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces . Snubber end caps shall be removable t allow inspection of internal clearances . Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Pre- approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17 . All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing Specifications . Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4 in. thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi . Snubbers shall be manufactured with air gap between hard and resilient material of nor less than 1/8 in. nor more than 1/4 in. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances . The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8 in. deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection in the X, y and z planes . Snubbers shall have an anchorage pre-approval "R"Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-39 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Amok hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a Drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degree capability. Hangers shall be Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12 . Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two (2) and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two (2) clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges . Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Aw 13 . Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment . Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings . Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be Type SSB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14 . Steel angles, sized to pre-vent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable . Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15 . Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all Aow restraint locations . They shall be special purpose FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-38 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts a supplementary air supply and equipped with three (3) leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8in. Submittals shall include natural frequency, load, and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9 . Restrained air spring mountings shall have a MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. , A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1 . 2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10 . Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 in. thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers or the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 308 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger Drawing showing the 308 capability. Hangers shall be Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11 . Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-compressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-37 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AW Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment . Installed and operating heights are equal . A minimum clearance of 1/2 in. shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces . Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 7 . Spring mountings as in Specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum if 1/4 in. travel in all directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8 . Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element . Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz . Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-36 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Pads shall be Type Super "W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2 . Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0 . 2 in. and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements . The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing Specifications . Mountings shall have an Anchorage Pre-approval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings . Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3 . Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in three (3) planes . Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All assemblies shall be Type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4 . A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be Type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5 . Spring isolators shall be free standing, laterally stable without any housing, and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4 in. neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0 . 8 if the compressed height of the spring at rated load. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-35 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Buildi "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force "G" Force For ng for all pipes, for Rigidity for Life Safety Code Duct & Conduit Mounted Flexibility Equipment Equipment Mounted Either Equipment Rigidity or Flexibility Mounted Zon Horiz . Horiz . Horiz . Horiz. e Vert. Vert . Vert . Vert . UBC BOCA . 25 0 . 4 0 . 1 0 . 6 . 08 0 . 15 0 . 15 0 . 2 SBCCI I . Product Intent : 1 . All vibration isolators and seismic restraints described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry' s products are the basis of these Specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the Specifications and have the approval of the specifying engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section D. 2 . For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 in. and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 in. J. Product Description: Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraints : 1 . Two (2) layers of 3/4 in. thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 in. square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Awk FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-34 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-isolated equipment. d. Provide installation instructions, drawings, and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. G. Related Work: 1 . Housekeeping Pads : a. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepares by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the Drawings. b. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten ( 10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings . .--If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment . 2 . Supplementary Support Steel: a. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. 3. Attachments : a. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double-sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor' s calculations. H. Seismic Force Levels 1 . The following force levels will be used on this project . Minimum "G" Forces Equal to or Exceeding Building Code Listed in E. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-33 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 458 to the weakest mode. (3) Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in Section H acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level . AW, E. Code and Standards Requirements : 1 . Typical Applicable Codes and Standards - most recent or enforced code: a. Massachusetts State Building Code. b. BOCA National Mechanical Code. C. NFPA 90A. F. Manufacturer' s Responsibility: 1 . Manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic control equipment shall have the following responsibilities : a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations . b. Provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-32 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts (2) Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators and seismic restraints by referencing numbered descriptive Drawings . b. Shop Drawings : (1) Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. (2) Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment . (3) Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturer' s submittals must include — spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment and support points . (4 ) Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size, and locations for each piece of equipment. C. Seismic Certification and Analysis : ( 1) Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure . Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. (2) All restraining devices shall have a pre- approval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Pre- approvals based on independent testing AV* are preferred to approvals based on calculations. Where pre-approved devices are not available, submittals based on FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-31 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems . C. All medical and life support systems . d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2 . Positive Attachment: a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double- sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure . Single sided "C" type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points . 3 . Transverse Bracing: Aw a. Restraint (s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit . 4 . Longitudinal Bracing: a. Restraint (s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit. D. Manufacturer' s Data: 1 . The manufacturer of vibration isolation and seismic restraints shall provide submittals for products as follows : a. Descriptive Data: (1) Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the Specification. AOk FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-30 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . This Specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i . e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements) . 4 . The Contractor shall correct any variance or non- compliance with these Specification requirements in an approved manner. 5. Seismic restraints shall be designed in accordance with seismic force levels as detailed in Section H. B. The work in this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1 . Flexible piping connections . 2 . Seismic restraints for isolated equipment . 3 . Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment . 4 . Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 5 . Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads . 6. All mechanical systems : Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical . C. Definitions : 1 . Life Safety Systems a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke systems . b. All systems involved with and/or connected to low* emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers, FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-29 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Watts Model 709DDC, with gate valves check meters . Provide test kits and repair kits . 17 . Dry-pipe alarm check valve shall be equal to Reliable Model "D-4" system complete with alarm valve, solenoid valve and air maintenance device, accelerator, compressor and trim. 18 . Wet-pipe alarm check valve shall be equal to Reliable Model "E" with conventional trim kit, retarder, and excess pressure pump. 19. Alarm Test Modules : Furnish and install AGF Manu- facturing, Inc. ' s UL listed and FM approved "Test and Drain" for the alarm test loops, where indicat- ed on the drawings, complete with combination sight glass/orifice. 20 . Standpipe valve cabinet shall be recessed type. Valve cabinet shall be equal to Potter Roemer Model 1810/1812 with 2 %z" fire department valve and type "B" door. 2 . 7 ACCESS PANELS A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, in masonry walls, plastered walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard ceilings, shall be furnished by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access panels in plaster shall be Karp type DSC-214 PL (12" by 12") . For dry wall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type KSTDW/CAD (12 " by 12" minimum. ) 2 . 8 SEISMIC CONTROL A. Intent: 1 . It is the intent of the seismic portion of Specification to keep all mechanical building system components in place during a seismic event . 2 . All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer' s, and building construction standards . Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most ""* stringent shall apply. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-28 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts .•W design in case brass. Install in horizontal posi- tion only. 7 . Swing Check valve shall beeq c equal b 1 Reliable, M del "80" with tapping for automatic as required. 9. Spare sprinklers shall be provided in one 12-head cabinet equal to Reliable, Model A-1 cabinet. Each cabinet shall have an assortment of ea as used head on the job and also an app type wrench; mount cabinet in alarm check valve area. Provide one cabinet at each alarm valve riser . 10 . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection specialties of the following Grinnell Fire Protection Systems, Co. , Inc. , Viking Corporation, or equal . 11 . Valves with Built-in Tamper Switches : Furnish and install, and each flow control station, Milwaukee Valve Co. ' s Model BB-VSCS02 grooved ends, 175 psi . , slow closing "Butterball" butterfly valves, com- plete with built-in tamper switch for 2-1/2" pipe size; Model BB-SCS02 for threaded pipe 2" and smaller . Valves shall be FM approved and UL list- ed. 12 . Main water flow initiating device shall be equal to Potter Model PS10-2A attached to alarm check valve in non-interruptible position. 13 . Water flow switches shall be equal to Potter VSF-D with two sets of SPDT contacts and time delay. 14 . Fire Department pumper connection shall be a wall mounted 4" Storz connector, with cap. Furnish and install 4" check valve with automatic ball drip equal to Potter-Roemer Model 5982 . Verify configuration with local Fire Department prior to release of shop drawings . 15 . Swing Check valve shall be equal to Reliable, Model "80" with tapping for automatic ball drip, size as required. 16. Double check detector valve assembly as noted on plans, shall be furnished and installed by this contractor, DEP approved for backflow prevention, FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-27 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Fairbanks : 0711 Jenkins : 729 Stockham: G-940 Walworth: 8883-LT D. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. E. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical Position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoid- able. 2 . 6 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES A. Provide fire protection specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connec- tions . All alarm valves shall be Reliable, no substitutions will be allowed - all sprinkler heeds shall be Viking or Reliable. 1 . Upright sprinkler heads shall be Reliable Sprinkler Corp. , Model "M" standard upright sprinkler head, rough brass, or equal. Temperature rating 165oF or as required by the insurance underwriter. Boiler Room and heads adjacent to unit heaters to have 212 °F rating. 2 . Semi recessed pendent sprinkler heads shall be equal to Reliable Model "M", chrome plated with Type F escutcheon. 3 . Concealed heads shall be Reliable Model "Optima", or equal . 4 . Side wall heads shall be Reliable Model H-1, or E- 1 . 5 . Tamper switches shall be equal to Potter Electrical Signal Company, Model OSYS-B, small case, and shall be installed on all control valves for the sprin- kler system. 6. Automatic ball drips, as manufactured by Potter- Roemer shall be Fig. 5982, size 3/4", of straight FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-26 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts o 2 . 5 VALVES A. Provide factory-fabricated valves recommended by manufac- turer for use in service indicated. Pro rovidel es of types and pressure ratings indicated; p selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements . Provide end connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer' s option. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size . 2 . Provide handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter-turn. B. Gate Valves 1 Threaded End, 2" and Smaller: FM, UL-listed, 175 psi, bronze body, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem. Crane: 459 Fairbanks : 0222 Hammond: IB681 Jenkins : 275U Stockham; B-133 Walworth: 904 2 . Flanged End, 2-1/2" and Larger: FM, UL listed, 175 psi, iron body bronze mounted, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem. Crane: 467 Fairbanks : 0412 Hammond: IR115 4 Jenkins : 825-A Stockham: G-634 Walworth: 8713-F C. Check Valves 1 . 2-1/2" and Larger: FM, 175 psi, iron body bronze mounted, renewable composition disc and bronze seat ring, bolted cover, flanged ends . Oak FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-25 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 4 . Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27 . 5. Malleable Beam Clamps : MSS Type 30 . D. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: B-Line Systems Inc. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. Corner & Lada Co. , Inc. Elcen Metal Products Co. Fee & Mason Mfg. Co. ITT Grinnell Corp. E. Install building attachments at required locations on structural steel for proper piping support . Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated on MSS SP-69 . Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. F. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. G. Support sprinkler piping independently of other piping. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate action of expan- sion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units . I . Pipe Slopes : Install hangers and supports to provide pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed to ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded. J. Hanger Adjustments : Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-24 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14 , 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . 4 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS A. Provide factory-fabricated piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer' s published .product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size . 1 . Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers : MSS Type 1, for piping larger than 4" . 2 . Adjustable Steel Band Hangers : MSS Type 7 , for piping 4" and less . 3 . Two-Bolt Riser Clamps : MSS Type 8 . B. Provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments comply- ing with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal piping hangers and-building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer' s published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service . Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods . 1 . Steel Turnbuckles : MSS Type 13 . 2 . Swivel Turnbuckles : MSS Type 15 . 3 . Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16 . 4 . Steel Weldless Eye Nuts : MSS Type 17 . C. Provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit building substrate condi- tions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer ' s published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods . 1 . Top Beam C-Clamps : MSS Type 19 . 2 . Side Beam or Channel Clamps : MSS Type 20 . 3 . C-Clamps : MSS Type 23 . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-23 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts as reviewed by Architect. Install sleeves so that piping will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from enter- ing sleeves . 5 . Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the fol- lowing: Fill and pack annular space between sleeve and pipe with oakum, calk with lead, on both sides . M. Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. J Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas; prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. I . Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas : Provide chrome plated sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2 . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pipe escutcheons of one of the following: Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. Producers Specialty & Mfg. Co. Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co. 3 . Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration through floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exte- rior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surface. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-22 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Awk F. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2 . 1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. G. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets . Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets . H. Grooved Pipe Joints: Comply with fitting manufacturer' s instructions for making grooves in pipe ends . Remove burrs and ream pipe ends . Assemble joints in accordance with manufacturer ' s instructions . I . Install ductile cast-iron water mains and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C600 . J. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any) . K. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gages . Test each natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressures exceed valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time . L. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the follow- ing 1 . Steel Pipe: Fabricate from schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs . 2 . Plastic Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plas- tic pipe; remove burrs . 3 . Sleeve Seals : Provide sleeve seals for sleeves located in foundation walls below grade, or in exterior walls, caulked between sleeve and pipe . 4 . Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings and ,,W, roofs . Do not install sleeves through structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-21 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 5 . All exposed sprinkler piping, 1-1/2" and smaller, outside of Mechanical Equipment Rooms, Shops, and Boiler Room shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with screwed fittings. 6. Schedule 40 seamless red brass pipe with brass screwed fittings suitable for 175 psi . working water pressure. 7 . Type "L" seamless drawn hard copper tubing with solder-joint pressure fittings, where noted on the drawings. C. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve perma- nently leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings . Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance . Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping. D. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines . Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of building. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclo- sures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid parti- tions, except as indicated. E. Electrical Equipment Spaces : Do not run piping through transformer vaults, Elevator Machine Room, and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures unless unavoidable. Install drip pan under piping that must be run through electrical spaces . Any piping intended to be run through electrical spaces shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to installation. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-20 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Malleable Iron: ASTM 47 . Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536. i . Grooves : Conform to the following: Standard Steel: Square cut. Lightweight Steel : Roll grooved. j . Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide grooved piping products of the following: ITT Grinnell Corp. Victaulic Co. B. Piping above ground and within the building shall conform to all requirements of NFPA 13 and shall be as follows : 1 . Piping and fittings from water entrance to inlet of backflow preventer shall be Class 52 ductile iron, cement lined with mechanical joints . 2 . All concealed standpipes for stair valve cabinets *** and all exposed sprinkler piping, subject to van- dalism (stair halls and similar areas) , shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe, welded, suitable for 175 psi. working water pressure. 3 . All concealed sprinkler piping (above acoustical ceiling tiles and plaster ceilings; in pipe chases) and exposed sprinkle piping in Mechanical Equipment Rooms, Shops, and Boiler Room, downstream of alarm check valves, shall be Schedule 10 seamless light wall, steel pipe with rolled grooved ends, for piping 2" and larger, complete with suitable couplings and fittings for rolled grooved end steel pipe. In lieu of schedule 10 steel pipe schedule 40 blaze master PVC pipe may be used where allowed by code. 4 . All concealed piping and all exposed sprinkler piping in Mechanical Equipment Rooms, Shops, and Boiler Room, 1-112" and smaller, shall be at the option of the Fire Protection Subcontractor, either Schedule 40 black steel pipe with screwed fittings or standard weight roll grooved pipe with grooved 40"k, fittings. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-19 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts b. Fittings: Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; roll-groove or mechanical lock- ing type. 3 . Grooved Piping Products (for use on pipes 2-1/2" and larger) a. Coupling Housings : Malleable iron conforming to ASTM A 47 . b. Coupling Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536. C. Coupling Housings Description: Grooved me- chanical type, which engages grooved or shoul- dered pipe ends, encasing an elastomeric gasket which bridges pipe ends to create seal. Cast in two or more parts, secure together during assembly with nuts and bolts . Permit degree of contraction and expansion as speci- fied in manufacturer ' s latest published liter- ature. d. Gaskets : Mechanical grooved coupling design, pressure responsive so that internal pressure serves tc increase seal ' s tightness, con- structed of elastomers having properties as designated by ASTM D 2000 . e. Bolts and Nuts : Heat-treated carbon steel, ASTM A 183, minimum tensile 110, 000 psi . f. Branch Stub-Ins : Upper housing with full locating collar for rigid positioning engaging machine-cut hole in pipe, encasing elastomeric gasket conforming to pipe outside diameter around hole, and lower housing with position- ing lugs, secured together during assembly with nuts and bolts . g. Fittings: Grooved or shouldered end design to accept grooved mechanical couplings . Malleable Iron: ASTM A 47 . Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536. h. Flanges : Conform to Class 125 cast iron and Class 150 steel bolt hole alignment. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-18 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 5 . Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect. 6 . Furnish complete chart and flow diagram of entire system listing the valve number, fluid controlled, and zone reference location for all. valves corre- sponding to the tag numbers . The chart shall be framed under glass and hung in the Mechanical Equipment Room where directed. Furnish two (2) extra copies of the chart to the Architect . In addition to the above, furnish a color coded floor plan of the entire building mounted at the main entrance . Floor plan shall show all items listed in the City of Northampton Fire Department regulations . 7 . Furnish and install a laminated red phenolic plate with engraved white lettering for each zone control flow switch and isolation valve. Nameplates shall be located adjacent to all exposed and concealed valves, --approximately 12" below finished ceiling. In addition to the above a 6"x 9" red phenolic plate with 2" high letters shall be mounted on the door of the Mechanical Room to indicate a sprinkler alarm valve. 2 . 3 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Interior Piping 1 . Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A 106 or A 120 : except comply with ASTM A 53 or A 106 where close coiling or bending is required. a. Pipe Weight : Schedule 40 . b. Fittings: Class 125, cast-iron threaded, ANSI B16. 4, or flanged, ANSI B16. 1 . C. Fittings : Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings; cut-groove type for piping 2-1/2" and larger only. 2 . Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe : ASTM A 135 . a. Pipe Weight : Schedule 10 for 5" and smaller; 0 . 134" wall thickness for 6" . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-17 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts AW Snap-on application of pre-tensioned, semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. 2 . Lettering: Manufacturer ' s standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Architect . 3 . Locate pipe markers as follows : a. Near each valve and control device . b. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50 ' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25 ' in congested areas of piping and equipment . C. Branch piping need not be marked. C. Provide manufacturer ' s standard solid brass valve tags with printed enamel lettering, with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16" high letters and sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Provide tags on all valves and control devices . 1 . Provide 1-1/8" sq. brass tags with black lettering. 2 . Provide manufacturer ' s standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type) , or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 3 . Submit valve schedule for piping system, typewrit- ten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, :system abbre- viation (as shown on tag) , location of valve (room or space) , and variations for identification (if any) . Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Mainte- nance Manuals as specified in Division 1 . 4 . For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting '* on masonry walls . Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB-grade sheet glass . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-16 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Alternate Bid No. 3 - Delete BTU and electrical meters If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 3 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 3 is defined as all cost to delete the BTU meter on the heating boilers, the BTU meter on the domestic hot water, and the remote LCD display for each BTU meter. This Alternate also includes deleting the remote electric LCD meter display and all associated wiring and controls . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicat- ed, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements . Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials, which match pipe materials used in fire protection piping systems . Where more than one type of material or product is indicated, selection is Instal_ler ' s option. 2 . 2 BASIC IDENTIFICATION A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechani- cal identification materials of one of the following: Allen Systems, Inc. Brady (W. H. ) Co. , Signmark Div. Industrial Safety Supply Co. , Inc. Seton Name Plate Corp. B . Provide manufacturer' s standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-on, color-coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13 . 1 . 1 . For external diameters less than 6", provide full- band pipe markers, extending 360o around pipe at each location, fastened as follows : FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-15 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. All piping, cutting, and threading shall be done in a location approved by the Architect-Engineer. F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to remain as finished or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner. 1 . 20 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01230 for general description of the Base and Alternate bids . Work of the Fire Protection Subcontractor is more specifically described below. B. The Base Bid shall be the lump sum price for all labor and materials necessary for and reasonably incidental to providing all work specified and shown on the Drawings, including the cost of all work described in the Alternates . C. Alternate Bid No . 1 - Delete solar heat panels . If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and in the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 1 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 1 defined as all cost to delete, furnish and install the ten (10) solar heat panels specified and all associated piping and controls. The solar heat piping shall be capped in the attic for future use . D. Alternate Bid No. 2 - Delete solar water heater bundles, piping, and controls . If this Alternate is accepted, all work as defined on the drawings and the specifications as Alternate Bid No. 2 shall be deleted from the respective portions of the work indicated in the Base Bid. 1 . The work of Alternate No. 2 is defined as all cost to delete the solar water heater bundle in the hot water storage tanks, delete the solar water piping loop, pumps, and controls in their entirety. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-14 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aak must plan and locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommo- dated within the space available. Location and position- ing shall be done prior to installation of same and to the satisfaction of the Architect. F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown on the Contract Architectural or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor plans, roof plans, and details . G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner . 1 . 19 CUTTING & PATCHING A. Cutting and patching of all openings and holes 4" diameter, or 4" square or smaller, required for the installation of fire protection in the building, shall be performed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for openings shall be checked by the Fire Protection Subcontractor and error, due to failure to coordinate work with other divisions, shall be the responsibility of the fire Protection Subcontractor failing to coordinate, who shall make the corrections at his own expense. B. All holes larger than 4" diameter, or 4" square, shall be provided by the General contractor. C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new wall are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers . D. Patching of all holes after installation of piping or Aak equipment shall be performed by the General Contractor or appropriate tradesman. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-13 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1"k B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change order or by field conditions . Principal dimensions shall be indicated of concealed work, fire protection lines, valves, and zone flow switches. All changes must be clearly marked with a bubble drawn around the area of work effected by the change. 1 . 18 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall give full co- operation to the Subcontractors of other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare coordination drawings on background provided by the HVAC Subcontractor. Co-ordination Drawings shall be minimum of 1/"=1"-0" and shall show all piping, heads, and equipment . B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches at a suitable scale, not less than 1/4" = 1 ' -0", clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades . C. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem areas by this Subcontrac- tor without first co-ordinating the installation of same with other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they inter- fere with the proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung ceilings, and other structural finishes installed by other trades . D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc. Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before the piping and/or equipment of other trades is installed. E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits, raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-12 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts "Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of the Subcon- tractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. C. The Manual shall include the following information: 1 . Description of systems . 2 . Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown. 3 . Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine mainte- nance for each item of equipment . 4 . Lubrication chart . 5 . Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each item of equipment . 6. Valve chart . 7 . List of recommended spare parts . 8 . Copies of all service contracts . 9 . Performance curves for pumps, etc . 10 . List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well as the local representa- tive for each item of equipment . 1 . 16 GUARANTEE A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a period of one (1) year after the date of final accep- tance, and shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work, which are found to be defective during this period. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect . C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be considered as being defective . 1. 17 RECORD DRAWINGS lawk A. Refer to Division l for Record Drawings . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-11 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall at all times, fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made good without expense to the owner. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper 1 . 13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transpor- tation for completion of his Contract shall be provided by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc. C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc. , resulting from his work shall be removed by the individu- al Subcontractor. 1 . 14 WORK CONCEALED A. All piping shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electri- cal equipment rooms, except that in rooms without ceil- ings, horizontal runs only may be exposed. B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls, ceiling, or floor spaces having an exterior exposure above grade. 1 . 15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. After all final tests and adjustments have been complet- ed, fully instruct the proper Owner ' s representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner' s representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures . This Subcontractor shall videotape the instruction procedures and deliver two (2) copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals . B . Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-10 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regard- ing the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work. 1 . 10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook- ups required for the use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1 . 1 . 11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements . B. The Specifications and Plans are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or reasonably implied in both. C . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall not scale the drawings . D. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accesso- ries that may be required. The Fire Protection Subcon- tractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost . 1 . 12 PRODUCT HANDLING A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the building site when required, to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades . ' FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-9 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts or manufacturers ' data sheets and hydraulic calculations, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished. B. Submit hydraulic calculations and scaled layout drawings for fire protection pipe and fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and connections . Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate equipment. 1 . Shop drawings are subject to review and will re- quire approval by Owner ' s insurer' s rating organi- zation and the local Fire Department before submit- ting to the Architect for approval. C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check the shop drawings thoroughly for compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and all changes, which may be required. D. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Fire Protection Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications . The responsibility for errors in shop drawings shall remain with the individual Subcontractor. E. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which shop drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the Specifications, the Fire Protection Subcontrac- tor will be required to remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect . F. Submit certificate upon completion of fire protection piping work which indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13, and also that system is operational, complete, and has no defects . 1 . 9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the proper carrying out of FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-8 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements . In no case shall piping be installed laterally in thickness of slab or deck. F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items. All piping shall be installed concealed in finished spaces. G. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all times . Ali instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means . H. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner. _. Oak. I . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and Specifications and shall field verify all existing conditions before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrep- ancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work. 1 . 7 PRODUCTS A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be U. S . made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard require- ments, listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. 1 . 8 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Fire Protection Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect and local Fire Department six (6) sets of catalogue cuts FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-7 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1 . 6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Fire Protection Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work begins . C. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall be held responsi- ble for any injuries or damage done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontrac- tors ' work resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Fire Protection Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Fire Protection Subcon- tractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question. D. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all informa- tion pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc. , hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place . In case of failure on the part of the Fire Protection Subcontractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure . E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-6 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Aaw D. FM Labels: Provide sprinkler products bearing FM approval labels . E. UL Labels: Provide fire sprinkler piping products which have been approved and labeled by Underwriters Laborato- ries . F. Local Fire Department/Marshall Regulations : Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler piping. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. G. Final installation of system is subject to approval by Owner' s insurer ' s rating organization and local Fire Department. H. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Require- ments, except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in the product specification. AMW I . 'The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the General Requirements . 1 . 5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto . Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise. B. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials ' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner. Review proposed system with said officials prior to commencing work. FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-5 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts *0*k the Architect for approval before beginning fabrication and installation. C. Design Criteria: Pipe sizing and sprinkler head layout shown on the drawings is provided to indicate a suggested pipe routing, zoning, and sprinkler head location, and shall not be used for estimating purposes . Location of piping and heads shall be co-ordinated with all other trades . Actual pipe sizing, types of heads, and layout shall be based on a hydraulically designed system in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13, the local Fire Department, and the Smith College Insurance Underwriter. Location of sprinkler heads, in relation to the ceilings and walls and spacing of the heads, shall not exceed that permitted by NFPA 13 of the light hazard occupancy (ordinary hazard occupancies in Boiler Room, Storage Room, etc. ) The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall prepare working drawings and hydraulic calculations per NFPA 13 and shall obtain local Fire Department and Insurance Underwriter approval prior to start of work. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform water flow tests or obtain water flow data in writing from local authority. Co-ordinate work of this Section with all trades to avoid interference with ductwork, HVAC and plumbing, piping, *electrical work, structure, etc. Final sprinkler head locations shall be subject to Architect ' s approval . The number of heads and pipe sizes may be increased or reduced due to hydraulic calculations or the installation of revised heads, provided the revised heads are UL listed and F.M. approved and meet NFPA 13, local Fire Department, and Insurance Underwriter ' s criteria. Additionally, all heads shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 recommendations . Final plans and calculations must be submitted to and approved by the Northampton Fire Department . 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire protection piping systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five (5) years . B. NFPA Code : Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler System", 2002 . Awlft- C. FM Compliance : Comply with Factory Mutual "Approval Guide" . FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-4 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts full indicating, control, drain trim, and accelerator, air compressor, etc. 5 . The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall furnish all labor and materials required for his own hoisting, rigging, and scaffolding during the entire course of the project . 6. Wet pipe standpipe system installed in stair tower. with hose connections, cabinet, chain, and cap. 7 . Provide and install double check backflow preventer with metered bypass per D. E. P. requirements . 8 . Submit plans and calculations to the College' s Underwriter (IRI Insurance Company C/O HSB Industrial Risk Insurers, 85 Woodland Street, PO Box 5010, Hartford, CT for review and approval . 9. Pressure test all piping to 200 psi for two (2) hours . All tests must be witnessed by the Owner . B. Refer to appropriate Division 2 Sections for trenching and backfill required in conjunction with fire protection w� piping; not work of this Section. C. Related work, to be performed under other sections of this Specification shall include the following: 1 . Power wiring of flow switches, tamper switches, electric bell, etc. back to the panel shall be by the Electrical Subcontractor, co-ordinated and as directed by the Fire Protection Subcontractor. 2 . Cutting and patching. 3 . Excavation and backfill. 1 . 3 SYSTEM DESIGN A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall perform a water flow test, and with this information, shall calculate pipe sizes and sprinkler head configuration and orifice sizes in accordance with NFPA 13 . B. Sprinkler head and pipe run locations, as shown on the drawings, are to be interpreted as diagrammatic only. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall produce a design Aftkl based on actual available water pressure and submit it to FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-3 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Condi- tions, applicable parts of Division 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract . 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, appurtenances and services necessary for, and reasonably incidental to, the complete installation of all fire protection work for both buildings specified herein and/or indicated on the drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1 . Fire protection service piping TO 10' -0" outside of building foundation. 2 . Complete dry pipe and wet pipe automatic sprinkler system. System shall be installed in all spaces including the attic, unless otherwise noted, with Fire Department connection and system test and drain connections and inspectors test connections . Furnish and install all required seismic hangers and supports required by code . 3 . Wet pipe alarm valve station complete with, but not limited to, line size valve, control, excess pressure pump, and supervisory controls . 4 . Dry pipe alarm check valve stations complete with, but not necessarily limited to, line size valve, retarding chamber, electric and hydraulic alarms, FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-2 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 15300 - EIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL PART 3 - INSTALLATION 1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3. 1 CLEANING AND TESTING 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK 3 .2 FIRE SAFING 1 . 3 SYSTEMS DESIGN 3 . 3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. 4 VALVE INSTALLATION 1 . 5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND 3. 5 FINAL CLOSEOUT INSPECTIONS 3. 6 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3 . 7 SERVICES 1 . 7 PRODUCTS 1 . 8 SUBMITTALS 1 . 9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 1 . 10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 1 . 11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 . 12 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 . 13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1 . 14 WORK CONCEALED 1 . 15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE sue'" MANUALS 1 . 16 GUARANTEE 1 . 17 RECORD DRAWINGS 1 . 18 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES 1 . 19 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 20 ALTERNATES PART 2 MATERIALS 2 . 1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 2 . 2 BASIC IDENTIFICATION 2 . 3 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS 2 . 4 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS 2 . 5 VALVES 2 . 6 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 2 . 7 ACCESS PANELS 2 . 8 SEISMIC CONTROL FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-1 Ada Comstock Dormitory October 14, 2005 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts INDEX SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL PART 3 - INSTALLATION 1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3 . 1 CLEANING AND TESTING 1 . 2 SCOPE OF WORK 3 . 2 FIRE SAFING 1 . 3 SYSTEMS DESIGN 3 . 3 INTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION 1 . 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 . 4 VALVE INSTALLATION 1 . 5 CODES, ORDINANCES AND 3 . 5 FINAL CLOSEOUT INSPECTIONS 3 . 6 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 6 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3 . 7 SERVICES 1 . 7 PRODUCTS 1 . 8 SUBMITTALS 1 . 9 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 1 . 10 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS 1 . 11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 . 12 PRODUCT HANDLING 1 . 13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1 . 14 WORK CONCEALED 1 . 15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1 . 16 GUARANTEE 1 . 17 RECORD DRAWINGS 1 . 18 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES 1 . 19 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1 . 20 ALTERNATES PART 2 - MATERIALS 2 . 1 FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS 2 . 2 BASIC IDENTIFICATION 2 . 3 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS 2 . 4 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS 2 . 5 VALVES 2 . 6 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 2 . 7 ACCESS PANELS 2 . 8 SEISMIC CONTROL look FIRE PROTECTION - 15300-1 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College 14200—Elevator- Capacity 7500 (113 :)` ,.. Configuration Passenger Maximum Travel integral Controller Location Maximum Landings l 1fY•; Speed/fpm(m/s) Front Opening I"--!'—►I ;4 Hoistway Width I 8'-4"(2540)` - �4f;in seismic zones-e2 8'-8"(2642) K Hoistway Depth S'-9-(1753) C Interior Width 6'-8"(2030) J o B: D Interior Depth 4'-3"(1295) k"< Maximum Landings 10 a , I T Front k Rear Opening A Hoistway Width 8'-4"(2540) omits .tr k< I�—;E—►I in seismic zones- 8'-8"(2642) f,t B Hoistway Depth 6'-3'/4"(1911) If °'►1 C Interior Width 6'-8"(2030) D Interior Depth 4'-3"(1295) Maximum Openings 20 E Door Width 3'.-6"0067)„ :; Adjacent Controller Location Door Type Bight Left Center F Car Height G Opening Height H Clear Overhead 13`-U k '� C I Minimum Pit Depth 4' 0",(1 Z19)1' Control Space J Width 4'-T'(12 70) K Depth 20"(508). L Door Width 3'-6"(1067}. Control Room I. ;Ir:—�1 I F ►I j Width 5`-0'(1524) K Depth 5'-•9"(1753) L Door Width T-0' (914) Control Room Control Space K ` Imo--.�—►I 23 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College AOW Counter-Tops: Corian, brand (no substitutions) Solid Surface counter tops shall be provided and installed per construction documents and finish schedules. Counter surfaces shall be glued onto 3/4" plywood or appropriate substrate as recommended by manufacturer. Edges shall be installed per construction documents and finish schedules. Provide minimum 6"backsplash between counter and wall. Counter Top 1: Apt. Kitchen, Bathrooms, Public bathroom, Common Room Kitchenette: Corian, "Vanilla B" color Edge: Shape; eased 11458—Attic Access Stairs - Install a metal 36"wide pull-down stair system as shown on construction documents. Trim opening with appropriate window casing to match interior trim. Provide appropriate pull string or chain for access. 22 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College 11455 — Interior Cabinetry - Install pre-fabricated cabinetry as specified in construction documents. Dimensions of base cabinets shall be: 24"deep x 36"high. Dimensions of overhead cabinets shall be: 12"deep x 30"high. Provide concealed hardware. Apt. Kitchen Doors: Flush., Finish: Clear finished Wood: Maple Interior box: white melamine End panels: match door face Drawer: white melamine Hinges: white melarnine Apt. Bathrooms Doors: Flush, Finish: Clear finished Wood: Maple Common room Kitchenette Doors: Flush, Finish: Clear natural Wood: Cherry Cabinet Hardware: Hafele 116.23.626, Nickel finish Cabinet construction: Equal to Merillat "Masterpiece" style cabinets. Front Frame: 3/4" solid wood adhesive and hardened steel fastener construction. Back Panel: 3/8" thick plywood laminated printed maple or cherry wood grain or white Melamine. Bottom Panel: 1/2" thick laminated printed maple or cherry wood grain with dado joints and adhesive. Braces: Full-depth braces provide I-beam stability and strong anchor points for countertop. Doors: 3/4" thick plywood with hardwood veneer doors. Clear pliable plug in bumpers. Drawer Construction: 3/4" solid wood full-depth drawer with four-sided dovetail construction and 3/16" plywood bottom. Drawer Front: 314" solid hardwood drawer fronts. Drawer Guide System: Blum Tandem Plus undermount guide with 751b load rating and self-closing design. Full-extension with buffer closure. End Panels: 1/2" side panels with matching wood grain printed laminate. Matching Cherry, Maple exterior. Plywood ends, all plywood construction. Hinges: Blum Six-way adjustable self-closing concealed hinges. Interiors: Natural Maple or Cherry printed woodgrain laminate material. All plywood construction. low Wall Cabinet Shelves: 3/4" thick plywood laminated printed Maple or Cherry wood grain. 21 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College ,,,,,, Stainless grab bars in h'cap accessible unit Common Bathroom: Stainless grab bars,toilet paper holder, recessed paper towel dispenser, soap dispenser, All by Bobrick Wall mounted baby changing station by Koala Bear Smith College will supply: sanitary napkin dispenser and disposal 10916 - Closet Specialties - Install shelving as indicated on construction documents for all closets, storage areas and pantries. Metal shelving shall be fabricated of heavy-gauge vinyl coated welded steel rod with deck rod spacing having a maximum distance of 1". Provide supports every 3'-6"maximum on center(OC) DNISION 11. EQUIPMENT General - Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to the equipment as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. 11452 - Appliances - Install electric appliances as shown on construction documents, including all venting and supply requirements per manufacturers recommendations. See electrical specifications for wiring information. Appliance Schedule: See attached cut sheets t'��`r_1 1 W'y .1 1 Range GE JSP26BDWH WHITE .................................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................ 2 = Vent Hood BROAN 433004 STAINLESS e. ..............................................................................................................e.................................................................................................. ....................................... 3 Dishwasher GE GSD6900JWW WHITE :.............................................................>..................................................................,.....................;................................................................................................... 4 Dis osal SEE MEP SPEC ............,..........................P............................' € .5....... ...........Refrigerator...............GE.................................................>.GTH18KBRWW WHITE .. ............................................................................................... ................................................................................... ...... 6 Coin-op.Washer [ Purchased by And Smith College, Dryer Installed by GC AAW 20 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory,Smith College Interior Stairs: Railing & Balusters, Paint Color 20: Interior Wood: Wood surfaces shall be sanded smooth before finish is applied. Putty areas with a wood based filler where nails or other defects appear in the surface. Paint: Prime wood surfaces including faces, edges and ends before installation. After installation, apply at least one coat of wood primer and two coats of finish paint. Galvanized Metal: Before applying a finish, remove dirt, oil, grease and other loose particles. Wash with solvent.If rusted, wire brush or sand clean. Paint: Apply at least one coat of alkyd-type enamel primer and two finish coats. 09950 - Wall Finishes: Walls shall be clean and free of defects such as cracks or unfinished joints prior to installation of wall finishes. If mildew is evident, mildew must be removed and surface properly treated to inhibit further mildew growth. 09985-Interior Wainscot: Install wood wainscot in areas as indicated on Finish Schedule. Butt joint all seams without overlapping. Wood species and grain shall match and be free of defects. Apply wood wainscoting over gypsum wallboard. Style: Chamfered edges, butt ends Type: Smooth boards. Material: Douglas Fir Specify: 1x4 vertical grain, clear, natural finish Apply 3 coats clear satin polyurethane finish. DIVISION 10. SPECIALTIES General - Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to the specialties as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. 10800 - Bathroom Accessories— Apt bathrooms: Stainless toilet paper holder, (3)24"stainless towel bars, Mirror with wood frame Stainless shower curtain rod, 4 stainless wall hooks 19 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College Finish: glossy, 09650-Vinyl Flooring: None 09685- Carpet: none Padding: none 09900 - Paints and Coating: Prepare each surface to receive scheduled work as set forth below. If mildew is evident, the mildew must be removed and surface treated to inhibit further mildew growth. Interior Walls: All screw and nail heads shall be set below the surface and finished smooth. Joints should be taped and covered with a suitable drywall joint compound. Sand the spackled nail heads and joint compound smooth and dust well before priming. All surfaces shall receive a primer coat and two coats of paint. All paints by Benjamin Moore or Pratt& Lambert only Sheen for paints (this is Ben Moore's terminology): Walls: Pearl Ceilings: Flat Doors and Trim: Semigloss Bathroom walls: Satin Common Room, Lobby, corridor: Walls, Paint Color 1: . Common Room, Lobby, corridor: Ceiling, Paint Color 2: Common Room, Lobby, corridor: Door and Trim, Paint Color 3: Public bathroom: Walls, Paint Color 4: Public bathroom: Ceiling, Paint Color 5: Public bathroom: Door and Trim,Paint Color 6: Stairs: Walls, Paint Color 7: Stairs: Ceiling, Paint Color 8: Stairs: Door, Trim,Railing & Balusters,Paint Color 9: Apt Kitchen, Living room: Walls, Paint Color 10: Apt Kitchen, Living room: Ceiling, Paint Color 11: Apt Kitchen, Living room : Door and Trim,Paint Color 12: Apt Bedrooms: Walls, Paint Color 13: Apt Bedrooms: Ceiling, Paint Color 14: Apt Bedrooms: Door and Trim,Paint Color 15: Apt Bathrooms: Walls, Paint Color 16: Apt Bathrooms: Ceiling, Paint Color 17: Apt Bathrooms: Door and Trim, Paint Color 18: Exterior doors: Paint Color 19: 18 of 23 OOW Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College Floors: Contractor shall properly clean all surfaces to be covered and install appropriate underlayment per manufacturers recommendations. Apartment Kitchen: Floors shall be installed with a porcelain ceramic tile as shown on construction documents. Specify Tile: Daltile, Gold Rush, Wheatland 5207, 12x12 Specify Grout: Manufacturer: Tech. Color:to be determined. Joint size: minimum Apartment Bath: Floors shall be installed with a porcelain ceramic the as shown on construction documents. Specify Tile: Daltile, Gold Rush, Klondike White 5200, 6x6 Specify Grout: Manufacturer: Tech,. Color: to be determined. Joint size: minimum Common Corridor Walls (corridors and public toilet): Walls shall be installed with a porcelain ceramic the as shown on construction documents. Specify Tile: Daltile, Continental Slate, Brazilian Green CS52. 12 x 18 Specify Grout: Manufacturer: Tech, Color: to be determined. Joint size: minimum Common Space (corridors and public toilet) Floors: Floors shall be installed with a porcelain ceramic tile as shown on construction documents. Specify Tile: Daltile, Continental Slate,Indian Red CS51. 18 x 18 Specify Grout: Manufacturer: Tech, Color: to be determined. Joint size: minimum Thresholds: Install marble thresholds between room/room at door openings. Color: white in Apartments, Black in Corridors 09545 - Ceiling Finishes: Ceilings shall have a smooth finish. Floor Finishes: Contractor shall properly clean all surfaces to be covered and install appropriate underlayment or preparation per manufacturers recommendations. See above for tile and stone floor specifications. 06550 -Wood Flooring: Install a single layer of 15 lb felt vapor barrier between sub-floor decking and hardwood floors. When installing hardwoods over a concrete slab install a layer of 3/4" plywood as underlayment over 6-mil polyethylene. Along walls and permanent objects, install a 1" quarter round molding to conceal expansion area. Unfinished: Wood flooring shall be tongue and groove construction, 3/8"thick x 2 1/4"wide, random lengths with true square edge for a flat smooth surface. Use 2" barbed fasteners of approved staples for installing plank or strip flooring. After a minimum of 48 hours, sand and finish, using a stain coat and a minimum three coats of polyurethane. Flooring: strip, Wood species: Oak, Look into local oak which is a B grade or its equivalent. Some OOPW variation in color and grain is fine for this project. Do riot use wood with large or multiple knots. Submit a few samples for our review. Surface color/finish: Natural 17 of 23 Daltile-GoldKushUDetails methods are followed. Application requirements vary for decorative tiles. Use of a latex modified thin-set is recommended for installation. Not for use on ramps. Wail accent pieces suitable for wall/backsplashes use only. 2" x 2" Mosaic 3"x 8" Decorative Accent 6" x 6" Decorative Corner 6" x 6" Floor&Wall Field 6" x 12" Floor&Wall Field (1-15/16"x 1-15/16") Strip (6-1/8" x 6-1/8") Tile (clay body) Tile (clay body) (4.9 cm x 4.9 cm) (3-3/16" x 7-13/16") (15.7 crn x 15.7 cm) (6-1/8"x 6-1/8") (5-13/16"x 11-13/16") SQFT: 24 (8.1 cm x 19.8 cm) Pieces: 10 (15.7 cm x 15.7 cm) (14.8 cm x 30 cm) Sheets: 12 (1'x 2'dot- Pieces:25 Pieces: 10 Pieces:22 mounted sheets) SOFT: 11 6" x 12"Decorative 8" x 10" Decorative Wall 12"x 12"Floor&Wall 18"x 18"Field Tile Border Accent Field Tile (17-3/4"x 17-3/4") (6-1/8"x 11-5/8") (7-7/8"x 9-13/16") (11-13/16"x 11- 13116") (45.2 cm x 45.2 cm) (15.7 cm x 29.6 cm) (20.0 cm x 25.1 cm) (30 cm x 30 cm) Pieces:7 Pieces: 10 Pieces:24 Pieces: 15 SOFT: 15.75 SOFT: 15 r } ,tea Bullnose Bullnose Bullnose I Bullnose Corner P-43 C9 P-4669 5-4389 ll PC-4669 3 x 12 6" x 6" 3" x 8" 6" x 6" Counter/Chair _ Counter/Chair flail Quarter Corner Bullnose Corner � � Corner r---�' SN-4389 26CRN UG 108 3" x 3" ?_2CRC 2" x 6" 1"x 1" 2" x 2" Quarter Round A-108 1" x 8" Decorative Border 5292 and Corner 5292 also available in Fargo Gray/Klondike White 5290 and California Sand/GolduSt 5291. 12" x 12" and 18" x 18" glazed porcelain tiles sutiable for exterior floors and walls in freezing and non-freezing climates when proper installation methods are followed. Application requirements vary for decorative tiles. Not for use on ramps. Satisfies ADA requirements for walking surfaces when ordered with abrasive. All colors available in a 12" x 12" size in a clay body with abrasive by special order. Water, oil, grease, etc. create slippery conditions. Floor applications with exposure to these conditions require extra caution in product selection. For,additional application information, refer to our"Factors to Consider"by clicking 1-#1 Awk G.O.F. Moisture Breaking MOH's Abrasion Wet Dry Absorption Strength Resistance >0.50 _>0.70 <0.5% >300 ibs 8.5 4 >0.50 >0.70 <3.0% >300 Ibs 8.5 4 http://www2.daltile.com/series.cfm?cat=2&series=20 Page 3 of Daltile—Gold Rush®Details MdaM16 Search Our Products + � 3 ( t x 1— 3- _ "3 s:st'�i ����i ��C�� �3�t, �519'r y ,'�y?"�a' `a t1 a r. ..t.,.r ..lr...r;M.,�..�,...., �.�..::1 ,�,;.,...�....�. P.,.,. �.�.._s.�:Tic. AL Klondike White Fargo Gray Goldust Iry 5200 5201 5202 4:+s , 4 �k�s m f' awe• AR Wheatland Golden Nugget California Sand 5207 5208 5203 „,... ..�..._.............._�..,..,....w.�,., tenx.•anK :�s*+rtssvtww. +.mvaFRpP �° ,.,. r+8f.i4K3. k si - * y 1, ¢ Sn 5 Klondike White Accent Goldust Accent Strip Wheatland Accent Strip Golden Nugget Accent StripKiondike White Chair Rail Strip 5202 5207 5208 5200 5200 3„x 8" 31,x 8U 3"x 811 2°X 6„ 3"X 8" t 9KII Ad, 4.i...1. .,�'}f<,i � J ,rfn�1. ,..�.t i.,i•1 � fat J-, trWYitr fA6 � :, , t. ..�JL !.-. ittp://www2.daltile.com/series.cfm?cat=2&series=20 Page 1 of T- Thickness- 1/4" Re c,onnrnended Grout Width: 3/16" fi,pp0cations: Residential Light Commercial Commercial Floor X X X Walls/Backsplashes X X X Countertops X X X Pool Linings X X X Suitable for exterior patios (excluding pool decks) and walls in freezing and non-freezing climates when proper installation methods are followed. Special care should be taken when grouting with dark pigmented colors. A grout release is recommended to prevent finely powdered pigments from lodging in the pores of the tile surface. Use of a latex modified thin-set is recommended for installation. Not for use on ramps. ❑ t ,t 4"x 12" Decorative 6"x 6" Field Tile 12"x 12"Field Tile 12"x 18"Field Tile 18"x 18"Field Tile Border (5-7/8"x 5-7/8"x 1/4") (11-718"x 11-7/8" x 1/4") (11-7/8" x 17-7/8"x 1/4") (17-7/8"x 17-7/8" x 1/4") (3-7/8"x 11-7/8"x 1/4") (15.0 cm x 15.0 cm) (30.0 cm x 30.0 cm) (30.0 cm x 45.0 cm) (45.0 cm x 45.0 cm) (10.0 cm x 30.0 cm) Pieces:44 Pieces: 15 Pieces: 7 Pieces:7 Pieces: 10 SOFT: 10.76 SOFT: 14.53 SOFT: 10.17 SOFT: 15.26 3" x 3" Mosaic Block Random (2-7/8" x 2-7/8"x 1/4") Pieces: 8 (1'x 2'sheets) (7.5 cm x 7.5 cm) SOFT: 16 Pieces:8( 1' x 2' sheets) Consisting of 3" x 3", 3"x SOFT: 16 1-1/2" and 1-1/2" x 1- 1/2" Bullnose Cove Base Outside Cove S-44C9 S-36 E9T Corner 4"x 12" 6" x 13" SC-36E9T 1"x6" Water, oil, grease, etc. create slippery conditions. Floor applications with exposure to these conditions require extra caution in product selection. For additional application information, refer to our"Factors to Consider"by clicking i•ll_I'? C.O.F. Moisture Breaking MOH's Abrasion Wet Dry Absorption Strength Resistance >0.60 >0.76 <0.5% >335 Ibs 9 --NA-- ..cww)lt 1,01 i.. f:il http://www2.daltile.com/series.cfm?cat=2&series=38# Page 2 of 3 Daltile-Continental SlateTM Details daWeSearch Our Products�� s s - y t rr t $ ' rt Egyptian Beige Indian Red -'r Brazilian Green CS50 CS51 CS52 n 1 Ad t` Car i t ' .I. i ?? 1 Asian Black CS53 4 C y Deco Deco Deco CS70 CS71 CS72 4"x 12" 4"x 12" 4"x 12" + {t t.[ (t; un 7,<i.''y 3 fwd! Uj kjV.2;i11,e 3 {;r tr .7tiur°fti a ow, Oak _. Vjrj�id n: Random http://www2.daltile.com/series.cfm?cat=2&series=38# Page 1 of 3 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 9. FINISHES General - Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to the finishes as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard - Gypsum board must be held firmly against the framing while fastening to avoid later movement of gypsum board on the shank of the nails or screws. Nails or Screws: Nails and screws shall be a minimum 3/8" and a maximum of 1/2" from edges and ends of wallboard and the heads shall be seated slightly below the surface without breaking the paper. Drywall screws shall meet the minimum requirements of ASTM C1002. Bugle- shaped heads shall be 0.315" in nominal diameter and contain a No. 2 Phillips driving recess. Type "W"screws are designed for easier fastening in wood. Joints: At gypsum wallboard joints install a 2" strong, cross threaded tape with a cross tensile strength of 45 lbs per lineal inch. Press a strong, good quality tape firmly onto sheathing joints and around openings, imbedded in joint cement. At corners and angles, install metal corner beads as specified by manufacturer. Spread gypsum wallboard mud at all tape joints, corner beads, nails and screw penetrations and where a smooth surface is needed. Apply second coat of wallboard mud after a minimum 24 hours. After drying(minimum 48 hours), sand all joints and other areas ww, to a smooth consistent surface. Interior Walls: Sheath walls and ceilings with 5/8" gypsum wallboard, either vertically with long edges parallel to framing, or horizontally with long edges at right angles to framing members. Apply one layer of 5/8" x 4' x 8'foot lengths to all wall surfaces. Offset joints between layers at least 10". Ceilings: Apply a single layer of 5/8" gypsum wallboard across the supports and fasten with nails or screws. Offset joints between layers at least 10". Screws are spaced 12" on center (OC). Ceiling finish shall be smooth finish Fire-Rated Gypsum Wallboard: As shown on drawings and as required by applicable building codes, install 5/8" Type "X" fire-rated gypsum wallboard. Screws shall be 1 3/4" long, spaced a maximum of 8" on center(OC) around perimeter and 12"on center(OC) in the field of the board. Water Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: Around showers, tubs, or as required by applicable building codes, install 5/8"water resistant drywall. 09300 - 09400 - Tile, Marble, Slate —Tile shall be appropriate grade and finish in accordance with applicable building codes and owner requirements. Contractor shall properly clean all surfaces to be covered and install appropriate underlayment per manufacturers recommendations. Installation should be carried out with a slow setting cement adhesive, well mixed per manufacturer recommendations. Grouting of control joints can be executed either with cement-based grout or with resin based organic materials. 16 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory,Smith College 08500 - 08630- Windows Confirm that openings are compliant with all applicable building codes concerning egress, lighting and ventilation requirements. Temper all glass located within 2'-0" from exterior doors, all glass in doors and above tub enclosures. Provide and install necessary windows and appropriate hardware to operate and lock windows. Bedroom windows shall comply with Code requirements for emergency escape with appropriate egress hardware. Minimum net clear opening shall be 5.7 sq.ft., minimum net clear width shall be 20", minimum net clear height shall be 24" and sill height shall not exceed 24" above floor. Hardware Finish shall be: silver. Consult window and glazing schedule below. Specify windows: Frame: Wood, aluminum, fiberglass: to be determined Style: casement, awning, fixed. Glazing options: Low E and other coatings Insulation options: Triple Pane Options: Simulated divided lites on both sides of glass, screens Low-E coating: Yes Gas-Fills: Argon Ratings: U value Rating,R-value, air infiltration,and shading coefficients Avk Specify: See window schedule Screens - Exterior frames shall be a white, finish with joints welded and sanded smooth. Wire mesh shall be fiberglass. Screens will be installed for easy removal as recommended by manufacturer's guidelines. 15 of 23 .......� .�.....�.�..;,�....uee,aunuivu„,..uuvice vuue,necnu.au,a,uue>>iyicr'...0nau U9/14/LUU5 09:56AN 11 L t_ f � w rLT I 2 panel 2 panel Colonial 2 panel Victorian #250 F 2 W TYP S E S-}t c 14,IJ� i #350 #300 #305 3 panel C i I � � i e #340 #392 #360 #361 '. http://www.supadoor.com/ Page 2 of 5 Doors lruestyleAnaKali,JoiiaMUF',LOuverUOOf,nicR.—IU.—ILy.c contemporaryclass to "E" sticking & panel options 7!8" type "E" sticking type "E" sticking type E" sticking with "F1" panel with "SC1" panel with "81" panel ya ^es Q <y YY ar r d P "--�YS M a� type "E" sticking type "E" sticking type "E" sticking with "F2" panel with "Al." panel with "SC2" panel v, r M type "E" sticking tyre "E" sticking with "Fl." or "F2" panel with "Al." or "P'1." panel optional molding for flat panel doors with type "E" sticking i � 4N _irt s ,t � l type "C" molding for doors with optional molding type "C" type "E" stacking with type "E" sticking for"E" sticking heavy bollect:ion molding with 71" or "F2" panels on 71" or "F2" panels AOW http://www.supadoor.com/ Page 1 of 2 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 8. DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLAZING 08000 - Doors—See Door schedule. Door Manufacturer and type: All doors to be doors to be: 2 panel equal to "Supadoor" Type E with F2 panel. This is a door that can be manufactured as a rated door(see door schedule for ratings). The panel is flat 5/8"thick with a shaped edge on the stile. Paint grade MDF is the door we are currently looking at, however we do not know whether the solid wood edge will accept the specified lock sets. The solid wood edge is an option. We do not know whether the wood thickness can be specified or it is a standard width. Doors will have to be approved by Smith College Lock Shop. Sample must be submitted for approval. See attached literature for dimensions and profiles. 14 of 23 splice edge following the manufacturer's requirements. D. Field splices without In-Seam Sealant must be overlaid with uncured flashing. 3.05 MEMBRANE SPLICING (Tape Splice) (This is our preferred method of splicing. ) A. Overlap adjacent sheets and mark a line 1/2 inch out from the top sheet. B. Fold the top sheet back and clean the dry splice area(minimum 2-1/2 inches wide)of both membrane sheets with Sure-Seal Primer as required by the membrane manufacturer. C. Where Splice Tape is not pre-applied, apply Splice Tape to bottom sheet with the edge of the release film along the marked line. Press tape onto the sheet using hand pressure. Overlap tape roll ends a minimum of 1 inch. D. Remove the release film and press the top sheet onto the tape using hand pressure. E. Roll the seam toward the splice edge with a 2 inch wide steel roller. F. Install a 6 inch wide section of Pressure-Sensitive Flashing or Elastoform Flashing over all field splice intersections and seal edges of flashing with Lap Sealant. G. The use of Lap Sealant with tape splices is optional except at tape overlaps and cut edges of reinforced membrane where Lap Sealant is required. 3.06 FLASHING A. Wall and curb flashing shall be cured EPDM membrane. Continue the deck membrane as wall flashing where practicable. B. Follow manufacturer's typical flashing procedures for all wall, curb, and penetration flashing including metal edging/coping and roof drain applications: 3.07 WALKWAYS A. Install walkways at all traffic concentration points(such as roof hatches,access doors,rooftop ladders,etc.)and all locations as identified on the specifier's drawing. B. Adhere walkways pads to the EPDM membrane in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 3.08 DAILY SEAL A. On phased roofing, when the completion offlashings and terminations is not achieved by the end of the work day,a daily seal must be performed to temporarily close the membrane to prevent water infiltration. B. Use Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer or other acceptable membrane seal in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. 3.09 CLEAN UP A. Perform daily clean-up to collect all wrappings,empty containers,paper,and other debris from the project site. Upon completion, all debris must be disposed of in a legally acceptable manner. C. Prior to the manufacturer's inspection for warranty, the applicator must perform a pre-inspection to review all work and to verify all flashing has been completed as well as the application of all caulking. END OF SPECIFICATION 0"* 8 Owner's Representative. 2.07 WALKWAYS Protective surfacing for roof traffic shall be Sure-Seal Walkway Pads(30"x 30"molded black rubber with factory rounded corners) adhered to the EPDM membrane roof with Splicing Cement or Splice Tape. Install walkway pads at access hatches to the roof and along walkways to roof areas that need to be accessed. 2.08 OTHER MATERIALS Coordinate EPDM roofing with STO and ashpha.it rooting Systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with the manufacturer's published instructions for the installation of the membrane roofing system including proper substrate preparation,jobsite considerations and weather restrictions. B. Position sheets to accommodate contours of the roof deck and shingle splices to avoid bucking water. 3.02 INSULATION PLACEMENT A. Install insulation or membrane underlayment over the substrate with boards butted tightly together with no joints or gaps greater than 1/4 inch. Stagger joints both horizontally and vertically if multiple layers are provided. B. Secure insulation to the substrate with the required mechanical fasteners or FAST Adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 3.03 MEMBRANE PLACEMENT AND BONDING A. Unroll and position membrane without stretching. Allow the membrane to relax for approximately 1/2 hour before bonding. Fold the sheet back onto itself so half the underside of the membrane is exposed. B. Apply the Bonding Adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions, to both the underside of the membrane and the substrate. Allow the adhesive to dry until it is tacky but will not string or stick to a dry finger touch. 1. Roll the coated membrane into the coated substrate while avoiding wrinkles. Brush down the bonded half of the membrane sheet with a soft bristle push broom to achieve maximum contact. 2. Fold back the unbonded half of the membrane sheet and repeat the bonding procedure. C. Install adjoining membrane sheets in the same manner, overlapping edges approximately 4 inches. Do not apply bonding adhesive to the splice area. 3.04 MEMBRANE SPLICING (Adhesive Splice) A. Fold the top sheet back and clean the dry splice area(minimum 3 inches wide) of both membrane sheets by scrubbing with clean natural fiber rags saturated with Splice Cleaner or HP-250 Primer. When using Sure-Seal (black)PRE-KLEENED membrane,cleaning the splice area is not required unless contaminated with field dirt or other residue. B. Apply Splicing Cement and In-Seam Sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and roll the top sheet onto the mating surface. C. Roll the splice with a 2 inch wide steel roller and wait at least 2 hours before applying Lap Sealant to the 7 All products shall be furnished by Carlisle and specifically formulated for the intended purpose. A. Bonding Adhesive: (Sure-Seal 90-8-30A or B-500 Latex Based) B. Splicing Cement: (Sure-Seal EP-95 Splicing Cement C. Splice Tape and Primer: Sure-Seal SecurTAPE and HP-250 or LV-600 Primer D. Cleaning Solvent: (Sure-Seal Splice Cleaner or Sure-Seal Weathered Membrane Cleaner. E. Internal seam sealant: Sure-Seal In-Seam Sealant'" (used with adhesive splices only) F. External seam sealant: ('Sure-Seal Lap Sealant G. Sealer: Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer H. Insulation adhesive: Sure-Seal FAST Adhesive 2.05 FASTENERS AND PLATES To be used for mechanical attachment of insulation and to provide additional membrane securement: A. HP Fasteners: A threaded,black epoxy electro-deposition coated fastener used with steel and wood roof decks. B. Pre-Assembled ASAP Fasteners: A pre-assembled 3" diameter Plastic Plate and standard phillips head fastener used for insulation attachment into steel or wood decks. Installed using Olympic Fastening Tools. C. InsulFast Fasteners: A threaded#12 fastener with 93 phillips head used for insulation attachment into steel or wood decks. D. CD-10 Fasteners: A non-threaded,hammer driven fastener used with structural concrete roof decks rated 3,000 psi or greater. E. HD 14-10 Fasteners: A#14 threaded fastener used for minimum 3,000 psi concrete decks. F. HP-NTB Fasteners: a non-penetrating, plastic fastener and corresponding 3" diameter plate used with lightweight deck substrates such as cementitious wood fiber, gypsum, and lightweight insulating concrete. G. HP Term Bar Nail-Ins: A 1-1/4" long expansion anchor with a zinc plated steel drive pin used for fastening the Sure-Seal Termination Bar or Seam Fastening Plates to concrete, brick, or block walls. H. Insulation Fastening Plates: A 3 inch diameter FM approved metal plate used for insulation attachment. I. Seam Fastening Plates: A 2 inch diameter FM approved metal plate used in conjunction with RUSS or with EPDM membrane for membrane securement. J. RUSS(Reinforced Universal Securement Strip): A 6 or 9 inch wide, 100 foot long strip of Sure-Seal reinforced EPDM membrane. The 6 inch wide RUSS shall be utilized horizontally or vertically (in conjunction with Seam Fastening Plates)below the EPDM membrane for additional membrane securement. The 9 inch wide RUSS shall be utilized in conjunction with metal edgings to allow the continuation of the EPDM deck membrane as flashing in accordance with Carlisle details. 2.06 METAL EDGING AND MEMBRANE TERMINATIONS A. Sure-Seal SecurEdge 2000: a metal fascia system with a heavy duty .100"thick extruded aluminum anchor bar and .040 inch thick aluminum or 24 gauge steel fascia. Metal fascia color shall be as designated by the 6 recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit the work to proceed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. E. Proceed with work so new roofing materials are not subject to construction traffic. When necessary,new roof sections shall be protected and inspected upon completion for possible damage. F. Provide protection, such as 3/4 inch thick plywood, for all roof areas exposed to traffic during construction. Plywood must be smooth and free of fasteners and splinters. G. The surface on which the insulation or roofing membrane is to be applied shall be clean,smooth, dry,and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper application of or be incompatible with the new installation, such as fins, sharp edges,foreign materials, oil and grease. H. New roofing shall be complete and weathertight at the end of the work day. I. Contaminants such as grease, fats and oils shall not be allowed to come in direct contact with the roofing membrane. 1.15 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's 15 year Total System Warranty covering both labor and material with no dollar limitation. The maximum wind speed coverage shall be peak gusts of 100 mph) measured at 10 meters above ground level. Certification is required with bid submittal indicating the manufacturer has reviewed and agreed to such wind coverage. B. Pro-rated System Warranties shall not be accepted. C. Evidence of the manufacturer's warranty reserve shall be included as part of the project submittals for the specifier's approval. PART2 PRODUCTS AOW 2.01 GENERAL A. All components of the specified roofing system shall be products of Carlisle SynTec Incorporated or accepted by Carlisle as compatible. B. Unless otherwise approved by the specifier and accepted by the membrane manufacturer,all products(including insulation, fasteners, fastening plates and edgings) must be manufactured and supplied by the roofing system manufacturer and covered by the warranty. 2.02 MEMBRANE Furnish Sure-Seai.060 inch,thick reinforced EPDM (Ethylene, Propylene, Diene Terpolymer) in the largest sheet possible. The membrane shall conform to the minimum physical properties of ASTM D4637. When a 10 foot wide membrane is to be used, the membrane shall be manufactured in a single panel with no factory splices to reduce splice intersections. Sure-Seal .060"thick non-reinforced membrane is available with pre-applied splice tape. 2.03 INS ULATION/UNDERLAYMENT A. When applicable, insulation shall be installed in multiple layers. The first and second layer of insulation shall be mechanically fastened or adhered to the substrate in accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications. B. Insulation shall be Sure-Seal Fxtrud.ed Polystyrene as supplied by Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. Minimum R- value required is R5 2.04 ADHESIVES AND CLEANERS 'o 5 The roofing contractor shall be responsible for all means and methods as they relate to safety and shall comply with all applicable local,state and federal requirements that are safety related. Safety shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. All related personnel shall be instructed daily to be mindful of the full time requirement to maintain a safe environmentfor thefacility's occupants including staff,visitors,customers and the occurrence of the general public on or near the site. 1.12 WORKMANSHIP A. Applicators installing new roof, flashing and related work shall be factory trained and approved by the manufacturer they are representing. B. All work shall be of highest quality and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications and to the building owner's satisfaction. C. There shall be a supervisor on the job site at all times while work is in progress. 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The EPDM membrane roofing system must achieve a UL Class A rating. B. The manufacturer must have a minimum of 20 years experience in the manufacturing of vulcanized thermal set sheeting. C. Unless otherwise noted in this specification,the roofing contractor must strictly comply with the manufacturer's current specifications and details. D. The roofing system must be installed by an applicator authorized and trained by the manufacturer in compliance with shop drawings as approved by the manufacturer. The roofing applicator shall be thoroughly experienced and upon request be able to provide evidence of having at least five 5 years successful experience installing single-ply EPDM roofing systems and having installed at least fig�_L51 roofing application or several similar systems of equal or greater sizewithin one year. E. Provide adequate number of experienced workmen regularly engaged in this type of work who are skilled in the application techniques of the materials specified. Provide at least one thoroughly trained and experienced superintendent on the job at all times roofing work is in progress. F. There shall be no deviations made from this specification or the approved shop drawings without the prior written approval of the specifier. Any deviation from the manufacturer's installation procedures must be supported by a written certification on the manufacturer's letterhead and presented for the specifier's consideration. G. Upon completion of the installation, the applicator shall arrange for an inspection to be made by a non-sales technical representative of the membrane manufacturer in order to determine whether or not corrective work will be required before the warranty will be issued. Notify the building owner seventy-two(72)hours prior to the manufacturer's final inspection. 1.14 JOB CONDITIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS Refer to Carlisle's Design"A"Fully Adhered Roofing System specification, Part II-Application,for General Job Site Considerations. A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on location at all times during the transportation, storage and application of materials. B. When positioning membrane sheets, exercise care to locate all field splices away from low spots and out of drain sumps. All field splices should be shingled to prevent bucking of water. C. When loading materials onto the roof, the Carlisle Authorized Roofing Applicator must comply with the requirements of the building owner to prevent overloading and possible disturbance to the building structure. D. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with the manufacturer's 4 1.09 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Water, power for construction purposes and lighting are available at the site and will be made ` `" available to the roofing contractor. 2. Provide all hoses, valves and connections for water from source designated by the owner when made available. 3. When available,electrical power should be extended as required from the source. Provide all trailers, connections and fused disconnects. B. Temporary Sanitary Facilities Sanitary facilities will not be available at the job site. The roofing contractor shall be responsible for the provision and maintenance of portable toilets or their equal. C. Building Site: 1. The roofing contractor shall use reasonable care and responsibility to protect the building and site against damages. The contractor shall be responsible for the correction of any damage incurred as a result of the performance of the contract. 2. The roofing contractor shall remove all debris from the job site in a timely and legally acceptable manner so as to not detract from the aesthetics or the functions of the building. D. Security: Obey the owner's requirements for personnel identification, inspection and other security measures. 1.10 JOB SITE PROTECTION A. The roofing contractor shall adequately protect building, paved areas, service drives, lawn, shrubs, trees, etc. from damage while performing the required work. Provide canvas,boards and sheet metal(properly secured)as necessary for protection and remove protection material at completion. The contractor shall repair or be responsible for costs to repair all property damaged during the roofing application. B. During the roofing contractor's performance of the work, the building owner will continue to occupy the existing building. The contractor shall take precautions to prevent the spread of dust and debris, particularly where such material may sift into the building. The roofing contractor shall provide labor and materials to construct, maintain and remove necessary temporary enclosures to prevent dust or debris in the construction area(s)from entering the remainder of the building. C. Do not overload any portion of the building, either by use of or placement of equipment, storage of debris, or storage of materials. D. Protect against fire and flame spread. Maintain proper and adequate fire extinguishers. E. Take precautions to prevent drains from clogging during the roofing application. Remove debris at the completion of each day's work and clean drains, if required. At completion,test drains to ensure the system is free running and drains are watertight. Remove strainers and plug drains in areas where work is in progress. Install flags or other telltales on plugs. Remove plugs each night and screen drain. F. Store moisture susceptible materials above ground and protect with waterproof coverings. G. Remove all traces of piled bulk materials and return the job site to its original condition upon completion of the work. 1.11 SAFETY 3 A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened containers or wrappings with the manufacturer's name,brand name and installation instructions intact and legible. Deliver in sufficient quantity to permit work to continue without interruption. w B. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for proper material storage. 1. Store materials,except membrane,between 60°F and 80°F in dry areas protected from water and direct sunlight. If exposed to lower temperature, restore to 60°F minimum temperature before using. 2. Store materials containing solvents in dry, well ventilated spaces with proper fire and safety precautions. Keep lids on tight. Use before expiration of their shelf life. C. Insulation must be on pallets, off the ground and tightly covered with waterproof materials. D. Any materials which are found to be damaged shall be removed and replaced at the applicator's expense. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roorsections. Care should be exercised to provide protection for the interior of the building and to ensure water does not flow beneath any completed sections of the membrane system. B. Do not disrupt activities in occupied spaces. 1.06 USE OF THE PREMISES A. Before beginning work,the roofing contractor must secure approval from the building owner's representative for the following: 1. Areas permitted for personnel parking. 2. Access to the site. 3. Areas permitted for storage of materials and debris. —' 4. Areas permitted for the location of cranes,hoists and chutes for loading and unloading materials to and from the roof. B. Interior stairs or elevators may not be used for removing debris or delivering materials, except as authorized by the building superintendent. 1.07 EXISTING CONDITIONS Ifdiscrepancies are discovered between the existing conditions and those noted on the drawings, immediately notify the owner's representative by phone and solicit the manufacturer's approval prior to commencing with the work. Necessary steps shall be taken to make the building watertight until the discrepancies are resolved. 1.08 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Apra bid meeting will be held at the job site on Date at(Time). Contact the owner's representative,Nance and Title at(Phone Number) if there are any questions. B. Prior to bid submittal,the roofmg contractor should schedule a job site inspection to observe actual conditions and verify all dimensions on the roof. The job site inspection may occur on the day of the pre-bid meeting or prior to such a meeting. Should access to the roof be necessary before or after the pre-bid meeting, the contractor must contact the GC, Tom Lucia at: iyiorois COnStrCtlt otl to coordinate an appropriate time. C. Bids must be forwarded to the following address no later than Lime on I;Date: (Name and Address D. Any conditions which are not shown on the shop drawings should be indicated on a copy of the shop drawing and included with bid submittal if necessary to clarify any conditions not shown. 2 Sure-Seal® Adhered Form-Spec February, 2004 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The Ada Comstock Dormitory. is located at Smith College in 1'ort:hatnDton_ MA Gar} Hartwell Project Manager/Coordinator, is the Owner's Representative and may be contacted regarding any questions or for a pre- bid job site inspection. B. The project consists of installing Carlisle's Sure-Seal black Design "A" Fully Adhered Roofing System as outlined below: Apply the Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing System in conjunction with 1" Extruded Polvstvrelle Insulatio-n over the new Plywood roof deck. 1.02 EXTENT OF WORK A. Provide all labor, material,tools,equipment,and supervision necessary to complete the installation of Sure- --._...... Seal .060 inch thick rreintbrced EPDM membrane Fully Adhered Roofing System including flashings and insulation as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's most current specifications and details. B. The roofing contractor shall be fully knowledgeable of all requirements of the contract documents and shall make themselves aware of all job site conditions that will affect their work. C. The roofing contractor shall confirm all given information and advise the building owner, prior to bid, of any conflicts that will affect their cost proposal. D. Any contractor who intends to submit a bid using a roofing system other than the approved manufacturer must submit for pre-qualification in writing fourteen (14) days prior to the bid date. Any contractor who fails to submit all information as requested will be subject to rejection. Bids stating "as per plans and specs"will be unacceptable. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to starting work, the roofing contractor must submit the following: 1. Shop drawings showing layout, details of construction and identification of materials. 2. Sample of the manufacturer's Membrane System Warranty. 3. Submit a letter of certification from the manufacturer which certifies the roofing contractor is authorized to install the manufacturer's roofing system and lists foremen who have received training from the manufacturer along with the dates training was received. 4. Certification of the manufacturer's warranty reserve. B. Upon completion ofthe installed work,submit copies ofthe manufacturer's final inspection to the specifier prior to the issuance of the manufacturer's warranty. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Product Description PRODUCT DATA Grace Ultra is composed of two Roll length 21.3 in (70 ft) waterproofing materials—an aggressive butyl rubber based Roll width 864 mm (34 in.) adhesive backed by a layer of Roll size 18.4 m2 (198 ft2) high density cross laminated Packaging Corrugated cartons polyethylene. Roll weight 19.0 kg (42 lbs) The product is 0.76 min (30 mil) Rolls per pallet 25 thick making it easy to handle and apply. The unique, advanced adhesive formulation offers Reroofable: Unlike some granular Wind-driven Rain premium adhesion to the roof surfaced membranes, Grace Ultra Sloped roofs are not waterproof. deck, high quality laps, superior will not adhere to the underside They protect structures by seal around roofing fasteners, of the exposed roof covering shedding rain water. Storm driven and outstanding high temperature making reroofing easier and winds can cause sloped roof stability. less costly. coverings to lift. Rain can be The adhesive is backed by a Grace expertise: Grace is the easily driven under the roof protective plastic release liner recognized leader in self-adhered covering directly to the that protects its adhesive quality. roofing underlayments, and is unprotected deck where it causes The release liner is easily removed the manufacturer of Grace Ice & leaks and damage to the interior allowing the adhesive to be Water Shield°. of the structure. Grace Ultra bonded tightly to the roof deck. applied beneath the sloped roof The membrane comes in a 18.4 m2 Guidelines for Use covering helps prevent wind- "" (198 ft2) roll, and measures driven rain from entering the Grace Ultra can be used as a structure. For wind-driven rain 864 mm (34 in.) wide. sloped roof underlayment to help protection, full coverage with protect against leakage from Grace Ultra is recommended. Features & Benefits water that builds up behind ice Since Grace Ultra is a vapor Easy to handle and apply: dams, or from wind-driven rain barrier, the roof construction The membrane bonds firmly to in applications where the must allow for proper ventilation the roof deck and forms high membrane must withstand high in full roof coverage applications. quality laps. in-service temperatures for extended periods of time. Ice Dams Self sealing: The mem e brane meets P For ice dam protection, Grace key building code standards for High Temperature Applications Ultra should be adhered at the nail sealability of self-adhered Grace Ultra is the appropriate edge of the roof deck by the roofing underlayments. product for all applications in hot eaves. The membrane should be Heat resistance: The membrane desert southwest climates or any applied to a point on the roof will resist elevated temperatures application where superior heat deck above the highest expected for extended periods of time resistance is needed. In addition, ice dam. Several variables without degradation of the Grace Ultra is the appropriate influence the height of ice dams adhesive. product for use under certain types and the membrane coverage of metal roofs (those employing required. Local building codes Slip resistant surface: The slip copper, zinc, or Cor-Ten© panels). should be consulted for specific resistant surface maximizes These metal roofs tend to readily traction for safety without requirements.Variables conduct heat to the underlayment influencing the height of ice dams compromising the water integrity making them more likely to of the laps. include climate (particularly the ., expose the membrane to high annual snowfall), slope, Plastic release: Plastic is easy to temperatures. It is up to the overhang, valleys, how well the remove and easy to dispose of. contractor and specifier to decide structure is insulated and Aesthetically pleasing: The thin what level of performance is ventilated, and exposure (sun vs. membrane meets code standards required based on the guidelines shade). In addition to placement for fastener sealability but will provided. along the eaves, Grace Ultra can not show through roof coverings. www.graceconstruction.com P R O D U C T N F O R M A T 1 O N Groce Ultro Self-adhered roofing underlayment for high temperature applications Grace Ultra self-adhered roofing underlayment helps protect - Mom" sloped roofs from the effects of wind-driven rain and ice dams in applications where the membrane � . must withstand high in-service N temperatures for extended periods of time. This membrane offers the highest factor of safety for performance at elevated temperatures for applications in hot desert southwest climates or any application where superior heat resistance is needed. The membrane meets or exceeds key performance requirements for self-adhered roofing underlayments used in severe climate areas, such as ICBO Standards. The membrane also has a UL Class A fire classification under fiberglass shingles, a Class C under organic felt shingles, and is approved in several UL fire-resistive roof design assemblies. The product offers outstanding adhesive qualities for a strong bond to the roof deck and for high quality laps. F` Grace Ultra is part of the Grace family of roofing underlayments available from Grace Construction Products. GRACE TANK08 ROIL Vent® PRODUCT DATA CONTINUOUS RIDE VENT i'm to �t �y TAMKOO Roll-Vent'is a continuous ridgt , rsa vent designed to properly ventilate attic ., era a+ �" space when used in conjunction with soffit vents. r,r r ,aof USES For application to roof decks with inclines of not less than 3 inches per foot. For slopes above 12 inches per foot, call for technical support at 1-800-641-4691. ADVANTAGES 9 ,, • Effective ventilation for the entire attic area f rr` • Nails and nail line provide for ease in installation • Lightweight, quick and easy to cut, indestructible fa ° • Geotextile filter prevents snow, rain and insect infiltration �, • No mechanical maintenance r t� • Sizes available for all types of roofing y n. r • Up to a 50-year limited warranty- see warranty for details CERTIFICATIONS { Meets Code Requirements: CCMC, BOCA, SBCCI, ICC, FHA, Miami-Dade County Florida NOA:99-0406.04, US Department of Housing & Urban Development, and Texas Department of Insurance RV-1. +—+c PRODUCT DATA* n Uses Shingles Shingles .91.n vt l iS- Width 10-1/2" 10-1/2" fi Length 20' 50' Weight 4.0lbs 10.9lbs r . Thickness .9" min. .9" min. C Y } 3 10-1/2°x 20' 5 rolls per bag = 100 feet per bag 8 bags per skid = 800 feet per skid { {' 10-112"x 50' 2 rolls per box = 100 feet per box 12 boxes per skid = 1200 feet per skid ykY itivk��. `All values stated as nominal Visit our Web Site at www.tamko.com 02/2004 TAM 0 Central District 220 West 4th St., Joplin, MO 64801 800-641-4691 TAMKO Logo,Rooter Logo,and TAMKO° Northeast District 4500 Tamko Dr., Frederick, MD 21701 800-368-2055 TAM KO laWagt�QcaddrkkI(nark.5ajistered Southeast District 2300 35th St., Tuscaloosa,AL 35401 800-228-2656 trademMW0PAb6fi1g%wWW9rddocts,Inc. Southwest District 7910 S.Central Exp., Dallas, TX 75216 800-443-1834 Roll of BeniarftQb**d)t 4d*draU0orated Western District 5300 East 43rd Ave., Denver,CO 80216 800-530-8868 ............. "'Invisible Protacdon that helps prey--ant roof leaks _ fp II Help[preventr r Wkage due m Ice dams and wind-dr vo min tT9 I Improved flWbliity far superior perfomonce. e Slip.re i— for safe appllmd- a Tearvre 1—membrane e Salt-adhepve for vnsertlght sealing t See.sealing around r Mg naps i Meeu most building rode requlroments „r. ~ i� en` " iS -°"°'• IpEci F1 CATIONS(approximate) .u.ry.- �� - -M°^• tin 95' 296m L 65'19B m) ': 16'(919 nim) Wdr 16'(9 11 nm) nna Cnrnnln mp.e.pu,m) Rotl(,nunU 195 p.ft(lei m') w.nawin 1 y� Thkwms Nml(Imm k6 ml(I,i mmJ .eww• E r'w Lm9N ]3'1'1102 m1 65'(198 16'(911 mm) 16'(919nm) W im S+ AA4M".In Ail`a1r hvnnr,MerfSuY 4+(.%u% lmll comr,o- »,.ft(sx m9 w-ft(1e.:.n) i. 9s '>>trefp cr g t'km IM1mt ka y yyon%yqs.n 75+ed rod w.xm Thaw e]v m�pa.e.m) 69-9 n(6 1 gym)�. 4 • Worldwide I��. u % ��.�dd;fdt'zu.]_ia;� i}n�ad States Pfants �yOdncan Plants � �err fS US.y IKO F—An xOefee 6u.. salt un '•� IKO Calgvy IKO fnnelln ' IKOWInnlpeg Im paclflc AU�e hry eels umu IKO Hawembu.y IKO Wilmingmn wm�Ai r<ev�mina ) NO Mad- fiber.,LLC M.P.SA.fnne L C—..f.T.— MW/Me LLC n'NA Gnen cemuqu -- "r c rc -&vnp<m aub,ml..fi.i.4 awe y um WaMmm�.A.pnm.UN Mash..A Hmrs Lm. Asian Sales Office ( ;1 IGa..fr IKO coma-Sbangbm European Sales Offices GH Inwnadonal xo Germ.9•1w e..ea, m Ia0 Hwip.r•IW N.a.m.Aa..Bvy.—d 61an Find out more about our products now by inking Wan IKO ales repreaenativa.your prof-1-1 roofing mntmctor or con[att us directly at Unfted States 1-888-IKO-ROOF,Eastern Canada 1-800.361-5836,Western Canada 1-800-661-1034 er vmt enr web tit.a +urrrwW.1k� a rru Ca�TaZ7;1 �w...,..e.m..a.:.•...wW r.1...w..a.gym....�d`::.1;:"e� ........w.mu-.•-1ae...a...a�...........••.w r".iunagnw.rddrate.lad .tmn1��.�.x,1.1�., ..,.,. a •�.. :O Setting the Stan(jara !KO Search o roduc I �5'II IKO Information Residential Roofing d ada - Brarnoton {Ida -Calcary Canada - Hanit)eq ry Chateau (East) Granada Winnipeg U.S - Brampton COIOY t,1 S, Bi<ampton hrcatlo U S. -BramotonMlilmington Availability: U.S. - Brarnoton/Wilminaton/Chicago U.S. Calvary U.S. - Chicago U,S, Franklin O U 7. tiawkesbury C rnbri doe 30 (East) i C arnbri cIe 50 AR(East) Crowne Slate Chateau (East) - Chateau (East) - Ren Chateau(East) Charcoal Grey Driftwood Regency Roval Victorian Cathedral Xl. i t Rr-naissance XI- I Ultral-ock 25 Marathon 25 (Brampton U.S.} i Maratt,:on Ultra (Brampton U S.) Aristocrat 25 (Kawkesbuty U S i Chateau (East) - Chateau (East) - Dual Armour Plus;gip(H awkesbury U.S.) e Specifications Dual Black Brown AM H-eavv Duty Metric Ann No ,, Felt Metric • Color Availability Armour(3ard Ice&Water Protector GoldShreld Ice&Water Protector Bulletin Leading Edae Technical Data t :E No 15 Felt Plain Metric " No. 25 Glass Base Sheet Sheets .� Pro Ieclo Standard Ice&Water . Material Safety Chateau (East) - Chateau (East) - Pmt eclof Dual Grey Earthtone Cedar Roof-Fast Cap Data Sheets ---____ — ;;ar�danJ Smooth Surface 1J - NasekesburVlrrainratora -uk Chateau (East) 1 tJ, _ `3urtu �}.;. �r.iraaa lt,alcary Brochure i Organic Asphalt rillin tonrChicago Chateau East - Chateau (East) �t.3. .Wr�nihect Shingle (East) -� t) ti VJinrair,e"1'Uf'ioago Forest Green Harvard Slate What's New � r°nmercial Roofing aa� nr IKO Industries �)istributor Locator Combination I�4i -'Ontracaol 1_ocator Limited Warranty Information Booklet Chateau (East) - of Installation Weatherwood Instructions - K Eastern Chateau • Product Standards ttp://www.iko.com/products/residential/residential.asp?product_id=133®ion_id-9&task=ProductDetaiisColours Page 1 of 1 IKOSettingtheStandard v7rvorcvv3w:37rvr IKO Search IKO Information n x ,.. ,.,,.>k� Residential Roofina ' r Canada - Brarnoton Canada -Calgary Canada -Hawkesbury Canada - Winni Chateau (East) peg U.S. Brampton U.S Brarpton/Chicago s.. U.S -BramptoriMil iinoton Specifications: U S - Brampton(Wilmington/Chicago u S. -Calgary Size: U S. -Chicacic 1038 mm x 349 mm (40 7/8" x 13 3/4") U S. - Franklin U S -Hawkesbury ` Carnbridge 30 (East) Carnbridge 50 AR(East) Exposure: Crowne Slate 149 mm (5 7/8") Chateau(East) Regencv = Quantity per package: Royal Victorian Cathedral XL 15 shingles/bundle Renaissance XL UitraLork 25 t Quantity per pallet: Mars.i .cn 25 tl3ramoton U.S.) 60 bundles Marathon Ultra (Brampton U.S A.r(,tacrat 25 fllawkesbury U S_I Arrnow Plus 20 (Hawkesi U S) • Specifications Coverage per package: AM i-le:avv Duty Metric AM No. 15 Felt Metric . Color Availability 2.32 m2 (25 sq. ft.) ArmourGard Ice &Water Protecior Bulletins GoidShield Ice&Water Protector Shingles per square: Leading Edge • Technical Data fvlo 15 Felt Plain Metric 60 No, 2`; Glass Base Sheet Sheets 1->rote do Standard Ice&water Protector e Material Safety Warranty Term: Roof Fast Cap Data Sheets Limited 35 year material Standard Smooth Surface U - Ilawkesbunrlmington Chateau (East) Wind Resistance Warranty: (LS Sum,,as !a .� sornsrsn:,algarv � Brochure 80 mph U S -tnlilrnington Organic Asphalt '' ' U.> vJinningicniCn!ca`'o U.S `PJinnioeG g Shin le Fire Resistance Rating: - - u S IJinnu>eglChicagc Class C What's New :,;cirnmercial Roofing IKO Industries Iron Clad protection period: Distributor Locator � Combination 5 years "'ontractor Locator Limited Warranty Information Booklet Installation Instructions - K Eastern Chateau • Product Standards ,ttp://www.iko.com/products/residential/residential.asp?product_id=133®ion_id=9&task=ProductDetailsSpecs Page 1 of 1 mo TECHNICAL DATA SHEET OW �' 1 STOCK NO. 058OXXX March, 2005 CHATEAU This top-of-the-line laminated shingle is composed of a high-strength organic felt base that is coated and permeated with additional weather-resistant asphalt. As a heavyweight shingle, it provides the assurance of long lasting performance and the top of both layers are surfaced with ceramic colored granules, which protect the asphalt from ultraviolet radiation. Each shingle has release tape and mineral powder applied to the underside, thus preventing any sticking in the bundle. This shingle meets ASTM D225 Type III, ASTM D3161, ASTM E108 (Class C), and CSA A123.1 shingle compositional and performance characteristics, and can be applied to roofs with slopes of greater than 4 in 12 (underlayment must be used up to 6:12). They may also be applied on low slope roofs (2:12 to 4:12) providing the deck is covered with two plies of felt or one ply of any IKO Ice and Water Protector. TYPICAL TEST STANDARD CHARACTERISTIC UNITS VALUE METHOD LIMITS WEIGHT: kgs (Ibs) 34 (75) - - LENGTH: mm (in) 1038 (40 7/8) - ± 6 (± 1/4) WIDTH: mm (in) 349 (133/4) - ±3 (± 1/8) HEADLAP: mm (in) 50 (2) - MIN: 50 (2) EXPOSURE: mm (in) 149 (57/8) - - FELT WEIGHT: g/m2 (Ibs/100 ft2) 444 (9.1) - MIN:440 (9) TEAR STRENGTH: g 2200 ASTM D1922 MIN: 1800 HEAT RESISTANCE: - PASS 90°C (192°F) ELONGATION: % 4.5 ASTM D146 - BITUMEN WEIGHT: g/m2 (Ibs/100 ft2) 1489 (30.5) ASTM D228 MIN: 900 (18) GRANULE RETENTION: % 98 ASTM D4977 MIN: 86 TOTAL PRODUCT WEIGHT: g/m2 (Ibs/100 ft2) 4880 (100) - MIN: 4394 (90) FIRE RATING: - CLASS C ASTM E108 MIN: CLASS C APPLIED WEIGHT: kg/10 m2 (Ibs/sq) 146 (300) - - Sample shows no sliding or dripping of the bitumen coating when suspended vertically in an oven at 90oC(192°F)for 2 hours. HY Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College Gutters and Downspouts - Install 4" round corrugated 20 oz copper downspouts. Copper downspout should sleeve-over 3" iron roof drain on the underside of the soffit overhang. Attach gutters every 2'-6" on center (OC) with straps and/or fasteners as per specification and details in EIFS section. 07920 - Caulking and Sealants - Use a 50 year warranty silicon based caulk at high expansion/compression areas, such as around chimneys, tile, ceramic, and around enamel and pre- fabricated tubs and showers. For exterior windows, doorframes, interior trim, woodwork and other paintable surfaces use a colored Latex based caulk. Color shall match EIFS color. 13 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory,Smith College 07320 - Roofing - Provide and install roof system in accordance with all applicable building codes and manufacturers guidelines. Asphalt Shingle: Manufacturer of asphalt shingle roof: IKO. Shingle type: "Chateau" laminated, high strength organic felt base shingle. These shingles must be cut with a shingle cutter. Ridge cap: Install Roll ridge vent with Aristocrat shingle on cap. EPDM Roofing: Manufacturer: Carlisle15 year warrantee fully adhered, reinforced. 07250 — Felt and underlayments - On all roof surfaces install a minimum 15, 30 4 asphalt impregnated rooting felt. Install a single layer of felt. Overlap felt a minimum of 4"vertically and 12" horizontally. Install Grace Ultra Ice and Water barrier 26" up sloped roof. Overlap Carlisle EPDM membrane roof 12" over Ice and Water barrier. Overlap Asphalt shingles 12" over Carlisle EPDM membrane roof. 07610- Metal Roofing—Installed at soffits OW Metal roof material: aluminum, .040 with Kynar painted custom color Aluminum color: Benjamin Moore color 4 OC 47 Ashwood 07615 — Metal Fascia and Soffit - Provide and install aluminum fascia and soffit. See construction documents for complete architectural details. For aluminum soffit and fascia, wrap all exposed edges to fully enclose sub-fascia structure. See manufacturers recommendations for complete installation guidelines. Metal soffit and facia/drip-edge material: aluminum, .040 with Kyrlar painted custom color Finish,Pattern and Color: Smooth face satin finish, Aluminum color:: Benjamin Moore color 4 OC 47 Ashwood 07620 — Flashing, Valleys, and Sheet Metal - Install appropriate flashing at all joints of chimneys, dormers, walls, vent pipes and other connection points to prevent the infiltration of water. Install metal valleys. Metal shall be assembled of 24-ounce hard copper. Flashing between wall siding and roof surfaces and step flashing between masonry and roof surfaces shall be by metal roofer. Coordination with STO system is required. 07720 - Roof Accessories Gable End Vents-Install louvered metal gable end vents as noted on drawings. Material: aluminum, .040 Finish,Pattern and Color: Smooth face satin finish, mow Aluminum color:: Color should match window color. 12 of 23 Sto NUT Detail No.: 10.82 Sign Attachment Date: November 2001 Substrate Sto Gold Coat® Sto insulation Sto base coat and mesh fa Sto finish Hole drilled in EIFS and lined with sealant PVC sleeve installed against blocking / through hole. Excess sealant tooled around PVC PVC sleeve lined with sealant and bolt assembly installed to fasten sign toa. Blocking CI ti Bolt assembly Sign Notes: 11 The sign,or other attachment,is normally installed after the EIFS installation is complete. 21 Blocking or other structural support required for non-structural substrates and heavy objects Sto Gold Coat"and Sto Gold Fill are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction'professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. www.stocorp.com 47 Sto NUT Detail No.: 10.70 System Prepared for Penetration Date: November 2001 Supporting structure Substrate O Sto Gold Coat® �t Sto Gold Fill®with Sto Detail Mesh (See note 3) 4' Sto insulation M1T ! _ Sto base coat and mesh 'A'•C Back-wrap termination tt - Sto finish ' Sealant with backer rod Fr Pipe penetration •a• e q;. Air seal Notes: 11 Detail assumes pipe is installed prior to the EIFS or that it's location has been identified. 21 Prepare an opening in the EIFS with a joint of 112"(13 mm)around the penetration and provide sealant with a closed cell backer rod. Provide air seal around the interior side of the penetration to reduce the pressure difference across the outside sealant. 3] Provide barrier membrane in lieu of Sto Gold Fill®at penetration where joint between sheathing and penetrating element exceeds 118"(3 mm). Lap barrier membrane over Sto Gold Coato Sto Gold Coat`s and Sto Gold Fill are registered trademarks of Sto Coro. Sto details are illustrations of construction,They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Std specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. www.stocorp.com 43 Sto NExT Detail No.: 10.62b Roof/Wall Abutment Date: November 2001 Substrate Avk Sto adhesive Sto insulation ~' Sto base coat Sto finish r E Sto Gold Coat® �u Sto Gold Fill®with Sto Detail Mesh t ' Starter track with weeps installed over step flashing and Sto Gold Fill® (see Sto detail 10.62a) Maintain 2" (50mm)clearance between finished roof and starter track Awk Roofing materials Diverter flashing(see Sto detail 2.62b) 112° (13mrn)joint for sealant with backer rod Edge flashing -` Gutter termination 1/2" (13mm)away from finished EIES Notes: 1] Coordinate installation of Sto Guard®system and EIES with the roof installation. Typically,the step and diverter flashings are installed as part of the roof assembly. 21 Refer to Sto detail 10.62a for integration of Sto Guard system with the step and diverter flashings. 31 Install the starter track 2" (50 mm)above the finished roof and butting against the diverter flashing so water draining down the starter track will not flow over into the wall. 4] Install Sto Gold Fill®over the upper edge of the starter track and coat with Sto Gold CoatO. Sto Gold Coate and Sto Gold Fili"are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. wvvw.stoCorp.com 39 Sto NExT Detail No.: 10.62a Preparation of Roof/Wall Abutment Date: November 2001 Substrate Sto Gold Fill@ with Sto Detail Mesh over ra sheathing joint —Sto Gold Fill®and mesh lapping over step and diverter flashings Step flashing extending a minimum 4" (100mm)up wall Sto Gold Coat®applied to substrate prior to installation of step flashing y, Roofing felt Roof substrate I Diverter flashing (see Sto detail 2.62b) Edge flashing Fascia board Gutter termination 1/2" (13mm)away from finished EIFS(Install gutter after EIFS installation.) Notes: 11 Coordinate installation of Sto Guard®system with the roof installation. Typically,the step and diverter flashings are installed as part of the roof assembly. 21 Install Sto Gold Coat®over the wall sheathing prior to the installation of the flashing. 31 Install Sto Gold Fill®over the upper edge of the step and diverter flashing. 41 Refer to Sto detail 10.62b for the EIFS installation details. Sto Gold Coat®and Sto Gold Fill®are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. 38 www.stocorp.com Sto NUT Detail No.: 10.42 Horizontal Joint at Dissimilar Material Date: November 2001 A. Supporting structure Substrate ;r Sto adhesive Sto insulation Sto base coat and mesh Sto finish r` Sto Gold Coat® ; Sto Gold Fill®with Sto Detail Mesh Flashing i Alternate cladding assembly Barrier membrane Nested track assembly Notes: I Do not attach upper sheathing to nested track. Only attach lower sheathing to nested track. 2] The maximum allowable sheathing span at the floor line is 8"(200 mm)or as recommended by the sheathing manufacturer. 3) Provide flashing minimum 4"(100 mm)behind the Sto EIFS and project beyond the face of the alternate cladding below. 4) Consider the amount of movement in the alternate cladding material,especially if a different structural support system exists for that cladding. Position flashing to accommodate movement and ensure drainage to the exterior. 5) Determine installation sequence in advance of construction. Sto Gold Coat'and Sto Gold Fine'are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design tru /consc*,ion professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified AMOK where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. www.stocorp.com 33 Sto EIFS NExT Detail No.: 10.41c Floor Line with Joint:Noncombustible Construction Date: August 2002 / --- Supporting structure Substrate Sto adhesive Sto insulation Sto mesh Sto base coat Sto finish Sto Gold Coat@ i Sto Gold Fill@ ly � l� Fa Pre-wrap base coat and �r mesh r Starter track with weep holes r - Barrier membrane i Sealant with backer rod — Back-wrap termination Nested track assembly Floor slab Notes: 11 Pre-wrap the insulation board with base coat and mesh prior to installation.Rasp back of insulation to ensure the pre-wrapped insulation board will fit over the lath and permit water to drain freely. 21 Do not attach upper sheathing to nested track.Only attach lower sheathing to nested track. 31 The maximum allowable sheathing span at the floor line is 8" (200 mm)or as recommended by the sheathing manufacturer. 41 A barrier membrane is installed over the joint in the sheathing to provide air barrier continually and secondary weather protection at the joint location. 51 Provide a minimum 3(4"(20 mm)joint to accommoaate deflection of the floor slab. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They shouid be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for designrequirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. 32 www.stocorp.com Sto EIFS NExT Detail No.: 10.41b Floor Line with Joint: Noncombustible Construction Date: August 2002 -- Supporting structure Substrate Sto adhesive j Sto insulation Sto mesh IF'�1 Sto base coat Sto finish - Sto Gold Coat@ e- _- Sto Gold Fill@ - Lath - P 1 _ Pre-wrap base coat and rL n -r mesh h' Optional sealant with �rr1,�,�1;� �q weeps Flashing Ali Barrier membrane --- Sealant with backer rod I , -- -- - Back-wrap termination --- _ Nested track assembly Floor slab Notes: 1] Pre-wrap the insulation board with base coat and mesh prior to installation.Raspback of insulation to ensure the pre-wrapped insulation board will fit over the lath and permit water to drain freely. 21 Do not attach upper sheathing to nested track.Only attach lower sheathing to nested track. 31 The maximum allowable sheathing span at the floor line is 8"(200 mm)or as recommended by the sheathing manufacturer. 41 A barrier membrane is installed over the joint in the sheathing to provide air barrier continually and secondary weather protection at the joint location. 5] Install metal flashing to drain outbound of the cladding and integrate it into the Sto Guard. 61 Install a 6"(150 mm)strip of expanded metal lath. 71 Provide a minimum 3/4"(20 mm)joint to accommodate deflection of the floor slab. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate sto specification for designrequirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. www.stocorp.com 31 Sto NExT Detail No.: 10.31 Vented Uninsulated Soffit Date: November 2001 Supporting structure Substrate Vented air space i /r r mie1 Sto Gold Coats . . E j Sto Gold HP with Sto Detail Mesh 'f { Sto insulation Sto base coat and mesh 4 , rt Sto finish � s Starter track with weep holes _ Sealant with backer rod '' -- —Prefinished vent strip ti Sto direct-applied system for soffits ,.r Sealant with backer rod Supporting wall structure N otes: 1] Prevent communication of vented air space with conditioned interior air to reduce the likelihood of condensation. 2] Soffit board must meet or exceed requirements of ASTM C-1177. Stc Gold Coat®and Sto Gold Fill®are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. www.stocorp.com 27 Sto NUT Detail No.: 10.27 Flanged Window Head Date: November 2001 Top of EIFS feature sloped minimum 1:2 (see Sto detail 1.04) Sto Guard®System(see Sto details 10.23a and 10.23b) Window flange set in sealant Sealant with backer rod and weeps Air seal continuous around interior perimeter of window Window frame --- Head flashing folded over window head- ,7 jamb interface Sealant with backer rod `r Sto finish Sto base coat and mesh Air seal Window flange set in sealant Back-wrap termination Sto insulation Supporting structure Substrate Notes: 1] Provide a mock-up installation and test using materials and subtrades associated with the project. 21 Provide flashing installed over the window to direct water away from the window. Verify requirements for head flashing with local codes and window manufacturer. If not required,seal between window head and EIFS. 31 Protect rough opening against water penetration by wrapping with Sto Gold FOR with Sto Detail Mesh and Sto Gold Coate. Direct any water penetration to the exterior at or above the sill pan flashing.(See Sto details 10.28 and 10.29.) 4] Provide continuous air barrier connection around the perimeter of the window to reduce:leaking,condensation related to air movement, and sound and insect intrusion. 5] Coordinate Sto Guard@ installation with window installer. Sto Gold Coat and Sto Gold Fill'°are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. 22 www.stocorp.com Sto NUT Detail No.: 10.26a Commercial Window Sill Date: November 2001 Supporting structure Substrate Sto Gold Fill®with Sto Detail Mesh Sto Gold Coat® Air seal continuous around interior perimeter of window Sealant with backer rod '+ r Window insert Window frame , . Pan flashing with end dam. Set pan flashing in compatible sealant. Drip edge of flashing I'd Sealant �' •r Back-wrap termination m ' Sto insulation Sto base coat and mesh J Sto finish Notes: 1) Provide a mock-up installation and test using materials and subtrades associated with the project. 21 Protect rough opening against water penetration by wrapping with Sto Gold HIS with Sto Detail mesh and Sto Gold Coat @.Direct any water penetration to the exterior at or above the sill pan flashing, (See Sto details 10.23a and 10.24a). 3) Provide continuous air barrier connection around the perimeter of the window to reduce:leaking,condensation related to air movement and sound and insect intrusion. 4] Provide leak-proof sill pan flashing with end and back dams to catch any water penetration and direct it to the exterior of the wall assembly. 51 Provide window insert to optimize sea'ant configuration. Sto Gold Coate and Sto Gold Fill®are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,Intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements. 20 www.stocorp.com Sto NUT Detail No.:10.23a Preparation of Rough Opening Date: November 2001 Step 1 Wrap inside corners with Sto Gold Fill® and embed 2" (50mm)wide strip of detail mesh lapping onto face of wall Step 1 Step 2 0 Wrap sill with Sto Gold FilM and 9" Step 2 (230rnm)wide detail mesh returning up the jambs a minimum of 4" (100mm) Embed minimum 4" (100mm)wide detail mesh in Sto Gold FilIC10 at all sheathing joints Step 3 Wrap jambs with minimum 9" (230mm) wide detail mesh embedded in Sto Gold Fill®,lapping minimum 2.5" (64mm) over extension from sill,then wrap head Step 3 Sten 4 Coat the entire surface of the wall and Ste p 4 into rough opening with Sto Gold CoatO Notes: 11 Prepare opening prior to the installation of the window or mechanical equipment. Create a slope to the exterior at the sill with a sill wedge. 21 Incorporate flashing as illustrated in 10.23b and 10.23c or as per other details where flashing is shown(e.g.10.25). 31 The complete installation of window or mechanical equipment should include an air seal between the object and the Sto Guard@ protection inbound of the outer sealant joint. Sto Gold Coat's and Sto Gold His are registered trademarks of Sto Corp. Sto details are illustrations of construction.They are guidelines,intended for use by the design/construction professional,to assist in developing project specific details.They should be modified where necessary to accommodate individual project conditions.Refer to appropriate Sto specification for design requirements.Refer to local building code for any special requirements, www.stocorp.com 13 clean, dry base coat and allow to dry thoroughly before applying finish. Finish Coat Application 1. Apply finish directly over the base coat(or primed base coat)when dry.Apply finish by spraying or troweling with a stainless steel trowel,depending on the finish specified. Follow these general rules for application of finish: a. Avoid application in direct sunlight. b. Apply finish in a continuous application,and work to an architectural break in the wall. c. Weather conditions affect application and drying time.Hot or dry conditions limit working time and accelerate drying. Adjustments in the scheduling of work may be required to achieve desired results; cool or damp conditions extend working time and retard drying and may require added measures of protection against wind, dust,dirt,rain and freezing. Adjust work schedule and provide protection. d. Float "R" (rilled texture)finishes with a plastic trowel to achieve their rilled texture. e. Do not install separate batches of finish side-by-side. f. Do not apply finish into or over sealant joints. Apply finish to outside face of wall only. g. Do not apply finish over irregular or unprepared surfaces, or surfaces not in compliance with the requirements of the project specifications. the mesh in the wet base coat. Trowel from the base of reveals to the edges of the mesh. 3. Ultra-High impact mesh application(recommended to a minimum height of 6'-0"[1.8 m]above finished grade at all areas accessible to pedestrian traffic and other areas exposed to abnormal stress or impact, and where indicated on contract drawings): apply base coat over the insulation board with StoSilo spray equipment or a stainless steel trowel to a uniform thickness of approximately 1/8 inch(3 mm). Work horizontally or vertically in strips of 40 inches(1016 mm),and immediately embed the mesh into the wet base coat by troweling from the center to the edge of the mesh. Butt the mesh at seams. Allow the base coat to dry. Standard mesh application:Apply base coat over the insulation board,including areas with Ultra-High impact mesh,with StoSilo spray equipment or a stainless steel trowel to a uniform thickness of approximately 1/8 inch(3 mm). Work horizontally or vertically in strips of 40 inches(1016mm),and immediately embed the mesh into the wet base coat by troweling from the center to the edge of the mesh. Overlap mesh not less than 2-1/2 inches(64 mm)at mesh seams and at overlaps of detail mesh.Feather seams and edges. Double wrap all inside and outside corners with minimum 2-1/2 inch(64 mm)overlap in each direction. (Alternate corner treatment: embed corner mat in base coat, allow to dry,then overlap up to corner with standard reinforcing mesh embedded in base coat). Avoid wrinkles in the mesh. The mesh must be fully embedded so that no mesh color shows through the base coat when it is dry. Re-skim with additional base coat if mesh color is visible. Sloped Surfaces: for trim,reveals, aesthetic bands,cornice profiles, sills or other architectural features that project beyond the vertical wall plane more than 2 inches (51 mm)apply waterproof base coat with a stainless steel trowel to the weather exposed sloped surface and minimum four inches(100 mm)above and below it. Embed standard mesh or detail mesh in the waterproof base coat and overlap mesh seams a minimum of 2-1/2 inches(65 mm). Allow base coat to thoroughly dry before applying primer or finish. Note: All trim and projecting architectural features must have a minimum 1:2 [27]slope along their top surface. All horizontal reveals must have a minimum 1:2 [27]slope along their bottom surface. Increase slope for northern climates to prevent accumulation of' ice/snow and water on surface. Where trimffeature or bottom.surface of reveal projects more than 2 inches (51 mm)from the face of the EIFS wall plane,protect the weather exposed sloped surface with waterproof base coat. Avoid the use of trim and features that exceed the maximum allowable thickness of EPS permitted by code(typically 4 inches[100 mm]) unless approved by the code official. Periodic inspections and increased maintenance may be required to maintain surface integrity of EIFS on sloped weather exposed surfaces. Limit projecting features to easily accessible areas and limit total area to facilitate maintenance and minimize maintenance burden. Refer to Sto details 1.04a and 1.04b. Do not use EIFS on weather exposed projecting ledges, sills, or other projecting features unless supported by framing or other structural support and protected with metal coping or flashing. Refer to Sto detail 1.61. Primer application (Note: the primer is also required on the waterproof base coat. It may be tinted to match the finish color and enhances finish color and adhesion) 1. Apply primer evenly with brush,roller or proper spray equipment over the Interlock inside and outside corners. AOW 4. Butt all board joints tightly together to eliminate any thermal breaks in the EIFS. Care must be taken to prevent any adhesive from getting between the joints of the boards. 5. Cut insulation board in an Lshaped pattern to fit around openings.Do not align board joints with corners of openings. Remove individual boards periodically while the adhesive is still wet to check for satisfactory contact with the substrate and the back of the insulation board.An equal amount of adhesive must be on the substrate and the board when they are removed, as an indication of adequate adhesion. Do not use nails,screws, or any other type of non-thermal mechanical fastener. G. Slivering and Rasping of Insulation Board Surface (Note:EPS insulation board exposed to sunlight will develop a powdery residue on the surface. This residue must be entirely removed by rasping the surface) 1. After insulation boards are firmly adhered to the substrate, fill any open joints in the insulation board layer with slivers of insulation or approved spray foam. 2. Rasp the insulation board surface to achieve a smooth, even surface and to remove any ultraviolet ray damage. H. Trim, Reveals and Projecting Aesthetic Features (Note:Reveals/aesthetic grooves may be designed into the system to accommodate workability on multi-level buildings or lengthy wall sections) 1. Attach features and trim where designated on drawings with adhesive to the insulation board or sheathing surface. Slope the top surface of all trim/features minimum 1:2 (27)and the bottom of all horizontal reveals minimum 1:2 (27). 2. Cut reveals/aesthetic grooves with a hot-knife,router or groove-tool in locations indicated on drawings. 3 Offset reveals/aesthetic grooves minimum 3 inches (75 mm)from insulation board joints. 4. Do not locate reveals/aesthetic grooves at high stress areas such as corners of windows, doors,etc. 5. A minimum 3/4 inch(19 mm)thickness of insulation board must remain at the bottom of the reveals/aesthetic grooves. Completion of Backwrapping 1. Complete the backwrapping procedure by applying base coat to exposed edges of insulation board and approximately 4 inches(100 mm)onto the face of the insulation board. Pull mesh tight around the board and embed it in the base coat with a stainless steel trowel.Use a corner trowel for clean, straight lines. Smooth any wrinkles or gaps in the mesh. Base Coat and Reinforcing Mesh Application 1. Apply minimum 9x12 inch(225000 mm)diagonal strips of detail mesh at corners of windows, doors,and all penetrations through the system.Embed the strips in wet base coat and trowel from the center to the edges of the mesh to avoid wrinkles. 2. Apply detail mesh at trim,reveals and projecting architectural features. Embed the air/moisture barrier and work should be sequenced accordingly. Consult with window manufacturer for installation requirements to maintain air barrier continuity l"k and for head,jamb, sill flashing and perimeter sealant requirements). B. Starter Track 1. Strike a level line at the base of the wall to mark where the top of the starter track terminates. 3. Attach the starter track even with the line into the structure a maximum of 16 inches(406 mm)on center with the proper fastener: Type 5-12 corrosion resistant screws for steel framing with minimum 3/8 inch(9 mm)penetration, and galvanized or zinc coated nails for wood framing with minimum 3/4 inch(19 mm)penetration. Attach between studs into sheathing as needed to secure the track flat against the wall surface. For solid sheathing attach directly into sheathing at 12 inches(305 mm)on center maximum. 4. Butt sections of starter track together. Miter cut outside corners and abut. Snip front flange of one inside corner piece(to allow EPS Board to be seated inside of track)and abut. 5. Install Starter Track at other EIF System terminations as designated on detail drawings: above windows and doors, at floor lines, above roof along dormers or gable end walls, and beneath window sills with concealed flashing. Splice Strips for Starter Track and Flashing 1. Starter Track, Window/Door Head Flashing and Side Wall Step Flashing: install 2 inch(51 mm)wide diagonal splice strips of detail mesh at ends of head flashings. Install minimum 4 inch(100 mm)wide splice strips of detail mesh between back flange of starter track,head flashings and roof/side wall step flashing. Center the mesh so it spans evenly between the back flange of the Starter Track or flashing and the sheathing. Embed the mesh in the wet joint compound and trowel smooth. Apply waterproof coating over the splice strip when the joint compound is dry(refer to Sto Details 10.00 and 10.23b). D. Back-wrapping I. Apply a strip of detail mesh to the dry air/moisture barrier at all system terminations(windows, doors, expansion joints,etc.)except where the Starter Track is installed. The mesh must be wide enough to adhere approximately 4 inches (100 mm)of mesh onto the wall, be able to wrap around the insulation board edge and cover a minimum of 2 1/2 inches(64 mm)on the outside surface of the insulation board. Adhere mesh strips to the air/moisture barrier and allow them to dangle until the backwrap procedure is completed(paragraph I.1). E. Adhesive Application and Installation of Insulation Board(fbr all adhesives except Sto BTS Silo) 1. Rasp the lower face of insulation boards to provide a snug friction fit into the Starter Track. (Note:rasping prevents an outward bow at the Starter Track), 2. Apply adhesive to the back of the insulation board with the proper size stainless steel notched trowel. Apply uniform ribbons of adhesive parallel with the SHORT dimension of the board so that when boards are placed on the wall the ribbons will be VERTICAL. 3. Immediately place insulation boards in a running bond pattern on the wall with the long dimension horizontal. Start by inserting the lower edge of the boards inside the starter track at the base of the wall until they contact the bottom of the track.Apply firm pressure over the entire surface of the boards to ensure uniform contact of adhesive. Bridge sheathing joints by a minimum of 8 inches(200 mm). B. Provide protection of installed materials from dust,dirt,precipitation, freezing and "* continuous high humidity until they are fully dry. ADDENDUM Instructions for Installation of Sto Premier EIFS NExT (Note: the air/moisture barrier described below is one component in the air barrier system and the moisture protection for the structure. Installation of the air/moisture barrier must be integrated with flashing and other air and moisture barrier components to ensure that where water is likely to penetrate the wall assembly, it will be drained to the exterior at the source of the leak. Proper air barrier connections and integration of the moisture barrier with flashing through sequencing of work and coordination of trades is necessary for a complete air barrier system and complete moisture protection.) A. Air/Moisture Barrier For installation over Exterior or Exposure I Plywood, Gypsum Sheathing in compliance with ASTM C 79 and Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing in compliance with ASTM C 1177: l. Protect rough openings,joints and parapets: apply joint compound by trowel over rough openings, sheathing joints, inside and outside corners, and tops of parapets. Immediately embed reinforcing mesh in the wet joint compound and trowel smooth. Embed minimum 4 inch(101 mm)wide mesh at sheathing joints and minimum 9 inch(152 mm)wide mesh at rough openings, inside and outside corners and tops of parapets(refer to Sto detail 10.23a for detailed information on proper protection of rough openings and sequencing of work at rough openings). 2. Spot fasteners with joint compound. 3. Apply waterproof coating by roller over sheathing surface, including the dry joint compound,to a uniform wet mil thickness of 10 mils in one coat. Use 1/2 inch(13 mm)nap roller for plywood and gypsum sheathing. Use 1/4 inch(19 mm)nap roller for glass mat faced gypsum sheathing. Protect from weather until dry. 4. Coordinate installation of connecting air barrier components with other trades to provide a continuous air tight membrane. 5. Coordinate installation of flashing and other moisture protection components with other trades to achieve complete moisture protection such that water is directed to the exterior,not into the wall assembly, and drained to the exterior at sources of leaks(windows, doors and similar penetrations through the wall assembly). For Installation over Exposure I OSB(Oriented Strand Board)sheathing: 1. Apply waterproof coating with a3/4 inch(19 mm)nap roller to sheathing surface to a uniform wet mil thickness of 10 mils. Protect from weather until dry. Then follow steps 1-5 above. (Note: windows and doors are typically installed immediately following installation of H. Sto Flexyl--mix ratio with Portland cement: 1:1 ratio by weight. Pour Sto Flexyl into a clean mixing pail. Add Portland cement,mix to a uniform consistency and allow to set "'""¢ for approximately five minutes.Adjust mix if necessary with additional Sto Flexyl and remix to a uniform trowel consistency.Avoid retempering. Keep mix ratio consistent. I. Sto Primer--mix with a clean,rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency. J. StoSilco Lit--mix with a clean,rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency.A small amount of water may be added to adjust workability.Limit addition of water to amount needed to achieve the finish texture. K. Mix only as much material as can readily be used. L. Do not use antifreeze compounds or other additives. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. Prequalify under Quality Assurance requirements of this specification(section 1.07.B). 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Inspect sheathing application for compliance with applicable requirement: Awk 2. Exterior Grade and Exposure I wood based sheathinb APA Engineered Wood Association E 30 4. Cementitious sheath ingConsult manufacturer's published recommendations Report deviations from the requirements of project specifications or other conditions that might adversely affect the Air/Moisture Barrier and EIFS installation to the General Contractor. Do not start work until deviations are corrected. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Remove surface contaminants and replace damaged sheathing. B. Spot surface defects in sheathing with joint compound. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install Air/Moisture Barrier and EIFS in compliance with manufacturer's published instructions(see addendum). 3.05 PROTECTION A. Provide protection of installed materials from water infiltration into or behind them. .erg 1. Sto Detail Mesh--nominal 4.2 oz/yd2(143 g/m2), flexible,symmetrical, interlaced glass fiber fabric,with alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with Sto materials (used for standard EIFS backwrapping, aesthetic detailing, and reinforcement of sheathing joints and protection of rough openings with air/ moisture barrier). 2. Sto Corner Mat--nominal 7.8 oz./yd2 (265 g/m2),pre-creased,heavy-duty,open-weave woven glass fiber fabric with alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with Sto materials(used for maximum impact protection at inside and outside corners). 2.07 PRIMER A. Sto Primeracrylic based tinted primer. 2.08 FINISH COAT A. StoSilco Lit—silicone textured wall coating with graded marble aggregate. Finish texture: 1.5 Color: EIFS#1: 6050 White Linen EIFS #2: 11505 London Fog EIFS #3: 6050 White Linen 2.09 JOB MIXED INGREDIENTS -- Water--Clean and potable. B. Portland cement--Type I in conformance with ASTM C 150. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Starter Track Rigid PVC(polyvinyl chloride)plastic track Part No. STDE as furnished by Plastic Components, Inc.,9051 NW 97th Terrace, Miami,Florida 33178 (800 327-7077). 2.11 MIXING Sto Gold Fill--mix with a clean,rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency. Sto Gold Coat--mix with a clean,rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency. Sto BTS Plus--mix ratio with water: 6-8 quarts(5.7-7.6 L)of water per 60 pound(27 kg)bag of Sto BTS Plus. Pour water into a clean mixing pail.Add Sto BTS Plus,mix to a uniform consistency and allow to set for approximately 5 minutes.Adjust mix if necessary with additional Sto BTS Plus or water and remix to a uniform trowel consistency. Avoid retempering. Keep mix ratio consistent. Do not exceed maximum water amount in mix ratio. F. Sto Dispersion Adhesive--mix with a clean,rust-free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency. 2.04 INSULATION BOARD Nominal 1.0 lb/ft3 (16 kg/m3)Expanded Polystyrene(EPS)Insulation Board in compliance with ASTM C 578 Type I requirements,and EIMA Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene(EPS)Insulation Board. (Note: minimum required thickness is I inch [25 mmJand maximum allowable thickness is typically 4 inches[100 mm]unless thicker dimensions are approved by the code official). The Ada Dorm has areas of 1"foam,2" foam and 3"foam thicknesses. See elevations for locations. 2.05 BASE COAT A. Cementitious Base Coats 1. Sto BTS Plus--one-component polymer modified cement based high build base coat with less than 33 percent Portland cement content by weight and capable of achieving minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)thickness in one pass. C. Waterproof Base Coat 1. Sto Flexyl—two component fiber reinforced acrylic based waterproof base coat mixed with Portland cement(for use as a waterproof base coat to waterproof foundations,parapets, splash areas, trim and other projecting architectural features). 2.06 REINFORCING MESHES Standard Mesh 1. Sto Mesh--nominal 4.5 oz./yd2 (153 g/m2),symmetrical, interlaced open-weave glass fiber fabric made with minimum 20 percent by weight alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with Sto materials (achieves Standard Impact Classification). High Impact Mesh 1. Sto Intermediate Mesh--nominal 11.2 oz./yd2 (380 g/m2), high impact, interwoven,open weave glass fiber fabric with alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with Sto materials (achieves High Impact Classification). C. Ultra-High Impact Mesh 1. Sto Armor Mat--nominal 15 oz./yd2(509 g/m2),ultrahigh impact, double strand, interwoven,open-weave glass fiber fabric with alkaline resistant coating for compatibility with Sto materials (recommended to a minimum height of 6'-0"[1.8m]above finished grade at all areas accessible to pedestrian traffic and other areas exposed to abnormal stress or impact. Achieves UltraHigh Impact Classification when applied beneath Sto Mesh), D. Specialty Meshes ,, Attach penetrations through EIFS to structural support and provide water tight seal at penetrations. 1.11 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's standard labor and material warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide Air/Moisture Barrier,EIF System and accessories from single source manufacturer or approved supplier. The following are acceptable manufacturers: 1. Sto Corp.—Air/Moisture Barrier,EIF System 2. Plastic Components,Inc.--Accessories 2.02 AIR/MOISTURE BARRIER Sto Guard 1. Joint Compound: Sto Gold Fill—ready mixed acrylic based flexible joint compound for rough opening protection and joint treatment of wall sheathing. 2. Waterproof Coating: Sto Gold Coat—ready mixed acrylic based waterproof coating for wall sheathing. (Note:Sto Guard is not recommended for use over pressure treated or fire retardant treated wood sheathing, Use peel and stick Ice and Water membrane to cover pressure treated sills) 2.03 ADHESIVE A. Cementitious Adhesives 1. Sto BTS Plus—one-component, polymer-modified, cement based high build adhesive(for use over Exterior or Exposure 1 OSB and Plywood sheathing when protected with Sto Guard). B. Non-cementitious Adhesive 1. Sto Dispersion Adhesive—non-cementitious,acrylic based adhesive(for use over Exterior Grade or Exposure 1 wood-based sheathing and Exterior cementitious sheathing, concrete, masonry or plaster surfaces. Not recommended over damp or irregular surfaces or during prolonged periods of cold weather. Not recommended over pressure- 00;61 treated or fire-retardant treated wood surfaces). _ .•W 2. Conduct inspections in accordance with code requirements and contract documents. 1.08 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver all materials in their original sealed containers bearing manufacturer's name and identification of product. Protect coatings(pail products)from freezing and temperatures in excess of 90F (32 Q. Store away from direct sunlight. C. Protect Portland cement based materials(bag products)from moisture and humidity. Store under cover off the ground in a dry location. 1.09 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS (Weather conditions affect application and drying time. Hot or dry conditions limit working time and accelerate drying and may require adjustments in the scheduling of work to achieve desired results; cool or damp conditions extend working time and retard drying and may require added measures of protection against wind, dust, dirt, rain and freezing) A. Maintain ambient and surface temperatures above 40F(4C)during application and drying period,minimum 24 hours after application of Air/Moisture barrier and EIFS. B. Provide supplementary heat for installation in temperatures less than 40F(4C). C. Provide protection of surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces from application of materials. 1.10 COORDINATION/SCHEDULING (The work in this section requires close coordination with related sections and trades. Sequence work to provide protection of construction materials from weather deterioration) Provide site grading such that EIFS terminates above finished grade a minimum of 8 inches (203 mm)or as required by code. Coordinate installation of foundation waterproofing,roofing membrane,windows, doors and other wall penetrations to provide a continuous air barrier. C. Provide protection of rough openings before installing windows, doors, and other penetrations through the wall. D. Coordinate installation of windows and doors so air barrier components are connected to them to provide a continuous air barrier. E. Install window and door head flashing immediately after windows and doors are installed. Install diverter flashings wherever water can enter the wall assembly to direct water to the exterior. Install copings and sealant immediately after installation of the EIF system and when EIFS coatings are dry. E. Applicator's certificate of instruction. F. Samples for approval as directed by architect or owner. G. EPS board manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the current edition of EIMA Guideline Specifications for the use of Expanded Polystyrene (EPS)Insulation Board. H. Sealant manufacturer's certificate of compliance with ASTM C 1382. 1. Prepare and submit projectspecific details(when required by contract documents). 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer requirements 1. Member in good standing of the EIFS Industry Members Association(EIMA). 2. System manufacturer for a minimum of twenty(20)years. Manufacturer ISO 9001 certified. 4. Manufacturer's wall assembly listed in Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual. Contractor requirements 1. Engaged in application of EIFS for a minimum of three(3)years. 2. Knowledgeable in the proper use and handling of Sto materials and listed by Sto as having attended Sto EIFS continuing education. 3. Employ skilled mechanics who are experienced and knowledgeable in EIFS application, and familiar with the requirements of the specified work. 4. Successful completion of minimum of three(3)projects of similar size and complexity to the specified project. 5. Provide the proper equipment,manpower and supervision on the job site to install the system in compliance with Sto'S published specifications and details and the project plans and specifications. C. Insulation board manufacturer requirements 1. Recognized by Sto as capable of producing insulation board to meet system requirements, and hold a valid licensing agreement with Sto. 2. Listed by an approved agency. 3. Label insulation board with information required by Sto,the approved listing agency and the applicable building code. Mock-up Testing 1. Construct full-scale mock-up of typical EIFS/window wall assembly with specified tools and materials and test air and water infiltration and structural performance in accordance with ASTM E 283,E 331 and E 330,respectively,through independent laboratory. Mock-up shall comply with requirements of project specifications. Where mock-up is tested at job site maintain approved mock-up at site as reference standard. If tested off-site accurately record construction detailing and sequencing of approved mock-up for replication during construction. Inspections 1997 Standard Building No ignition @ 20 Pass Code, Section 2603.4.7 minutes FPA 268 Note:results based on extrapolation of data from E-119 series testing Table 5—EIFS Component Fire Performance Surface Burning ASTM E 84 Insulation board and Pass reinforced coating system shall each have a flame spread of 25 or less,and smoke developed of 450 or less Table 6—EIFS Impact Resistance Performance 1. Impact Resistance EIMA 101.86 Level 1: 25-49 in-lbs Pass with one layer Sto (2.83-5.54J) Mesh Pass with two layers Level 2: 50-89 in-lbs Sto Mesh (5.65-10.1J) Pass with one layer Sto Intermediate Mesh Level 3: 90-150 in-lbs (10.2-17J) Pass with one layer Sto Armor Mat and one layer Sto Mesh Level 4: >150 in-lbs >17J Table 7—Structural Performance Test 1. Wind Load ASTM E-330 Withstand negative and Consult applicable code positive wind loads compliance report for required by prevailing design pressure rating building code 1.06 SUBMITTALS Manufacturer's specifications,details,installation instructions and product data. B. Manufacturer's code compliance report. C. Manufacturer's standard warranty. D. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance with EIMA standards. Ask 997 Standard BuiWag.A%1tllTBaYI7 :::I No deleterious effects* pass at 700 hours t 300 hours No cracking or loss of pass at 1057 quarts 8.Abrasion Resistance ASTM D 968 i film integrity at 528 (1000 L)sand i r quarts 500 L of sand 9.Mildew Resistance ASTM D 3273 No growth supported Pass at 60 days during 28 day exposure period *No deleterious effects:no cracking, checking, crazing,erosion,rusting,blistering,peeling or delamination Currently method G 1531152 Currently method G 154 Table 3—EIFS Component Performance 1.Alkali Resistance of Greater than 120 pli(21 Reinforcing Mesh EIMA 105.01 dN/cm)retained tensile Pass Refer to EIMA 2.Physical properties Guideline Specification ' and Requirements for ASTM C 578 for Expanded Pass EPS Board Polystyrene(EPS) Insulation Board _ 3.Requirements for ASTM D 1784 Meets cell classification Pass R�PVC Accessories 13244C Table 4—EIFS and Air/Moisture Barrier Fire Performance Maintain fire resistance 1. Fire Endurance ASTM El 19 of existing rated Pass* assembly 1. Resistance to o vertical spread of flame within the core of the panel from one story to the next 2.Resistance to flame propagation over the exterior surface 2. Intermediate Scale UBC Standard 26-9 3. Resistance to vertical pass Multi-Story Fire Test (NFPA 285) spread of flame over the interior surface from one story to the next 4. Resistance to significant lateral spread of flame from the compartment of fire origin to adjacent .!_ms aces 3 Radiant Heat 1996 National Building No ignition @ 20 Code Section 1406.0 Pass Ignition FPA 268 minutes 2-inches(51 mm)H2O 6. Structural Integrity ASTM E 330 " pressure(positive& Pass negative)for 1 hour. a Sto Gold Fill:* 20 lbs/in(3503 N/m), 159 lbs/in(27845 N/ 7.Dry Tensile Strength ASTM D 882 minimum before and before before aging after aging ' 213 lbs/in(37302 N/m) after aging No Cracking or Delamination using 8. Pliability ASTM D 522 1/8"(3 mm)mandrel at Pass 14F(-IOC)before and after aging Flame Spread 0–25 Flame Spread: 5 9. Surface Burning ASTM E 84 for NFPA Class A, Smoke Density: 10 UBC Class I 10. Tensile Adhesion ASTM C 297 >15 psi(103 kPa) >30 psi (207 kPa)to Plywood, OSB, Gypsum and Dens- Glass Gold sheathin s * Note: Sto Gold Fill testing with Sto Detail Mesh reinforcement Table 2—EIFS Weather Resistance and Durability Performance 1.Accelerated ASTM G 231 Weathering No deleterious effects* at 2000 hours Pass , when viewed under 5x magnification _ ASTM G 532 Pass at 5000 No deleterious effects* at 2000 hours hours e n viewed under 5x magnification _ ... ,._. ._.____... ._. _.. . __ No delete..._...._ _. .. .__. rious effects* 2.Freeze/Thaw EIMA 101.01 at 60 cycles when Pass at 90 cycles Resistance (Modified ASTM C 67) viewed under 5 x magnification No water penetration beyond the plane of the EIMA 101.02 base coat/EPS board pass at 12.0 psf(575 3.Water Penetration (Modified ASTM E interface after 15 Pa) minutes at 6.24 psf after 30 minutes 331 (299 Pa)or 20%of design wind pressure, whichever is greater 4.Drainage Efficiency –EIMA-12101.0.02 minimum >99% No failure in the adhesive,base coat,or EIMA 101.03 finish coat. Minimum 5 5.Tensile Adhesion (modified ASTM psi(34 kPa)tensile pass C-297) strength before/after accelerated weathering and freeze/thaw exposure 6. Water Resistance ASTM D 2247 No deleterious effects* Pass at 28 days at 14 dax exposure 'JiG. StruAiaf"iiypro)epfipnffl#Wturalfeatu4es must have a minimum 1:2[27]slope along their top surface.All horizontal4reveals must have a minimum L-2[27]slope along their bottom surface. Increases-tarn for nvrtheri-climates-mpt~event'accumulation of ice/snow and water on surface. Where trim/feature or bottom surface of reveal projects more than 2 inches (51 mm)from the face of the EIFS wall plane,protect the top surface with waterproof base coat. Avoid the use of trim and features that exceed the maximum allowable thickness of EPS permitted by code(typically 4 inches[100 mm]) unless approved by the code official. Periodic inspections and increased maintenance may be required to maintain surface integrity of EIFS on weather exposed sloped surfaces. Limit projecting features to easily accessible areas and limit total area to facilitate maintenance and minimize maintenance burden. Refer to Sto details 1.04a and 1.04b. 2. Do not use EIFS on weather exposed projecting ledges, sills, or other projecting features unless supported by framing or other structural support and protected with metal coping or flashing. Refer to Sto detail 1.61. Fire Protection Do not use foam plastic in excess of 4 inches (100 mm) thick unless approved by the code official. Where afire-resistance rating is required by code use EIFS over rated assembly (EIFS is considered not to add or detract from the fire-resistance of the rated assembly). Refer to manufacturer's applicable code compliance report for other limitations that may apply. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Table 1—Air/Moisture Barrier Performance 1. Water Penetration AATCC 127 Resist 21.6 in(55 cm) Resistance (Water Column) Water for 5 hours before Pass and after a m No water at exterior plane of sheathing after No water penetration on 2. Water Penetration ASTM E 1233 /ASTM ! 10 cycles @ 80% plywood, OSB, Resistance after Cyclic E 331 design load and 75 Gypsum and Dens- Wind Loading minutes water spray at Glass Gold sheathings 6.24 psf(299 Pa) differential 3. Water Resistance 'I Absence of deleterious Testing ASTM D 2247 effects after 14 day No deleterious effects exposure ? Sto Gold Fill*: 7.1 4. Water Vapor ASTM E 96 perms Method B(Water I Measure 10 Transmission ; Method) (4.08 x 10 kg/ .._.._...... ..__.. . ..,._,.__.. Pasm2) Air Leakage ASTM E 283 <0.06 cfm/ft2 <0.0044 cfm/ft2 5 flow 0.00030m3/sm2 (0.000022 m3/sm2 240. 2. Design for wind load in conformance with code requirements. Moisture Control Prevent the accumulation of water behind the EIF system, either by condensation or leakage through the wall construction, in the design and detailing of the wall assembly. a. Provide flashing to direct water to the exterior where it is likely to penetrate components in the wall assembly, including, above window and door heads, beneath window and door sills, at roof/wall intersections, decks, abutments of lower walls with higher walls, above projecting features, and at the base of the wall. Air Leakage Prevention--provide continuity of air barrier system at foundation, roof, windows, doors and other penetrations through the system with connecting and compatible air barrier components to minimize condensation and leakage caused by air movement. Impact Resistance Provide ultra-high impact resistance to a minimum height of 6'-0"(1.8 m) above finished grade at all areas accessible to pedestrian traffic and other areas exposed to abnormal stress or impact. Indicate the areas with impact resistance other than "Standard" on contract drawings. Auk Color Selection: ??????? Joints I. Design minimum 314 inch (19 mm) wide expansion joints in the EIFS where they exist in the substrate or supporting construction, where the EIFS adjoins dissimilar construction or materials, at changes in building height, and at floor lines in multi-level wood frame construction. 2. Design minimum 112 inch(13 mm)wide sealant joints at all penetrations through the EIFS(windows, doors, etc.). 3. Specify compatible backer rod and sealant that has been evaluated in accordance with ASTM C 1382, "Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS)Joints," and that meets minimum 50%elongation after conditioning. 4. Design joints in accordance with B.1.b so that air barrier continuity is maintained across the joint and drain joints to the exterior. Grade Condition 1. Do not speck EIFS below grade(unless designed for use below grade and permitted by code) or for use on surfaces subject to continuous or intermittent water immersion or hydrostatic pressure. AW G. Trim, Projecting Architectural Features and Reveals Apparatus(Carbon-Arc Type)for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 26. G 53 Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus(Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type)for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials B. Building Code Standards 1. UBC Standard 269,"Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior,Nonload-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components using the Intermediate Scale Multistory Test Apparatus,"International Conference of Building Officials(ICBO),Inc. 2. Section 1407.0, 1999 National Building Code,Building Officials and Code Administrators International(BOCA),Inc. 3. Section 2603.4.7, 1997 Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI), Inc. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)Standards 1. NFPA 268,"Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitability of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source" D. EIMA (EIFS Industry Members Association)Standards and Publications 1. 10 1.0 1 Standard Test Method for FreezeThaw Resistance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS), Class PB (Modified ASTM C67) 2. 10 1.02 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Water Penetration of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS), Class PB(Modified ASTM E331) 3. 101.03 Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Strength of Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS), and Components, Class PB (Modified ASTM C297) 4. 101.86 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), Class PB,to the Effects of Rapid Deformation(Impact) 5. 105.01 Standard Test Method for Alkali Resistance of Glass Fiber Reinforcing Mesh for Use in Exterior Insulation and Finishing Systems (EIFS), Class PB EIMA Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene(EPS)Insulation Board 200.02 Standard Test Method for Determining the Drainage Performance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), Class PB F. APA Engineered Wood Association 1. E 30 Residential and Commercial Construction Guide G. Proprietary Specifications 1. 101514 Georgia-Pacific Corporation,"Dens Glass Gold Sheathing" 2. AATCC-127 Water Resistance:Hydrostatic Pressure Test 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Wind Load Design for maximum allowable system deflection, normal to the plane of the wall, of L/ G. Section 07620: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim „,t, H. Section 07920: Sealants and Caulking I. Section 08400: Exterior Entrance Doors J. Section 08500: Exterior Windows K. Section 09260: Gypsum Board Systems 1.03 REFERENCED DOCUMENTS (add/delete depending on specific project requirements): A. ASTM Standards: 1. B 117 Test Method for Salt Spray(Fog)Testing 2. C 79 Test Method for Gypsum Sheathing Board 3. C 150 Specification for Portland Cement 4. C 297 Test Method for Tensile Strength of Flat Sandwich Constructions in Flatwise Plane 5. C 578 Specification for Preformed,Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation 6. C 1177 Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum for Use as Sheathing 7. C 1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems(EIFS)Joints 8. D 522 Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings 9. D$82 Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting 10. D 968 Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive 11. D 1382 Test Method for Determining Tensile Adhesion Properties of Sealants When Used in Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS)Joints 12. D 1784 Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)Compounds 13. D 2247 Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity 14. D 2370 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Organic Coatings 15. D 3273 Test for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber D4541 Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings using Portable Adhesion- Testers 17. E 84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 18. E 96 Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 19. E 108 Method for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 20. E 119 Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 21. E 283 Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls,and Doors under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen 22. E 330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 23. E 331 Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 24. E 1233 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference low 25. G 23 Recommended Practice for Operating Light-and Water-Exposure Ada Comstock Dormitory AVK Smith College Thomas Douglas Architects 9/12/05 Sto Premier NExT Specification PING Section 07240 The Sto Premier System is an Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) consisting of five components--adhesive, insulation board, reinforcing mesh, base coat and finish coat. It functions as a decorative and protective insulating wall cladding. Sto Guard is an air and moisture barrier consisting of two components joint compound and waterproof coating. Sto Guard functions as an air barrier and moisture barrier over sheathing. The secondary moisture protection provided by Sto Guard protects wall sheathing against moisture damage during the construction process and in the event of a breach in the EIFS wall cladding while in service. It is not intended to correct faulty workmanship such as the absence or improper integration of flashing with the EIFS, nor is it intended to correct other defective components of construction such as windows that leak into the wall assembly. Flashing should always be integrated with the cladding to direct water to the exterior, not into the wall assembly,particularly at potential leak sources such as windows. As a component of an air barrier system Sto Guard minimizes the risk of condensation within the building envelope by eliminating mass transfer of warm moisture laden interior air to the exterior. Typically an air barrier system is advantageous in cold climates to prevent the passage of moisture through the wall assembly where it can condense. A complete air barrier system consists of individual air barrier components and the connections between them. The air barrier components must be continuous to become an effective air barrier sy1te m. The designl construction professional must take material compatibility and construction sequencing into account when designing an "air tight" assembly to ensure continuity and long term durability. The effects of air tightness on mechanical ventilation should also be included in the overall project evaluation. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials and installation of EIF System with air/moisture barrier and drainage. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section 03300: CastInPlace Concrete B. Section 04200: Unit Masonry C. Section 06115: Sheathing D. Section 07190: Vapor Retarders E. Section 07195: Air Barriers F. Section 07500: Membrane Roofing Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College wrapped with an appropriate geo-technical fabric to prevent silt buildup. Install other drains necessary for positive site drainage. 07200 - Insulation— All plumbing chases in interior and exterior walls shall be insulated with batt insulation for sound attenuation. SIPS panels Exterior Walls—: SIP R- R- Thickness Value Value at 75 F at 40 F 12 ' /4 " 44.7 48.3 Interior Walls - Install 3 1/2", R-1 l batt insulation around baths, laundry rooms and otherwise specified for sound attenuation and as shown on drawings. Demising walls: Install 3 1/2", R-I I batt insulation in walls. Maintain /2" air space between stud ANk walls. See detail. Floors—Install fiberglass batt sound insulation for frill depth of floor joist. Ceilings - Attic insulation shall be 20"blown-in-cellulose (dry) with an R value of 3.5 per inch = R70, Foundation and slab- Install Dow Extruded Polystyrene rigid insulation as shown on drawings on inside face of Superior walls and under slab. 07240 - EIFS (Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems) - 11 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 "' Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College 06410 - Custom or Pre-fabricated Woodwork- Provide and install custom woodwork as described on construction documents. Pre-fabricated woodwork should be specified below. None 06460 - Stairs - Heights of treads, lengths of risers and overall width of stairs shall comply with applicable building codes. Stair treads shall be constructed of 3/4" thick plywood, risers shall be constructed of 3/4" plywood, and Stairs are clad in rubber. Structural stair stringers shall be constructed of 2"x12"s. Glue and nail stair assembly together. Provide and install detailing as shown in construction documents. Stair Railing: Metal tube at outside walls of Nortlr stair, and outside and inside walls of South stai r. North stair inside walls: Open stair, Post-to-Post balustrade Wood handrail: Brosco # B720 Balusters: Wood, 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" (actual dimension) square vertical balusters, painted, as shown on drawings Newel post: Brosco C-4095 6" square top DIVISION 7, THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION General -Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to thermal and moisture protection work as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. 07100 - Waterproofing & Dampproofing - All joints and penetrations in walls, floors, and roofs shall be made watertight using approved methods and materials. Waterproofing and damp proofing recommendations contained herein are minimum, check with local code officials for additional requirements. Slab Foundations - Install a minimum(6 mil)polyethylene vapor barrier under all slabs, directly underneath concrete and on top of rigid insulation. Lap joints not less than 12 inches and tape and seal in accordance with manufacturers guidelines. Basement Walls—Superior Wall foundations do not require a damp-proofing application. Install "Std" Gold Coat over Ice and Water membrane at pressure treated plate junction of Sips panels and Superior wall panels Install a minimum 5" slotted drain pipe with a positive outflow around exterior basement wall footings, imbedded in a loose fill gravel,minimum 12" deep. Slotted drain pipe should be 10 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College 06122-Sheathing— Sheathing will be OSB exposure rated 1 and is an integral part of the SIPS panel. 06185-Structural Laminated Beams— See structural drawings for notes and specifications for this section. Interior Walls All interior walls shall be wood studs, with single bottom plates and double top plates throughout. Provide solid blocking at raid-height of all walls which exceed 9'-0" in height. 2"x 4" studs placed 16"on center(OC)—typical unless otherwise noted on drawings. Ceiling Joists: See framing plan for trusses and I joists Roof Framing: See specifications from Truss Manufacturer. Roof Decking - Provide and install exterior sheathing of APA rated and code certified CDX plywood panels. Sheathing shall be installed with the face grain running across the rafters, vertical joints staggered. Nails shall be 6d or 8d common smooth, ring-shank or spiral thread nails spaced 6" apart on the ends and 12" apart inside. Install with plywood "H" clips between each piece of decking, every 48". Install one layer of moisture barrier 154 or 304 felt, overlapped a minimum of 6". Install Ice and Water barrier from edge of roof to 4 ft up sloped roof. See structural drawings for notes and specifications for this section. Finish Woodwork — All architectural trim and woodwork shall be No. 1 grade material suitable for appropriate finishes. Wood that will be stained shall be clear of knots with concealed joints 06400 - Interior Trim - Moisture content for interior woodwork shall be 8-10 percent to reduce excess shrinking. Provide and install interior wood trim as shown in construction documents Base Molding: 1x6 pre primed finger jointed clear pine or poplar, square edge, painted Crown Molding: none Chair Rail and Wainscot: 1x4 chamfered edge Douglas Fir, clear finish Window Casing: At sill: Ix pre primed finger jointed clear pine or poplar, bullnose edge, Sheetrock returns at jambs and head A00%. 9 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 6. CARPENTRY General -Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to carpentry work as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. See structural drawings for notes and specifications for this section. 06100 - Rough Carpentry - Lumber shall be of live, sound stock and properly dried. Pressure treated lumber shall be used where any lumber shall come into contract with concrete, masonry block or soil and when using as support members for decks, porches or balconies. Lumber for use at exterior shall have a maximum 9 percent moisture content. Provide adequate bracing and shoring during the construction process. Studs and joists cut to install plumbing and/or wiring shall be reinforced by adding metal or wood structural reinforcing to strengthen member back to original capacity and maintain structural integrity. Holes bored shall not be larger than 1/3 the depth and not closer than 2" to the top or bottom of the joist. Wood Species: Spruce, Pine, Fir. Floor Framing: Floor Framing - Follow manufactures guidelines for installation of pre-engineered trusses and floor joists. Pressure treated lumber shall be used where any lumber shall come into contract with concrete, masonry block, roof curbing or roof blocking. Girders: Install girders in pockets formed in the foundation or on top of the sill plate. The pocket should allow a minimum of 1/2" on both sides for circulation. Girders: laminated veneer lumber, steel beams Sills: Install solid pressure treated lumber horizontally on foundation as shown in drawings. Bore holes in sills for anchor bolts. 06122 - Wood Sub-floors - 3/4" tongue and groove plywood or AdvanTechTm Flooring, sub-floor shall be installed with both nails and approved sub-floor adhesive. Stagger joints a minimum 2 stud spaces. For attic access, install 3/4"tongue and groove plywood sub-floor on all areas of attic. Exterior Walls- All exterior walls shall be constructed with SIPS panels by R-Control Building Systems or equal. SIPS panels are described in section 07200 Insulation.. 8 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects,For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College ,.tk 08850 - Glass Block - Install glass block as noted in construction documents. Install with silicon sealant and spacer strips. Consult window and glazing schedule below. Size of blocks: 8" x 8"x 4" nominal size Shape: Square, Glazing: translucent, Specify: Pittsburg Corning, Premiere Series Glass Block, Decora Thickset 60 block. See attached cut sheet. DIVISION 5. METALS General -Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to metal work as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. 05100 - Structural Metals - All structural metal for beams and plates shall be in accordance with ASTM A-36. All structural steel for steel columns shall comply with ASTM specification A-53 Grade B or A-501. Structural steel columns shall be 3" minimum inside diameter, unless noted otherwise. All A%k steel details and connections shall be in accordance with the requirements of the latest AISC specifications and latest revisions. Provide all required anchor bolts, bearing plates and metal ties required by standard practice and as noted below. 05400 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing none 05500 - Architectural Metal Fabrication- Install metal detailing as specified on construction documents. 05520 - Metal Hand Railings and Iron Work- Install metal hand railings and gates to meet all applicable building codes, with appropriate detailing and patterns as shown in construction documents. Metal shall be shop built, welded together, cleaned thoroughly and painted with two coats of an anti-rust primer. After installation, apply an additional coat and anti-rust primer in preparation for finish coats. Location: Interior Stair hand rails on inside walls Surface Finish/Texture: Smooth, Material: Steel ,.W Specify: Size: 1 '/2" OD dia tube 7 of 23 Fire Ratings Masonry Wall Non-Masonry Wall Channel Fire Resistance 90-Minute Rated Construction:Where Construction Construction Framing/ All sizes(exceptions listed below)of the permitted by building codes,all 90- Max Area Max Ht Max Area Max Ht Panel Premiere Series and Thinline"Series minute rated Pittsburgh Corning Glass /Panel or Width /Panel or Width Anchor glass block in panels up to 120 sq.ft.in Block may be used in masonry walls (ft,) - (ft), (ft,, (ft) Framing masonry walls or 94 sq.ft.in non- only;framed and anchored with'/4"thick masonry walls are classified by steel(not aluminum)channel-type 120 12 94 10.75 ■ Underwriters Laboratories®for use as restraints or masonry chases.The use of 45-minute-rated window assemblies.The panel anchor construction is not 120 12 94 10.75 ■ Uniform Building Code(U.B.C)limits the permitted. Specifications and construc- area of 45-minute-rated window tion details of such panels are as per assemblies to 84 sq.ft.with no Pittsburgh Corning Corporation dimension exceeding 12 feet.These recommendations. 120 12 94 10.75 ■ panels are usually acceptable as window Exception:In 90-minute rated glass assemblies for use in fire separation block window assemblies,twice the 120 12 94 10.75 ■ walls that are rated one hour or less. thickness(314 in.total)of expansion 120 12 94 10.75 ■ -`4THICK ET®60 Block is listed for use as material is required at head and jamb 45-or(60- inute fire rated window locations,as well as the use of a fire assem�ies in panels up to 100 sq.ft. retardant type sealant. 120 12 94 10.75 ■ THICKSET®90 Block and VISTABRIK® 45-Minute Rated Curved Construction: Solid Glass Block are all listed for use as The glass blocks noted under 90-minute 120 12 9a 10.75 ■ 45-,"60-or 90-minute fire rated window "rating"and those 8"x 8"x 4"sized assemblies in panels up to 100 sq.ft. glass block noted under 45-minute 120 12 94 10.75 ■ Refer to the latest issue of UL®Fire "rating"are classified for use in masonry Resistance-Volume 3 Directory as well walls as curved window assemblies 120 12 94 10.75 ■ as your local building codes. provided that the radius of the assembly 120 12 f94 10.75 ■ •Underwriters Laboratories'Classifica- is at least twice the opening width tion:R2556(For Glass Block) (i.e.chord length). •Underwriters LaboratoriesO of Canada Pittsburgh Corning Glass Block that 120 12 94 10.75 ■ File CR1715(For Glass Block)•U.L.Classification:R18572(For are not fire-rated: 120 12 94 10.75 ■ •All 12"x 12"Sizes Plastic Spacers) .All DELPHI®pattern block 120 12 94 10.75 ■ •In accordance with NFPA 80,Chapter 14 .All HEDRON®Corner Block,TRIDRON 120 12 94 10.75 ■ Fire Rated Glass Block 45°Block®units, EnclBlock'", Window Assemblies ENCURVE®and ARQUE®finishing units Pittsburgh Corning Glass Block listed •All paver units 120 12 94 10.75 ■ above have been tested and classified by O Refer to the latest issue of UL® 120 12 94 10.75 ■ Underwriters Laboratories®(UL®)for use Canada and UL®Fire Resistance- as fire-rated window assemblies to panel Volume 3 Directory as well as your local 120 12 94 10.75 ■ sizes and dimension limitations listed below: building codes and officials. Where permitted by Building Codes, City Code Approvals: 120 12 94 10.75 ■ glass block fire-rated window assemblies .New York City Materials and Equipment having afire resistance rating of not less Acceptance MEA 406-90-M.Vol. li than 45 minutes,may be used as •Los Angeles Research Report "opening protectives"and to not exceed RR-24486 ■ 100 ■10 ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ 25%of the wall areas separating a .San Francisco General Approval ♦100 A10 ♦ 94 ♦ 10.75 ♦ tenancy from a corridor or a corridor 177P59.1 00 •0 • 0 • 0 from an enclosed vertical opening or one . Eugene,OR,"Approved Glass ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ fire-rated area from another fire-rated area. Products,Storm Windows,and 100 10 ♦ 94 ♦ 10.75 ♦ Exception:Although glass block Insulated Window Units" • 0 • 0 •8 masonry have been tested as window • Dade County Acceptance assemblies(not wall assemblies),they •Texas Dept.of Insurance ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ may be used as a one hour fire partition WIN#'s 62,63,and 64 100 10 ♦94 ♦ 10.75 ♦ as required for corridors in.the enclosure • 0 • 0 08 of atriums only when sprinkler protection Building Code and National is ,rov p Standards References: ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ _p___ided on occupied sides. *The BOCA National Building Code 100 10 ♦ 9a 10.75 45-and 60:'lMinute Rated Construction: (N.B.C.) • 0 • 0 08 All 45-an-6-60-minute rated Pittsburgh The Standard Building Code(SBCCI) Corning Glass Block may be used in .The Uniform Building Code(U.B.C.) both masonry and non-masonry(steel or .International Building Code(IBC) ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ wood stud gypsum board)walls.These *Canadian Standards Association(CSA) 100 10 ♦94 ♦ 10.75 ♦ rated glass block windows may be A371-94"Masonry Construction for • 0 • 0 •a framed and anchored with either Buildings" ■ 94 ■ 10.75 ■ PC®Panel Anchor construction or .Canadian Standards Association(CSA) 100 10 ♦ 94 A 10.75 ♦ channel-type restraints.The use of a fire S304.1-94"Masonry Design for • 0 • 0 •8 retardant type sealant for head and jamb Buildings" locations is required.Specifications and .ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402"Building construction details of such panels are Code Requirements for Masonry Oak as per Pittsburgh Corning Corporation Structures" recommendations. •ISO 9002 Certification:Manufacture 94 ■ Non-masonry,fire-rated steel stud/ test and distribution of Pittsburgh 100 10 ■ 10.75 ♦ gypsum board walls must conform to Corning Glass Block products. A 08 UL®listed wall assembly#U465.Framing and support of the rated glass block win- 0 45 Min Footnotes on Page 9 dow assembly shall be provided with ♦60 Min Continued on next page double-studding at the jamb locations •90 Min with height of supporting wall limited to no more than 3 feet. !� Premiere Series Glass Block Products Pattern Nominal Size'(mm) Weight/ft' Heat Thermal Visible Shading Sound Impact (Actual size is'4"less installed Trans- Resis- Light Coef.' Trans- Strength than nominal) with mortar mission' tance' Trans- mission (in-lbs) UValue R Value mission' S.T.C. (Btu/hr ft'°F) (hr ft'°F/Btu) (°/e) Standard Premiere ARGUS® 6"x 6"(146mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 37 50-60 f° 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 € 12"x 12"(299mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 35 50-60 ARGUS® Parallel 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 Fluted DECORA® 6"x 6"(146mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 37 50-60 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 12"x 12"(299mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 35 50-60 (95 x 198mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 (146 x 8"197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 ESSEX®AA 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 504 1 0.45° 39 50-60 IceScapes® 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 (95 x 197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 6"x 8" 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 (146 x 197mm) SPYRA® 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 VUE® 6"x 6"(146mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 37 50-60 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 39 50-60 12"x 12"(299mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 35 50-60 Oft 4"x 8" 20 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 (95 x 197mm) 6 x 8 20 lb/ft2 0.51 1.96 75 0.65 50-60 (146 x 197mm) DECORA® 6"x 6"(146mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.48 2.06 50-55° .45-.50° 50-60 "LX"Filter 8"x 8"(197mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.48 2.06 50-554 .45-.504 40 50-60 12"x 12"(299mm) 20 Ib/ft2 0.48 2.06 50-55° .45-.504 50-60 Nominal Thickness 4";Actual Thickness--31/s"(98mm) HICKSET060 Block- 8"x 8"(197mm) 25 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75° .65 48 50-60 DECORA®&VUE® 1'tilCff>>�ET�JO, Block- 6"x 6"(146mm) 30 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 751 .65 50 60-80 DECORA® THICKSET 1190 Block- 8"x 8"(197mm) 30 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75° .65 50 60-80 DECORA®&VUE® THICKSET 090 Block- 8"x 8"(197mm) 30 Ib/ft2 0.51 1.96 75° .65 50 60-80 ENDURA' Block VISTABRIKII Solid Glass VISTABRIK® 8"x 8"x 3" Nominal Solid Glass 75/e"x 75/8"x 3"Actual 40 Ib/ft2 0.87 1.15 80 53 Exceeds? Block (197mm x 197mm x 76mm) 150 3"x 8"x 3"Nominal 3"x 75/8"x 3"Actual 40 Ib/ft2 0.87 1.15 80 Exceeds? (76mm x 197mm x 76mm) 150 8"x 8"x 11/2"Nominal 75/8"x 75/e"x 11/2"Actual 40 Ib/ft2 0.87 1.15 80 ExceedS7 (197mm x 197mm x 38mm) 150 STIPPLE 8"x 8"x 3"Nominal Finish 75/5"x 75/8"x 3"Actual 40 Ib/ft2 0.87 1.15 80 53 Exceeds? (197mm x 197mm x 76mm) 150 '/e"FLAT SHEET GLASS COMPARISON 1.04 0.96 90 1.00 28 Hrcnirecrsanauestgners—rremieregenesMassawc.rc fxTs� rerniere Series Glass Block Applications lip OF o Product Information Loose Glass Block Click on a pattern name for detailed information about the particular product. LightWisew@ Windows Shower Systems New Products Premiere Series Glass Block Specs/Installation Details ,ty EZ Design Circle of Design '` ARGUS@ Parallel Fluted ARGUSO Pattern Literature ;" Pattern . z ;)Where to Buy Frequently Asked Questions Continuing Education y„ '€ -; ECORAO Pattern ESSEX®AA Pattern News/Case Histories About Pittsburgh Corning Contact Us o Links of Interest lceScapes®Pattern SPYRAO Pattern *CIF Pittsburgh Corning Home ' p,t�lsi5uC�l�tgs�ert`ng.��ira� _ - VUE(R) Pattern Premiere Series - Shapes and Finishing Units x ARQUEO Block x ENDBLOCKT Finishing Unit DECORM) Pattern DECORA® Pattern HEDRONQ7 Corner Blocky TRIDRON 45° BlockC DECORAC�) Pattern Kt DECORA® Pattern a t ' ENCURVEO Block ENCURVE® Block DECORAO Pattern IceScapes@ Pattern r ARQUEO Block ENDBL.00KTM Finishing Unit IceScapes®Pattern IceScapeso Pattern HEDRONO Corner Block , TRiDRON 450 Block@ . IceScapesC�)Pattern r; IceScapesC?)Pattern tp://www.pittsburghcorning.com/architects/loosegbcat.asp?cat=PREMIERE Page 1 of 2 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 3. CONCRETE General-Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to concrete and foundations as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. See structural drawings for notes and specifications for this section. DIVISION 4. MASONRY General - Contractor shall review construction documents and provide labor and materials pertaining to masonry work as required in said documents and as specified herein, while complying with all applicable building codes. See structural drawings for notes and specifications for this section. 04810 - Brick- Exterior finish shall be standard size brick veneer. Brick shall be placed in a running bond with joints finished to produce a coDSave form. Detailing, such as soldier courses, rowlocks, quoins, etc., and location of brick veneer shall be shown in the construction documents. Wall ties shall be adjustable wire ties that are corrosion resistant#9 gauge wire with a hook on the extended leg to engage or enclose a 49 gauge horizontal joint reinforcement wire. Do not use corrugated brick wall ties. Joint reinforcement shall be continuous with butt splices between ties permitted. Wall ties shall be located to support no more than 2 square feet of wall area and spaced a maximum 24" on center horizontally. Brick budget shall be determined by an allowance as stated in the Contract Documents. Brick Veneer: Mfg.: Redland Brick Type: Rocky Ridge Machine Molded Color/style: Middle Plantation RR 415 Mortar color: red 04100 - Mortar and Masonry Grout-Mortar shall be Type "M or"S" in accordance with ASTM C270,2500 psi. Grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C270,Type M, 2500 psi concrete using pea gravel for coarse aggregate with a maximum aggregate size of 3/8" and an 8" minimum to 11" maximum slump. Mortar joints shall be 3/8"thick, finished to produce a concave form. Brick Mortar: Red to match brick 6 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 A"*` Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College be finely divided, loose,and free of clods. Soil Amendment and Mulch- Soil amendment and mulch shall consist of Cedar-soil or equal, composted,nitrogen-stabilized, water-holding materials with long residual life. Commercial Fertilizer - Commercial fertilizer to mix with backfill soil shall be ammonium phosphate 16-20-0 applied at twenty (20)pounds actual nitrogen per 1000 square feet (12.5 pounds of ammonium phosphate applied to each 1000 square foot area). Use Agriform tablets at twice label recommendations for tree and shrub materials. Plant Maintenance- All plants shall be kept in healthy, growing condition by replacement of dead or dying plants where necessary, by watering, weeding, cultivating, pruning, spraying, trimming, protection from wind, and by performing any other necessary operations or maintenance for a period of 30 days or until acceptance of the planting at the time of the final inspection. A final weeding of all plant areas shall be made immediately prior to final inspection. Newly planted trees shall be pruned as necessary. All dead branches shall be removed. Rootstock shoots from grafted material shall be removed. 02980 - Landscaping Accessories - Provide and install landscaping accessories as specified in construction documents. Edging materials, tree grates, etc. 02832 - Retaining Walls -Provide dry laid stone retaining walls where required. Excavate as required for gravel footing dimensions shown on construction documents or as directed by Engineer. Install filter fabric and perforated drain at back of wall and backfill area with 8" loose fill gravel, for drainage. At surface install a minimum 6" of topsoil with a maximum slope of 3:12. low 5 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College AMW 02813 - Lawn Sprinkling and Irrigation-None 02830 - Metal Fences and Gates -Install heavy timber fence and gates at east side of building. Size of fence shall be 30" high with 6x6 rails and posts on 72"center(OC). Provide fence and gate locations as shown in construction documents. Support as required by manufacturer. Manufacturer: to be determined Color: brown Finish: stained 02900 - Landscaping- Landscape site per construction documents with appropriate sod, plants, trees, and shrubs suitable for local climate and site requirements as listed below. Landscaping budget shall be determined by an allowance as stated in the Contract Documents. Excavation - Hand dig holes without undermining existing facilities. Do not loosen soil at the bottom of hole, compact soil under root ball if loose. Dimensions of the hole will vary with the size of the root ball. Tree wells located adjacent sidewalks, shall have the top of root ball four inches (4")below the sidewalk surface. Topsoil - A three (3") inch cover of topsoil or appropriate soil amendment shall be spread uniformly over the soil (9 yards per 1000 sq. ft.) and tilled into the top six(6") inches of soil. Turf Preparation - All newly seeded turf areas shall be free of broadleaf weeds. Infested areas shall be treated with a selective broadleaf insecticide; Trimec or approved equal. Berms - A berm of earth approximately four(4") inches high shall be built around the perimeter of the backfilled plant holes to form a shallow basin for the retention of irrigation water. Each basin shall be mulched with two (2")inches of mulch. Drainage - Plant holes shall be randomly tested for drainage, by filling with water and confirming that all areas have drained within two (2)hours after filling. The random testing shall be performed on ten percent(10%)of the total large (15 gallon)size holes for the project. If more than twenty percent(20%) of these holes fail, then an additional ten(10)holes shall be tested. Areas that do not pass this test shall be corrected prior to planting. Baekfill-Backfill shall consist of the excavated material with all stones larger than one inch(1") removed, and with soil amendment added in the proportion of one (1)part amendment to three (3) parts soil thoroughly mixed. If additional soil is required, site topsoil shall be used. The backfill mixture shall 4 of 23 Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 \ Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 2. SITE WORK General - Contractor shall review construction documents and provide necessary site work, excavation and grading as required to construct said project. See specifications from Fuss and O'Neil 02361 - Termite Control—If required, Foundations shall be pre-treated under all slabs and crawlspace areas between vapor barrier and granular sub-base to conform with I-IUD minimum standards and applicable building codes. Treatments shall not be made when soil is excessively wet or after heavy rains. Contractor shall provide a one-year renewable warranty. 02621 - Foundation Drainage -Install a minimum 5" slotted drain pipe with a positive outflow around exterior basement wall footings, imbedded in a loose fill gravel, minimum 12" deep. Slotted drain pipe should be wrapped with an appropriate geo-technical fabric to prevent silt buildup.Install other drains necessary for positive site drainage. 02700 - Final Grading-Keep exterior finished grade a minimum of 6 1/2" below finished floor elevation(see construction documents for exact locations)by backfilling with appropriate soils. Provide swales with positive outfall and slope grade away from building to allow water to drain away from the building foundation. Do not backfill against foundation until project is completely framed and roof structure is in place. Soil type of fill shall be specified by Geotech Engineer. 02780 - Pavers—Brick, Asphalt- see Fuss and O'Neil specification Brick Pavers -Install 2 '/4"x.4x8 brick pavers,over well compacted ground and backfill with dense graded aggregate suitable for sub-base material (ex: sand), 12" . Sand shall be screened to proper pitch and height so that final installation will result in proper surface drainage. Set with tight joints, unless otherwise noted. Maintain proper joint alignment, keeping lines straight and true. Cut paving units with masonry saw to fit adjacent structures. After installation, vibrate lightly with rubber roller type vibrator to bring units to an even plane. Sweep clean mason sand into joints. Manufacturer: to be determined Color: red Finish: rough OW 3 of 23 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 1. Organic Mulch: Apply 2-inch average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems. 3.9 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During exterior planting, keep adjacent pavings and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting. 3.10 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them oft Owner's property. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930- 10 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts before placing remainder'of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix. 3. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. B. Organic Mulching: Apply 4-inch average thickness of organic mulch extending beyond edge of planting pit or trench. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems. C. Wrap trees of 2-inch caliper and larger with trunk-wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach with a coarse sisal twine without causing girdling. Do not nail or staple to tree. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation; take corrective measures required before wrapping. 3.6 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING A. Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs according to standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise indicated by Engineer, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain natural character. Tree and shrub sizes indicated are sizes after pruning. 3.7 GUYING AND STAKING A. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inch caliper. Stake trees of less than 2- inch caliper only as required to prevent wind tip fut. Use a minimum of 2 stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend at least 72 inches above grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root masses. Support trees with two strands of tie wire encased in hose sections at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree. Use the number of stakes as follows: 1. Use 2 stakes for trees up to 12 feet high and 2-1/2 inches or less in caliper; 3 stakes for trees less than 14 feet high and up to 4 inches in caliper. Space stakes equally around trees. B. Guying and Staking: Guy and stake trees exceeding 14 feet in height and more than 3 inches in caliper, unless otherwise indicated. Securely attach no fewer than 3 guys to stakes 30 inches long, driven to grade. 1. For trees more than 6 inches in caliper, anchor guys to pressure-preservative-treated deadmen 8 inches in diameter and 48 inches long buried at least 36 inches below grade. Provide turnbuckles for each guy wire and tighten securely. 2. Attach flags to each guy wire, 30 inches above finish grade. 3.8 PLANTING BED MULCHING A. Weed-control Barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Material and Seam Treatment: Polyethylene sheeting with seams taped . B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 -9 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.3 PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT A. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 4 inches. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading. a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a few days. b. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. 2. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 8 inches but not less than required to meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. ' spread r _1n_+ ,,,.,. ;,ver 1VVJened subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil mix. B. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. C. Restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting. 3.4 TREE AND-SHRUB EXCAVATION Awk A. Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base. Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 1. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter. B. Subsoil removed from excavations may not be used as backfill. C. Obstructions: Notify Engineer if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. D. Drainage: Notify Engineer if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits. 3.5 TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING A. Set planting stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball flush with adjacent finish grades. 1. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls and partially from sides, but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. 2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled, water thoroughly Aftk- EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930- 8 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts D. Hose Chafing Guard: Reinforced, 2-ply, rubber or plastic hose at least 1/2 inch in diameter, black, cut to lengths required to protect tree trunks from damage. E. Flags: Standard surveyor's plastic flagging tape, white, 6 inches long. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Product: "Wilt-Pruf'or equal. B. Trunk-Wrap Tape: Two layers of crinkled paper cemented together with bituminous material, 4-inch-wide minimum, with stretch factor of 33 percent. 2.15 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with the following soil amendments [and fertilizers] in the following quantities: 1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Topsoil by Volume: 1:4. 2. Ratio of Loose Peat or manure to Topsoil by Volume: 1:4. 3. Weight of Lime, Bonemeal, Superphosphate, and Commercial Fertilizer per 1000 Sq. Ft.: As determined by topsoil test report. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive plantings for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and existing plants from damage caused by planting operations. B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and transportation. 1. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930- 7 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.NMOISCC\My DOCUments\ADA COMSTOCK SMITII\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially ' decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing capacity of 1 100 to 2000 percent. C. Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, and material harmful to plant growth. 1. Product: "Bovung"or equal. 2.9 FERTILIZER A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of 1 percent nitrogen and 18 percent phosphoric.acid. R Sut e-hosphate: Commercial lnhosi-h_te mivfiire cnlllhlo- a minimuum of 1 R neronnt availµhlP phosphoric acid. C. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing agency. 2.10 WATER A*. A. Water: Potable. 2.11 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of the following: 1. Type: Ground or shredded bark. 2.12 WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS A. Nonwoven Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz./sq. yd. minimum. 2.13 STAKES AND GUYS A. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new hardwood, redwood, or pressure- preservative-treated softwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2 by 2 inches by length indicated, pointed at one end. B. Guy and Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1, galvanized-steel wire, 2-strand, twisted, 0.106 inch in diameter. C. Guy Cable: 5-strand, 3/16-inch- diameter, galvanized-steel cable, with zinc-coated turnbuckles, a minimum of 3 inches long, with two 3/8-inch galvanized eyebolts. AW EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-6 C:Oocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 1. Provide balled and burlapped or container-grown trees. 2.3 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS A. Form and Size: Deciduous shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type, shape, and height of shrub. 1. Provide balled and burlapped or container-grown shrubs. 2.4 CONIFEROUS EVERGREENS A. Form and Size: Normal-quality, well-balanced, coniferous evergreens, of type, height, spread, and shape required,complying with ANSI Z60.1. 1. Provide balled and burlapped or container-grown trees. 2.5 BROADLEAF EVERGREENS ENS A. Form and Size: Normal-quality, well-balanced, broadleaf evergreens, of type, height, spread, and shape required, complying with ANSI Z60.1. 1. Provide balled and burlappedor container-grown trees. 2.6 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of2percent organic material content; +* free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site. Verify suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. a. Supplement with imported topsoil from off-site sources when quantities are insufficient. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes. 2.7 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 1. Provide lime in form of dolomitic limestone, with a minimum of 95 percent passing a No.100 sieve. 2.8 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1-inch sieve; soluble salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 1. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930- 5 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. 1. Warranty Period for Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Remove dead exterior plants immediately. Replace immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. 3. Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. 4. A limit of one replacement of each exterior plant will be required, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Trees and Shrubs: Maintain for the following maintenance period by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, tightening and repairing stakes and guy supports, and resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace damaged tree wrappings. I. Maintenance Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL Amok A. General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI Z60.1, with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. B. Grade: Provide trees and shrubs of sizes and grades complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Engineer, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. D. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs is shown, select stock for uniform height and spread to assure symmetry in planting. 2.2 SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES A. Shade Trees: Single-stem trees with straight trunk, well-balanced crown, and intact leader, of height and caliper indicated, complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees required. I. Provide balled and burlapped or container-grown trees. B. Small Flowering Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1; stem form as indicated. Awk EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-4 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MARO1SCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver plants freshly dug. B. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery, except as approved by Engineer. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery. C. Handle planting stock by root ball. D. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants trees in shade, protect from weather and mechanical,damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable material. 2. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 3. Water root systems of plants stored on-site with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Deciduous Plants: a. Spring Planting: March 15 to May 15. b. Fall Planting: September 15 to November 15. 2. Evergreen Plants: a. Spring Planting: March 15 to June 15. b. Fall Planting: August 15 to November 15. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. C. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and before planting lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. 1. When planting trees and shrubs after lawns, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, for the warranty period indicated, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts C. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. D. Material Test Reports: For existing surface soil and imported topsoil. E. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants. F. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of plants during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of exterior plants. I. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress. B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation exchange capacity; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient content of topsoil. 1. Report suitability of topsoil for plant growth. State recommended quantities of nitrogen, Aaw phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce a satisfactory topsoil. D. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock." E. Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper measurements 6 inches above ground for trees up to 4-inch caliper size, and 12 inches above ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip-to-tip. F. Observation: Engineer may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site upon delivery for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality. Engineer retains right to observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 1. Notify Engineer of sources of planting materials seven days in advance of delivery to site. 2. Notify Engineer three days in advance of proposed delivery to site. EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02930-EXTERIOR PLANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and planting, topsoil stripping and stockpiling, and site clearing. 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling, and rough grading and for subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill materials. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and dram-laced as recommended by ANSI Z60.1. B. Container-Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI 260.1 for kind, type, and size of exterior plant required. C. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting topsoil. D. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil,mixed with soil amendments. E. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, signed by product manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer's certified analysis for standard products. 2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists,where applicable. EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930- 1 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DOCUments\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02930-Exterior Plants.doe ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.7 SATISFACTORY LAWNS A. Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 3 by 3 inches. B. Reestablish lawns that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until lawns are satisfactory. 3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas. B. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period and remove after lawn is established. C. Remove erosion-control measures after grass establishment period. END OF SECTION LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920- 8 CADocuments and Setbngs\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts D. Protect seeded areas with slopes not exceeding 1:3 by spreading straw mulch. Spread uniformly at a minimum rate of 2 tons/acre to form a continuous blanket 1-1/2 inches in loose depth over seeded areas. Spread by hand,blower, or other suitable equipment. 1. Bond straw mulch by spraying with asphalt emulsion at the rate of 10 to 13 gal./1000 sq. ft.. Take precautions to prevent damage or staining of structures or other plantings adjacent to mulched areas. Immediately clean damaged or stained areas. 3.5 HYDROSEEDING A. Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. 1. Mix slurry with tackifier. 2. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a one-step process. Apply mulch at a minimum rate of 1500-1b/acre dry weight but not less than the rate required to obtain specified seed-sowing rate. 3.6 LAWN RENOVATION A. Renovate existing lawn damaged by Contractor's operations, such as storage of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles. 1. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur—or where minor regrading is required. B. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury in soil. C. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including oil drippings, fuel spills, stone, gravel, and other construction materials, and replace with new topsoil. D. Mow, dethatch,core aerate, and rake existing lawn. E. Remove waste and foreign materials, including grass, vegetation, and turf, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. F. Till stripped,bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches. G. Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers required for establishing new lawns and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of existing soil. Provide new planting soil to fill low spots and meet finish grades. H. Apply seed and protect with straw mulch as required for new lawns. I. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new lawn is established. LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920- 7 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 1. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix. a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a few days. b. Mix time with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. 2. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 6 inches but not less than required to meet finish grades after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. C. Unchanged Subgrades: If lawns are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating, grading, or surface soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows: 1. remove existing grass, vegetation, and turf. Do not mix into surface soil. 2. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least of 6 inches. Apply soil amendments and fertilizers according to planting soil mix proportions and mix thoroughly into top 6 inches of soil. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture. 3. Remove stones larger than I inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and other extraneous matter- 4. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's property. D. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. E. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. F. Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting. 3.4 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. B. Sow seed at the rate of 2 Ib/1000 sq. ft. C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of topsoil,roll lightly, and water with fine spray. LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 6 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Docurnents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts low C. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous,and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing agency. 2.7 MULCHES A. Straw Mulch: Provide air-dry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, threshed straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. B. Nonasphaltic Tackifier: Colloidal tackifier recommended by fiber-mulch manufacturer for slurry application; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. C. Asphalt Emulsion: ASTM D 977, Grade SS-l; nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. 2.8 EROSION-CONTROL MATERIALS A. Erosion-Control Blankets: Biodegradable wood excelsior, straw, or coconut-fiber mat enclosed in a photodegradable plastic mesh. Include manufacturer's recommended steel wire staples, 6 inches long. 2.9 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with soil amendments and fertilizers in quantities required by the topsoil test report. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. 1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding overspray. B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. 3.3 LAWN PREPARATION A. Limit lawn subgrade preparation to areas to be planted. LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920- 5 C1Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts a. Supplement with imported or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources when quantities are insufficient. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land,bogs or marshes. 2. Topsoil Source: Import topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from agricultural land, bogs or marshes. 2.3 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: 1. Provide lime in form of dolomitic limestone, with a minimum of 95 percent passing a No. 100 sieve. B. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. C. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials. 2.4 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 3/4-inch sieve; soluble salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and AM* free Of substances toxic to plantings. 1. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. a. State of Connecticut, Department of Environmental Protection approved when derived from food and agricultural residues, animal manures, and sewage sludge. 2. Approved Products: Al1Gro, 4 Liberty Lane West, Hampron, NH 03842 (1-800-662- 2440), or equal. B. Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25 percent by volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, and material harmful to plant growth. 2.5 PLANTING ACCESSORIES A. Selective Herbicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended by manufacturer for application. 2.6 FERTILIZER A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of 1 percent nitrogen and 18 percent phosphoric acid. B. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. Aft* LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-4 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts C. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn-watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep lawn uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches. I. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas. 2. Water lawn at a minimum rate of I inch per week. D. Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than 40 percent of grass height. Remove no more than 40 percent of grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain grass height of 2 to 3 inches. E. Lawn Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry. 1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to lawn area. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed —Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B. Seed Species: Seed of grass species as follows: Proportion by Weight Minimum Purity Minimum Germination (Percent) (Percent) (Percent) Kentucky Bluegrass 35 95, 75 Creeping Red Fescue 30 98 85 K.31 Tall Fescue 30 98 85 Domestic Ryegrass 5 98 90 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 6 percent organic material content; free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on-site. Verify suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 3 C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITf-I\bid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful lawn establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress. B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation exchange capacity; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient content of topsoil. 1. Report suitability of topsoil for lawn growth. State recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce a satisfactory topsoil. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods ` with maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Spring Planting: April 1 to June 1. 2. Fall Planting: August 15 to October 15. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 1.7 LAWN MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is established, but for not less than the following periods: 1. Seeded Lawns: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion. a. When full maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if lawn is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season. B. Maintain and establish lawn by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth lawn. 1. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch. Anchor as required to prevent displacement. Allk LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02920 -LAWNS AND GRASSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Seeding. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough grading. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. B. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, or surface soil modified to become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments. "* C. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or mixture stating the botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. C. Product Certificates: For soil amendments, fertilizers, and mulch, signed by product manufacturer. D. Qualification Data: For landscape Installer. E. Material Test Reports: For existing surface soil and imported topsoil. F. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting. G. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of lawns during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 - 1 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMI'IHlbid set\02920-Lawns&Grasses.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Curb Alignment: 1/4-inch maximum, as determined by using a 10-foot straight edge along front face c curb. END OF SECTION CURBING 02771 -2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DoCUments\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02771-Curbing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02771 -CURBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Stone curbing and edging. a. Removing and resetting existing granite curb. b. Furnishing new granite curb and disposing of the existing curbing when the Owner or Engineer determines existing curbing is unsatisfactory for reinstallation. 2. Precast concrete curbing and edging. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where "MHD Standard Specification" is referenced, it shall mean "Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges" and supplemental specifications. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ook A. Mortar: MHD Standard Specification, Section M4.02.15. B. Granite Curb: MHD Standard Specification, Section M9.04.0 and M9.04.1. 1. Type: As indicated by existing conditions. C. Granite Curb Corners: MHD Standard Specification, Section M9.04.0, and M9.04.6. D. Precast Concrete Curbing: MHD Standard Specification, Section M4.02.14. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVE AND RESET A. Remove and stack or discard curbing in accordance with MHD Standard Specification, Section 580. 1. During removal,mark curbs with paint for sequencing information. 2. Over Vault: Sawcut bottom of curbing if required for curbing to clear vault. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Excavate, prepare foundation, set curb, and point joints in accordance with MHD Standard Specification, Section 501. ,ems► 1. Install new curbing as indicated and as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Reinstall removed granite curbing 02771 - 1 CURBING C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02771-Curbing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 ASPHALT UNIT PAVERS A. Edge Restraint: Set metal angle on prepared concrete base where shown. Drill angle and concrete at 24" o.c. and 4"from each end and corner. B. Bituminous Setting Bed: Place control bars directly over the asphaltic concrete subbase. Carefully set depth control bars to bring the pavers, when laid, to proper grade. Thickness of the finished setting bed shall be no more than 1" or less than I/2". Roll setting bed with a power roller to a nominal depth of 3/4" Adjust thickness so that when the C. asphalt block pavers are placed, the top surface of the pavers will be at the required furnished grade. Under no circumstances shall the setting bed exceed one (1")inch. D. Adhesive: Apply coating of two (2) percent Neoprene-modified asphalt adhesive by squeezing or troweling over the top surface of the bituminous setting bed. E. Installation of Pavers; Carefully place the pavers by hand in straight courses with hand tight joints and uniform top surface in pattern as shown on drawings. Firmly tamp blocks to finish elevation with no low spots or rocking pavers. F. Joint Treatment: Hand Tight Joint thickness shall read from 0"to maximum IM". Sweep a dry mixture of one part colored Portland cement to match color of pavers and three parts sand until joints are flush with top surface. Fog lightly with water. After the surface has dried, brush additional sand-cement into the joints as required to fill any voids and/or settlement of joint material. Clean cement stains that remain. 3.5 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site excess materials, debris, and equipment Repair damage resulting from paving operations. B. Sweep pavement and wash free of stains, discoloration, dirt and other foreign material immediately prior to final acceptance. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect pavings from damage due to construction and vehicular traffic until final acceptance. END OF SECTION AWW ASPHALT BLOCK AND BRICK PAVING 2741 -2 C:\Documents and SettingsMucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02741-Asphalt Block and Brick Paving.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02741-ASPHALT BLOCK AND BRICK PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Asphalt Block Paving B. Brick Paving 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit material certificates for each paving material B. Build mock-up 6' x 8' panels of with edge treatment, finish and jointing: • Asphalt unit pavers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 and Addenda, Massachusetts Highway Department(MAHD). B. ACI and Section 03300—CIP Concrete. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 ASPHALT UNIT PAVERS A. Manufacturer: Hanover Architectural Products, 240 Bender Road, Hanoover , PA , 17331, 1-800-426- 4242. 1. Size: 6"x 12" by 2" depth. 2. Color(s) and Finish(es): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full standard range of colors and finishes. B. Bituminous Setting Bed shall conform to ASTM designation D03381, with a viscosity grade A.C. 10 or A.C. 20. C. Neoprene Modified Asphalt Adhesive consisting of oxidized asphalt combined with 2% neoprene and 10% long-fiber asbestos. D. Joint Filler: Portland Cement with prepared color added shall confirm to ASTM C-150, sand shall conform to ASTM C-33. E. Edge restraint: L-shaped, 3/16" x 1-5/8" mill finish aluminum. Interlocking 8' long sections, by Permaloc Corp., or an approved equivalent. 3. Chemical anchors: "HIT"adhesive injection anchors by HILTI or an approved equivalent. ASPHALT BLOCK AND BRICK PAVING 2741 - 1 C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DocumentsUDA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02741-Asphalt Block and Brick Paving.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts B. Proof-roll subbase or aggregate base course using heavy, pneumatic-tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable or that require further compaction. C. Proceed with surfacing only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Spread stone dust to the lines and depth indicated. Compact to a firm and uniform surface satisfactory to the Engineer. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot straightedge applied transversely or longitudinally to surfaced areas: 1. Surface Course: 1/4 inch plus or minus. B. Variation from Design Elevation: 1/4 inch plus or minus. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from specified requirements. Aft B. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. C. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface will be tested for compliance with smoothness tolerances. END OF SECTION BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 02740-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02740-Bituminous Concrete Paving.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02740—BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Stone dust surfacing. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for aggregate subbase and base courses. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Filter fabric. B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following: 1. 5 lb of material in labeled plastic bag. C. Material Test Reports: For stone dust material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STONE DUST A. Materials: Broken or crushed stone meeting the following gradation. Square Mesh Opening Percent Passing by Weight 3/8" 100 No. 8 60- 100 2.2 FILTER FABRIC A. Separation Fabric: Nonwoven geotextile fabric. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surface to receive stone dust surfacing is dry and in suitable condition to support paving and imposed loads. BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 02740- 1 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02740-Bituminous Concrete Paving.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. END OF SECTION STORM DRAINAGE 02630- 6 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02630 Stone Drainage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.6 STORMWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Excavate trenches of width and depth, and install system and backfill according to chamber manufacturer's written instructions. Include storage and leaching chambers, filtering material, and filter mat. 3.7 CLOSING ABANDONED STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch-thick, brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. B. Abandoned Structures: Excavate around structure as required and use one procedure below: I. Remove structure and close open ends of remaining piping. 2. Remove top of structure down to at least 24 inches below final grade. 3. Puncture or break bottom slab of structure to facilitate drainage. 4. Backfill to grade according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.8 FIELD QUALM' CONTROL A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. 1. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning. 2. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 3. Flush piping between manholes and other structures to remove collected debris, if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. C. Crushed, broken,cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. C. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 5 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DocumentslADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02630 Storm Drainage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated,to extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line, and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. D. Install gravity-flow piping and connect to building's storm drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. I. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at indicated slope. 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A. General: Join and install pipe and fittings according to installations indicated. B. Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with finished surface. C. HDPE Pipe and Fittings: As follows: 1. Join pipe, tubing, and fittings with couplings for soiltight joints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Install according to ASTM D 2321 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Install corrugated piping according to the Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association's "Recommended Installation Practices for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings." D. System Piping Joints: Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, unless otherwise indicated. E. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and that fit both systems'materials and dimensions. 3.5 CATCH-BASIN INSTALLATION A. Install precast concrete catch basin sections according to ASTM C 891. B. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. C. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. Afft, STORM DRAINAGE 02630-4 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02630 Storm Drainage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM.C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33,crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious ratio. 1. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel,welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. C. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water-cementitious ratio. I. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric,plain. 2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. 2.4 STORMWATER DISPOSAL SYSTEMS A. Storage and Leaching Chambers: Molded PE with perforated sides and open bottom. Include number of chambers, distribution piping, end plates, and other standard components as required for system total capacity. 1. Manufacturer: StormTech,20 Beaver Road, Wethersfield, CT 06109. 2. Model: SC-7/40. B. Filtering Material: Division 2 Section "Earthwork", Washed, crushed stone, MHD Spec, Section M2.01.1, and as required by the stormwater disposal system manufacturer. C. Filter Mat: As required by system manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installing green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02630 Storm Drainage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts B. Locate existing structures and piping to be closed and abandoned. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer not less than 2 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS A. Corrugated HDPE Pipe and Fittings: AASHTO M 294, Type S, with smooth waterway for coupling joints. 1. Soiltight Couplings: AASHTO M 294, corrugated, matching pipe and fittings to form soiltight joints. 2.2 CATCH BASINS A. Normal-Traffic, Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for rubber gasketed joints. 1. Base Section: 6-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 2. Riser Sections: 4-inch minimum thickness, 48-inch diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated. 3. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type, unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 4. Gaskets: ASTM C 443,rubber. 5. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of 6- to 9-inch total thickness,that match 24-inch-diameter frame and grate. 6. Steps: ASTM C 478, individual steps embedded during fabrication. Omit steps for catch basins less than 30 inches deep. B. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for heavy-duty service. Include 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser with 4-inch minimum width flange, and 26- inch-diameter flat grate with small square or short-slotted drainage openings. 1. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent,unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350R, and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150,Type 11. ANN, STORM DRAINAGE 02630-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02630 Storm Drainage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE PARTI -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes storm drainage outside the building. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section"Site Clearing" for abandonment of existing utilities. 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork' for excavation and backfill. 3. Division 2 Section "Stormwater Treatment System" for precast units with internal chambers for sediment removal. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. 14DPE: High-density polyethylene plastic. B. NPS:Nominal pipe size. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity-Flow,Nonpressure-Piping Pressure Ratings: At least equal to system test pressure. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, details, and attachments for the following: 1. Precast concrete manholes and other structures, including frames, covers, and grates. B. Design Mix Certifications: For each class of cast-in-place concrete. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Verify existing utility locations. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 1 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02630 Storm Drainage.doe ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. C. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired,for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate reports for each test. 5. If authorities having jurisdiction do not have published procedures, perform tests as follows: a. Sanitary Sewerage Low-Pressure Air Test: 1) Plastic Pipe: Perform test according to ASTM F 1417. 6. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 7. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. END OF SECTION SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530- 5 C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02530-Sanitary Sewerage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.7 TAP CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to existing piping so finished Work complies as nearly as practical with requirements specified for new Work. B. Use commercially manufactured saddle wye fitting for piping branch connection. Install saddle wye fitting into existing piping and remove section of existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus 6-inch overlap, with not less than 6 inches of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi. C. Protect existing piping and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. 3.8 CLOSING ABANDONED SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEMS A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch-thick, brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. I. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 2. Flush piping between manholes and other structures to remove collected debris, if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place; after completion of backfill and compaction; and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. C. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping; maximum of 200 gallons per inch of diameter per day, per mile of sewer. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping; maximum of 200 gallons per inch of diameter per day, per mile of sewer. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-4 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DocumentsWDA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02530-Sanitary Sewerage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installing green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Include watertight joints. B. Application: Pipe size and material applications as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground sanitary sewerage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated,to extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Check previously made joints as installation progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line, and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. D. Install gravity-flow piping and connect to building's sanitary drains, of sizes and in locations indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. 1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at slope indicated. 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: As follows: 1. Join pipe and fittings with gaskets according to ASTM D 2321 and manufacturer's written instructions. 2. If full entry of pipe joint is not achieved, remove pipe and replace with new unit and gasket. B. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and that fit both systems' materials and dimensions. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318 and ACI 350R. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 -3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02530-Sanitary Sewerage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS "** A. Site Information: Verify existing utility locations. B. Locate existing structures and piping to be closed and abandoned. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS A. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: According to the following: 1. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15 and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, for gasketed joints. 2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals; resistant to common sewage and industrial wastes, including oil. 2.2 CONCRETE , A. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350R, and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 11. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious materials ratio. C. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water-cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating,trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." AlwWr SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02530-Sanitary Sewerage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02530 - SANITARY SEWERAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sanitary sewerage outside the building. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork"for trenching and backfill. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity-Flow,Nonpressure-Piping Pressure Ratings: At least equal to system test pressure. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Certification: Pipe, fittings, precast concrete units, metal items, and miscellaneous appurtenances. —' B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pipe. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic structures, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. Keep plastic items at ambient outdoor temperature. B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Inspection: Upon delivery of pipe, assist Engineer in inspecting pipe. 1. Straightness Tolerance: Maximum deviation of 1/16 inch per foot from straight line drawn between center of openings. 2. Immediately remove lengths of pipe that fail straightness requirement. 3. Rejection of Manufacturer and Product: Remove all pipe supplied by a manufacturer if more than five percent of shipment is rejected. SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530 - 1 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DoCUments\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02530-Sanitary Sewerage.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered,extended,or repaired before use. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or as described below: a. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. b. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. C. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-4 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02510-Water Distribution.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts *► C. Do not use flanges, unions, or keyed couplings for underground piping. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure. Refer to Division 2 Section "Utility Materials" for joining piping of dissimilar metals. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water main. B. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building water piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building water piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building water piping systems when those systems are installed. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water-distribution piping to utility water main. Use tapping sleeve and tapping valve. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic"Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times working pressure for 2 hours. 1. Increase pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig. Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for I more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-service piping. Locate below finished grade,directly over piping. See Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for underground warning tapes. 3.8 CLEANING A A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows: WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 -3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02510 Water Distribution.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS "°► A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES A. Conform to requirements of Town of Hadley Water Company and the following. B. Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies: Comply with MSS SP-60. Include sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine. 1. Tapping Sleeve: Cast- or ductile-iron or stainless steel, two-piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch-.connection. Include sleeve matching size and type of pipe material being tapped and with recessed flange for branch valve. 2. Valve: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated gate valve with one raised face flange mating tapping-sleeve flange. C. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve, and approximately 5-inch- diameter barrel. 1. Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating,trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. """ WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-2 C\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02510-Water Distribution.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02510- WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and specialties outside the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Certificates of Compliance: For the following: 1. Piping, fittings, and specialties. 2. Valves and accessories. B. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From Contractor. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of City of Northampton Water Company including tapping of water mains and installation of water meters. B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves according to the following: 1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection;then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew- point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510- 1 C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MARO1SCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02510-Water Distribution.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing. B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Engineer. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for steam and vault every 2000 square feet or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for each 150 feet or less of trench length,but no fewer than two tests. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 3.14 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Engineer. 1. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK CADocum M m ents and Settings\TLucia. AROISCC\My Docuents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02300 Earthwork.doc 02300-5 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3.8 FILL ,,O A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations. 3.9 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.10 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according t9W ASTM D 1557: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent. 3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent. 3.11 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular Surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots,and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch, however, not consistently in one direction. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. EARTHWORK CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DocumentslADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02300-Earthwork.doc 02300-4 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts k�pw 3.4 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Owner when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Owner determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 3.5 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Prevent windblown dust. 3.6 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: I. Construction below finish grade. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Inspecting and testing underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing,and sheeting. 3.7 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells,joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. 1. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. B. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1.inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. I. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. C. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. D. Fill voids with approved backfill materials while shoring and bracing, and as sheeting is removed. E. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. F. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 1. Install detectable warning tape over non-ferrous piping. EARTHWORK CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITHMbid set\02300-Earthwork.doc 02300-3 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts C. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. D. Base: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, broken or crushed stone, and natural.or crushed sand; MHD Spec, Section M1.03.0. 1. Rolled Gravel Base: Standard Specifications, Section M1.03.0,maximum size Type b, 3 inch. 2. Processed Gravel: Standard Specifications, Section M1.03.1. 3. Crushed Stone Standard Specification M2.01.4, 3/4-inch gradation. E. Structural Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, broken or crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; Standard Specifications, Section M1.02.0. ????? F. Bedding: 1. Sand Borrow: Standard Specifications, Section M1.04.0, maximum particle size 3/8 inch. 2. Crushed Stone: Standard Specifications, Section M2.01.7. G. Trench Backfill: Gravel Borrow, free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension; Standard Specifications, Section M1.03.0,Type e. H. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION AVW A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding or damaging Project site and surrounding area. B. Obtain discharge permit for water discharging into storm drainage system or waterway. Remove particulate matter from pumped or drained water which discharges or flows into storm drainage system or waterway. 3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Classified Excavation: 1. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; together with soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. a. Intermittent drilling; blasting, if permitted; ram hammering; or ripping of material not classified as rock excavation is earth excavation. 2. Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of rock. a. Do not excavate rock until it has been classified and cross-sectioned by Engineer. EARTHWORK CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02300-Earthwork.doc 02300-2 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02300-EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade,walks, pavements, lawns, and plantings. B. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. ????? C. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade. D. Subbase course for roads, walks, and pavements. E. Base course for bituminous concrete paving. F. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. G. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines. ????? H. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits for buried utility structures. 1. Disposal of unsuitable material and surplus suitable material, if required. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard Specifications: "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges"and supplements. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Free of debris, waste, frozen materials,vegetation, clay and other deleterious matter; adequately graded for satisfactory compaction. 1. On-Site Material: Native soil additionally free of masses of roots, individual roots more than 18 inches long and 1/2 inch in diameter, and stones larger than 3 inches in any dimension, subject to approval by the Engineer. 2. Gravel Borrow: Free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension; Standard Specifications. EARTHWORK CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROiSCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02300-Earthwork.doc 02300-1 ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts B. Cut trees and stumps flush with ground, and clear dead or uprooted trees, brush, roots and debris, for a distance of 10 feet beyond slope limits and the footprint of miscellaneous appurtenances. C. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal .layers not exceeding 8-inch loose depth, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. 3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. 1. Strip surface soil of unsuitable topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste materials. C. Screen topsoil material to remove roots, vegetation, and unsuitable material. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. I. Do not stockpile topsoil within drip line of remaining trees. 2. Dispose of unsuitable screened material. 3. Stockpile surplus topsoil and allow for respreading deeper topsoil. 3.6 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut length of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. 3.7 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION Amakk SITE CLEARING 02230-4 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia,MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\02230-Site Clearing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts B. Do not excavate within drip line of trees,unless otherwise indicated. C. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. 1. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil. 3. Coat cut faces of roots more than 1-1/2 inches in diameter with an emulsified asphalt or other approved coating formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. 4. Cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. Backfill with soil as soon as possible. D. Repair or replace trees and vegetation to remain that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Engineer. I. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to submit details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs. 2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by the qualified arborist. 3.3 UTILITIES A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: I. Notify Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Engineer's written permission. C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. 3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots. Promptly dispose of material off-site. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. 4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees. SITE CLEARING 02230-3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAR0ISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02230-Site Clearing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Contact Dig Safe at 1-800-344-7233 before beginning site clearing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil materials off-site when satisfactory soil materials are not available on-site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to be removed or to be relocated. D. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TREE PROTECTION A. Erect and maintain a temporary fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. Remove fence when construction is complete. 1. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within drip line of remaining trees. 2. Do not permit vehicles,equipment, or foot traffic within drip line of remaining trees. SITE CLEARING 02230 -2 CA\Documents and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02230-Site Clearing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protecting existing trees and vegetation to remain. 2. Removing trees and other vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Topsoil stripping and screening. 5. Removing above-grade site improvements including pavement and subbase. 6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning site utilities in place. 7. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Erosion and Sedimentation Control" for hay bales and silt fences. 2. Division 2 Section "Building Demolition" for demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. 4. Division 2 Section "Lawns and Grasses" and "Exterior Plants" for finish grading, including placing and preparing topsoil for lawns and planting. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1 inch in diameter; and free of weeds,roots, and other deleterious materials. 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. B. Record drawings. SITE CLEARING 02230 - 1 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\02230-Site Clearing.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts END OF SECTION ,.. A w EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572- 6 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DOCUments\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\01572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts 3. Drive posts into ground a minimum of 12 inches. 4. Locate fabric splices at posts only. Provide 6-inch overlap and seal. B. Sedimentation Control Hay Bales 1. Install at locations as shown on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer. Place hay bales lengthwise with ends tight abutting one another. Install bales with bindings located on the sides. 2. Entrench bales 4 inches and backfill. Place backfill toward potential silt source. 3. Secure in place with 2 stakes per bale and insert straw in voids between bales. C. Anti-Tracking Apron 1. Install as indicated. 3.3 DUST CONTROL A. Apply water and calcium chloride uniformly over the surface when dust becomes a nuisance or when directed by the Engineer. Provide shut-off valve in convenient location on water truck,to allow for regulating water flow. 3.4 EROSION CONTROL MATTING AND SEEDING A. Install as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.5 MAINTENANCE A. Control System 1. Inspect control system immediately after each rainfall and daily during prolonged rainfall. Make repairs immediately. 2. Remove and dispose of accumulated sediments when sediment reaches approximately one-third the height of the control system, or when directed by the Engineer. 3. Replace control system promptly if fabric decomposes or system becomes ineffective prior to the expected usable life. 4. Maintain or replace system until no longer necessary for the intended purpose. B. Anti-Tracking Apron 1. Immediately remove sediment spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of- way. 2. Clean or replace stone as required, and as directed by Engineer. 3.6 REMOVAL A. Remove and dispose of control system after area stabilizes with new growth or as directed by the Engineer. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572- 5 C:\Documents and Settings\TLucia."OISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITMbid set\01572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts E. Implement and maintain the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. Inform parties engaged on the construction site of the requirements and objectives of the plan. Notify the proper City agency of transfer of this responsibility. F. Protect catch basins with haybale filters throughout construction until disturbed areas are stabilized. 1. Remove and dispose of sediment from control structures. G. Control dust and wind erosion. Control dust to prevent a hazard to traffic on adjacent roadways. Dust control includes sprinkling of water and uniform application of calcium chloride on exposed soils and haul roads. H. Do not discharge directly into wetlands or watercourses where dewatering is necessary. Utilize methods and devices as permitted by authorities having jurisdiction and appropriate regulations to minimize and retain suspended solids including pumping water into a temporary sedimentation bowl, providing surge protection at inlet and outlet of pumps, floating pump intake. 1. If pumping operation results in turbidity problems, stop pumping until means of controlling turbidity are determined and implemented. I. Where control measures are required for longer than 60 days, use silt fence instead of hay bales. J. Within 7 days of completing slope construction, stabilize slopes with vegetation or matting to minimize exposure. K. Stockpiles 1. Side Slopes: 2:1 maximum. 2. Surround stockpiles by a sediment barrier. 3. Stabilize stockpiles left bare for more than 15 days with temporary vegetation or mulch. L. Final Grading 1. If final grading is delayed for more than 30 days after land disturbances cease, stabilize soils with temporary vegetation or mulch. M. Planting Season for Temporary Vegetation 1. March 1 to June 15 and August 1 to October 1. 2. After September 15, stabilize areas with haybale check, filter fabric, or woodchip mulch. 3.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Silt Fence 1. Install fencing at location as shown on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer. Maintain pitch of 2 to 20 degrees,with inclination toward potential silt source. 2. Install bottom 6 inches of fabric by trenching and burying the fabric into the notched ground. Ask EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572 -4 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\01572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10114105 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts b. Conwed. C. Or equal. B. Wooden Stakes: ]-inch by 2-inch minimum, length as indicated. 2.6 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET/CHANNEL LINING A. Blanket: Minimum width of 6 feet. 1. Mat: Machine-produced of 100 percent coconut fiber with colored line or thread along outer edges to indicate material overlap limits. a. Weight: 0.50 lb./sq.yd. b. Overlap: Approximately 2 to 5 inches. 2. Top and Bottom Cover: Heavy-weight polypropylene netting with ultraviolet additives to delay breakdown. a. Mesh Size: 0.625-inch by 0.625 inch. b. Weight: 3 lbs/1000 sq.ft. B. Sew blanket and covers together on 1.5 inch center at 50 stitches per roll width with UV stable polypropylene thread. 2.7 ANTI-TRACKING APRON A. Crushed Stone or Gravel: MHD Standard Specifications, Subsection M2.01.1. 2.8 DUST CONTROL A. Calcium Chloride:ASTM D98, Type 1 or Type 2. B. Water: Potable, PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Minimize environmental damage during construction. Prevent discharge of fuel, oil, lubricants, and other fluids. Mitigate effects of discharge. B. Install erosion and sediment control measures prior to clearing, demolition or construction. C. Construct erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with standards and specifications of the City of Westfield regulations, and Conditions of Approval as follows: D. Install additional control measures, if deemed necessary by the State,Town, or Owner. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572 -3 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\01572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FOR BID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FILTER FABRIC/SILT FENCE A. Synthetic Filter Fabric: Woven geotextile, 36 inches maximum height, conforming to the following: Properties Requirement Unit Grab Tensile Strength(ASTM D4632): 124 (550) Lbs(N) Grab Tensile Elongation(ASTM D4632): 15 Percent Puncture Strength (ASTM D4833): 65(29 0) Lbs(N) Flow Rate(ASTM D4491): 20 Gal/Min/Sq. Ft. UV Resistance(at 500 hours) 80 Percent (Retained strength)(ASTM D4355): B. Product and Manufacturer: 1. Harris Silt Fence by Amoco Fabrics and Filters. 2. Mutual MISF 1855 by Mutual Industries, Inc. 3. Or equal. 2.2 POSTS A. Hardwood Stakes: 1-inch by 1-inch by 42-inch minimum. 2.3 SILT FENCE FASTENERS A. Staples, tie wires or hog rings, as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Staples: Heavy-duty wire, 1-inch long minimum. 2.4 HAY BALES A. Bales: Hay, weighing 40 to 120 pounds per bale. B. Stakes: Wood, 1-inch by 1-inch by 36-inch minimum. 2.5 BARRIER FENCE A. Fabric: High visibility, orange plastic mesh fence 1. Mesh Opening: 3.25-inch by 1.75-inch. 2. Minimum Roll Width: 4 feet . 3. Temperature Service Range: Minus 40 to plus 200 degrees F. 4. Manufacturer: a. National Wire. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572-2 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MARO1SCC1My Documents\ADA COMSTOCK SMITI-Bbid set101572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doc ADA COMSTOCK HOUSE ISSUED FORBID 10/14/05 Smith College Northampton,Massachusetts SECTION 01572—EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes furnishing, placing, and maintaining sedimentation control measures as shown on the Drawings, as directed by the Engineer, and where necessary to reduce sediment content of runoff. Control measures are to remain in place until after completion of construction. Measures include the following: 1. Silt fence. 2. Erosion control hay bales. 3. Anti-tracking aprons. 4. Dust control a. Conduct construction operations and activities to minimize the creation and dispersion of dust. If the Engineer determines that water and or calcium chloride is required for more effective dust control, provide such measures at no additional cost. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section"Earthwork." 2. Division 2 Section "Lawns and Grasses." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Each type of geotextile fabric. 2. Silt fence. 3. Erosion control blanket. B. Material Certificates: 1. Gravel base. 2. Filter fabric. 3. Erosion control blanket. 4. Calcium chloride. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where "MHD Standard Specifications" is used, it shall mean "Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges." EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 01572 - 1 CADocuments and Settings\TLucia.MAROISCC\My DocumentslADA COMSTOCK SMITH\bid set\01572-Erosion&Sedimentation.doe Thomas Douglas Architects, For Bid, 10/14/05 Ada Comstock Dormitory, Smith College DIVISION 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.4 Scope of Work- All materials shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written specifications or Material's Institute Standards. Where the manufacturer's recommended details are used, the manufacturer shall be responsible for the performance of their product. All Items not specifically mentioned that are required to make the work complete and operational shall be included. 1.5 Codes - Construction shall comply with all applicable national, state and local building codes. 1.6 Measurements - The Contractor shall check and verify all dimensions and conditions before proceeding with construction. Do not scale drawings. Noted dimensions take precedence. 1.7 Workmanship - Workmanship shall conform to the best and highest standards of quality in each trade and shall include all items of fabrication, construction and installation. All work shall be completed by skilled tradesmen and mechanics. Installation of all equipment and materials shall be in strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 1.8 Insurance - Builders Risk Insurance shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of construction until final acceptance by the owner. All bonding and insurance requirements shall be coordinated with the Owner prior to beginning construction. All contractors shall provide and be solely responsible for necessary barricades and safety precautions, and strictly adhere to all governing codes on safety, including the OSHA Act. 1.9 Installation and Storage - All materials, supplies and equipment shall be installed per manufacturers recommendations and per applicable codes and requirements. Material stored on site shall be protected from damage by moisture, wind, sun, abuse or any other harmful affects. 1.10 Square Footage - Interior finished square footage figures represent heated and cooled floor area only and do not include additional area for two-story or vaulted spaces, garages,decks, porches or any other unfinished areas. These dimensions are generally measured from the outside face of the stud. 3,475 sf Finished Interior Garden level 4,954 sf Finished Interior I"floor level 3,461 sf Finished Interior 2"`'floor level 11,890 sf TOTAL Finished Interior 1,498 sf Mechanical, Laundry,storage rooms 13,388 sf TOTAL BUILDING (Does not include Exterior Patios) Awk 2 of 23 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BIDDING 10/14/05 Project Name: Ada Comstock Dormitory Northampton, MA Owner: The Trustees of Smith College Northampton, MA 585-2441 Project Manager: Gary Hartwell Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects Inc. 1.36 West Street Northampton, MA 413-585-0641,fax: 413-582-9882 Project architects: Tom Douglas,Jody Barker Structural Engineer: Ryan Hellwig,PE MEP: Lindgren and Sharpies, Dino D'Angelo Site Work: Fuss and O'Neil, Mike Gagnon Contractor: Marois Construction, Address: 148 Newton St. South Hadley, Ma Phone Number: 413-5331320 Fax: 413-532-1149 Project Manager: Mr. Tom Lucia Page 1 of 23 DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07100 WATERPROOFING 07200 INSULATION 07240 EISF 07320 ROOFIING 07610 SHEET METAL ROOFING DIVISION S-DOORS AND WINDOWS 08000 DOORS 08500 WINDOWS DIVISION 9-FINISHES 09250 GYPSUM WALL BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09300 TILE 09330 TILE SETTING ACCESSORIES 09510 ACOUSTIO TILE CEILINGS 09545 CEILINGS 09655 WOOD FLOORING 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10916 CLOSET SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11452 APPLIANCES 11455 INTFRTOR CA. RTNFTRY - - -- ... -_ _-._ ---- 11458 ATTIC STAIR DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14-CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14200 Elevator DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL 15300 Fire Protection 15400 Plumbing 15600 HVAC DIVISION 16—Electrical AOW 16100 Electrical TABLE OF CONTENTS Ada Comstock Housing 10/14/05 ° DIVISION I-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ISSUED FORBIDDING 10/14-05 1.4 Scope of work 1.5 Codes 1.6 Measurements 1.7 Workmanship 1.8 Insurance 1.9 Installation and storage 1.10 Square Footage PIVISION 2-SITEWORK 01572 EROSION CONTROL 02230 SITE CLEARING 02300 EARTHWORK 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02530 SANITARY SEWERAGE 02630 STORM DRAINAGE 02740 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 02741 ASPHALT BLOCK AND BRICK PAVERS 02771 CURBING 02920 LAWNS AND GRASSES 02930 EXTERIOR PLANTINGS DIVISION 3-CONCRETE 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4--MASONRY 048W BRICK 04100 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 08850 GLASS BLOCK DIVISION 5-METALS 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 ARCHITECTURAL METAL 05520 METAL HAND RAILINGS DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06105 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06400 INTERIOR TRIM 06410 CUSTOM WOODWORK 06460 STAIRS Ada Housing Project September 19, 2005 Campus School Important Dates and Times Please include the dates and times into the bid package so that all sub-contractors understand that scheduling work has restrictions Vacation Dates: (no classes) Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 24, 25 Winter Recess Dec. 22—Jan. 3 MLK Day Jan. 16 Mid- Winter Recess Feb. 20, 22 Spring Recess Mar. 20—24 April Recess Apr. 20, 21 Memorial Day May 29 Daily drop off and pick up schedule Mon., Tues., Thurs., Fri. Arrivals 8:00 - 8:45 Pick-up 2:15 - 3:15 and 4:10 - 4:30 Wed. "* Arrivals 8:00 - 8:45 Pick-up 11:45 — 12:15 and 3:30—4:00 No parking will be allowed in the campus school circle area. No major deliveries will be allowed during the daily drop off and pick up schedule. Work affecting this area must be scheduled on vacation days only. Please make sure this is understood and adhered to. Thanks, Gary J. Hartwell Project Manager Physical Plant Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts next lowest responsible and eligible bidder and made because the original award made within the time limit was invalid, or because the general bidder fails to execute the general contract or to provide a performance bond and labor and materials or payment bond. 1.14 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS A. See section 00600 Bond Requirements 1.15 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION A. The successful Bidder may begin on-site work on, or after receipt of a written Notice to Proceed, or suitable letter of Intent.After commencement of work, the Contractor shall pursue the Work continuously and with diligence, and bring the Project to Substantial Completion. Dates for commencement of work and substantial completion are specified in section 00 Owners Conditions. 1. Substantial completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. This includes any and all permits required by governmental agencies necessary for occupancy and use. END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 -6 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts A. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informalities, to reject any or all Bids, to reject a Bid based on attached data required by Bidding documents, or reject a Bid which is any way incomplete or irregular. B. No bid shall be considered which is not based on the Contract Documents. Further, no bid will be considered which contains any letters or memorandum qualifying the Proposal, or which is not properly executed, or which is not accompanied with the requested data and attachments. C. In case of discrepancy between the numerical number and written number, the written number will be controlling and will be considered to be the actual Bid of the Bidder. 1.12 METHOD OF CONTRACT AWARD A. The intent of Owner is to award a Contract to the Bidder whose qualifications and proposed bid sum, are, in the Owner's judgement, in the Owner's best interest. 1. The Owner reserves the right to accept a Proposal other than the lowest bid, to waive all informalities or irregularities in a Bid received, and to accept the bid which in its judgement best serves the interests of the Owner. 2. The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. 3. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, which in his opinion is in his best interest to do so. B. The successful bidder will be notified in writing, by mail or otherwise, that his bid has been accepted and that he has been awarded the contract. 1.13 EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS A. Execution of Agreement: The General Bidder who is selected as the Contractor shall promptly confer with the Owner on any questions concerning major sub- bidders and shall execute an Agreement with the Owner within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of award of Contract. 1. The successful Bidder will be required to execute AIA Document A101, 1997 edition, "Owner-Contractor Agreement Form, Stipulated Sum" . This document adopts by reference and is designed for use with A201- 1997 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. A101 and A201 should both be submitted as the contract for this project. B. Failure to enter into a Contract: If the Bidder selected as the contractor fails to perform his agreement to execute the contract in accordance with the terms of his general bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials bond as stated in his general bid, the Owner reserves the right to make an award to another Bidder. 1. The thirty(30)day time limit will not apply to a second of subsequent award made after the expiration of the time limit with the consent of said INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 5 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts A. Proposals will be received for the Project by the Owner, as follows: 1. Bid Proposal for the Base Bid, including Schedule of Values and Unit Prices, and qualification attachments will be received by the Owner until date and time stated in the INVITATION TO BID. 2. Any Proposal or portion thereof, received after the stipulated time will be due cause for rejection of Bidder's Proposal. B. Proposal shall be submitted, in duplicate, in a sealed 'bid envelope' bearing the Bidder's name and address for identification. Identify envelope on front face as follows: "Proposal for Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House dining hall renovations". C. Enclosed sealed 'bid envelope' in an outer envelope to mail or deliver bids; outer envelope shall be addressed: Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 D. Facsimile transmitted proposals will be rejected without review. E. No Bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his proposal or any part thereof for a period of sixty(60) calendar days following date of receipt of proposals. F. Opening of Proposals will be private. Bidders may not be present at time of A*W opening of Proposals. 1. A tabulation of Proposals will not be distributed to Bidders. 1A0 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a bid. B. Every bid which is not in the form requested, or which is incomplete, conditional or obscure may be rejected by the Owner, if it be in its interest to do so. C. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by written notice to Office of the Architect. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids.A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. D. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to-Bidders. 1.11 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS AAW INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 -4 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Dining hall renovations Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts Bidding Documents.The architect or the project manager will contact the bidders when addenda are issued. 1. No Addenda will be issued later than three days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the time for receipt of Bids. D. It shall be the sole responsibility of bidders to ascertain the existence of any and all addenda issued by the Architect whether or not the addenda is presented or mailed to or received by the bidder. E. As specified under the General and Supplementary Conditions, all addenda issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. 1.7 BID FORM A. Bidders shall completely fill-in the Bid Form included. Modify Bid form only as specified by Addendum. 1. All blank spaces on Bid Form shall be filled in; numbers shall be stated in both writing and numerals 2. Bidders shall acknowledge all alternates, allowances and addenda where indicated on the Bid Form. 3. Proposals shall include cost breakdowns and all attachments indicated on the sample Bid Form and as required in these instructions to Bidders. 4. Proposals shall be completed without interlineation, alterations or erasures. 5. Completed Proposals shall be signed with legal signature of Bidder. B. Each Bidder's Proposal shall include the following attachments. Bids submitted without ALL of the,following items shall be considered incomplete and are subject for rejection. 1. Notarized assurance of Bidder's bonding eligibility on surety company's own letterhead. 2. Resume and Qualifications of Project Superintendent. 3. List of Proposed Subcontractors, stating names of firms proposed for principal portions of Work. 1.8 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 1. No substitutions will be considered after Award of Contract. ew 1.9 SUBMITTAL, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 3 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts 1. Assist Bidders in understanding the intent of the Bidding Documents, 2. Review with the Architect/Engineer ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors or omissions discovered in the Bidding Documents 3. Provide for identification and discussion of potential problems that may arise during the administration of any subsequent contract, 4. Provide an opportunity for an examination of the existing structure to the extent reasonably discoverable by nondestructive means, 5. Permit bidders an opportunity to visit the site for determining extent of work, and quantities of materials required for the Work. 1.5 BIDDERS REPRESENTATIONS A. The Bidder by making a Proposal represents the following: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance with them 2. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with location conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged below,and familiarized himself or herself with the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work. 1 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bid Documents without exceptions 4. The Bidder acknowledges that his or her failure to acquaint himself or herself with the existing conditions and Contract Documents shall in no way relieve the Bidder from any obligations with respect to his or her bid. 1.6 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS A. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents, examine the site and local conditions and at once report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered B. All questions by prospective bidders as to the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be submitted by the General Contractor in writing to the Architect's office and should be in its possession at least seven calendar days before the date set for the receipt of general bids. C. Interpretations of questions raised by bidders,which in the opinion of the Architect require interpretation,and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda. Oral interpretations given to prospective bidders will have no standing. All addenda will be available at the Smith College Physical plant reception desk to all who are known by the Architect to have received a complete set of INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 -2 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.1 APPROVED BIDDERS A. The Trustee's of the Smith College, hereinafter referred to as Owner,will receive proposals from a selected list of invited Bidders for renovations to Cutter Ziskand and Tyler house dining halls, Northampton, Massachusetts. Proposals will be accepted only from those Bidders who have been previously selected by Owner. 1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will not be considered. 1.2 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Owner intends to award a single Stipulated Sum Contract for performance of all work required by the Contract Documents, including General, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire Prevention Systems, and Electrical work. See 1.13 for contract type. 1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will not be considered. 1.3 AVAILABILITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS A. Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents, may be obtained at the Physical ow* Plant Reception Desk. A time and date is indicated in the invitation to Bid. Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 B. Refundable Deposit Required:Cash, check or money order payable to the Owner in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) per set. The deposits will be refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within thirty (30) calendar days after opening of the General Bids, otherwise the deposit shall be the property of the Owner. 1. Upon payment of deposit, General Contractors will receive Contract Documents in the form of two bound sets of prints and two Project Manuals. Bidders shall be responsible for distribution of the Contract Documents. No additional sets will be provided by the Owner. 2. Additional sets may be purchased directly from the Owner's printer at a non-refundable cost set by the printer. 1.4 PREBID CONFERENCE A. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled at location, time and date indicated in the invitation to Bid. Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the pre-bid meeting. B. This meeting has been scheduled to: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 1 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts chips. In extremely sensitive use double overlapping_"plywood with minimum 6"wood chip coverage underneath. Following construction vertical mulch, compacted areas. Smith College will determine areas requiring mulches, plywood and vertical mulching. The contractor will properly prepare site as directed prior to staging of equipment or materials or the performance of any other work. The contractor is responsible for all expenses associated with carrying out this work and any damage as a result of improper execution of the protective work. 4.3 Dumping and disposal of waste (paint, oil, fuel, etc.) is prohibited around trees and shrubs. All construction debris is to be removed from the site and disposed of properly. No debris is to be buried on site. 5. INSPECTIONS 5.1 Trees and shrubs to remain, protected areas, and future planting areas are to be inspected weekly by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her representative. The Contractor is responsible for immediate correction or any deficiencies and responsible for all associated costs. 6. PENALTIES 6.1 The Contractor shall be held liable for all violations of the aforementioned specifications and standards and shall when necessary, ry repair or replace, as appropriate, all plants to be preserved and to correct all other deficiencies as determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. 4 Cutter/Ziskind [date] Northampton, Massachusetts MEANS OF EGRESS: Two exit stairs are provided existing for the upper floors. . Two exit doors are provided for the dining rooms. Exit signs and emergency lighting are installed. Two exit stairs are provided from the basement areas. HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY: Site grading is designed to provide at grade access to the 1 gc fl entries without ramps. A new accessible toilet room is being installed in the 18'floor. TOILETS & FIXTURES: A new accessible toilet room is being installed in the 1" floor. CODE REVIEW 3 Cutter/Ziskind [date] Northampton, Massachusetts Total Building Area: First Floor: 21,696 S.F. • Second Floor: 17,142 S.F. • Third Floor: 17,142 S.F. • Total: 55,980 S.F. Occupancy load: 89 dormitory rooms, = 88 occupants 1 dining room with attached kitchen. = 240 seats =328 total occupants Egress width per occupant: (without sprinklers) Stairs = .3 x 164=49.2" Corridors & doors = .2 x 164 = 32.8" Fire Protection Notes: The existing egress stairs are open to the lobby and have a 0-hour rating for the separation between the exit access and the R2 and A3 uses. A new 2-hour wall is proposed to separate the dining room (A3) use from the exit stairway and exit passageway and stair. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS Structure element Fire resistance Ratings of a Structural Elements (type 213, (hours) Exterior wall Loadbearin 1 Non loadbearing 0 " . Fire walls and party walls 2 Fire separation assemblies Fire enclosure of exits 1 (CMR 1014.11 Shafts Shafts and hoistwa s 2 Mixed use & fire area 2 se aration Other separation 1 assemblies Fire partitions Exit access corridors 1 Tenant space 1 separation Other non load bearing partitions 0 Interior load bearing walls, Supporting more than 1 partitions, columns girders, trusses one floor (other than roof trusses) and framin Structural members supporting wall 1 Floor construction including beams 1 Roof construction including 1 beams, trusses and framing, arches and roof deck CODE REVIEW 2 Cutter/Ziskind [date] Northampton, Massachusetts CODE REVIEW Cutter/ZiskindDining Hall Renovation Elm Street Northampton, Massachusetts PROJECT DESCRIPTION: This project is for the renovation of an existing dormitory dining hall. Cutter Ziskind dormitory is a 3-story building and was constructed in 1956. The first floor is a mixture of gathering spaces, bathrooms, dining hall, kitchen, and 1 dorm room. The 2nd and 3`d floors are dorm rooms and bathrooms. This project will: Expand the existing kitchen by converting an existing dry storage area (now used by the kitchen) into a new kitchen space. Create an expanded dining area by taking over an unused part of the two existing entry lobbies. Install new finishes in the existing dining room. Install new serving counters in the existing dining room. Install a new unisex accessible bathroom on an accessible route on the 1st floor. GENERAL INFORMATION Applicable Building Code: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR, 6` Edition SITE INFORMATION: Project Address: Elm Street, Northampton, Massachusetts Parcel Number: Net Site Area: Not applicable. Zoning District: URC Building Footprint: 21,696 S.F. Parking Analysis: No changes to exterior parking, No additional areas added to building. BUILDING INFORMATION: Number of Floors: 3 + basement Occupancy Use Groups: R-2, A3 Construction Type: 2B (noncombustible, unprotected) Fire protection: Partially Sprinkled (R2 areas are sprinkled) Exterior loadbearing wall rating: 1-hr. Exterior non-bearing wall rating: 0-hr. Occupancy separations: 2 hours required if not fully sprinkled BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS Occupancy Use Groups: R-2 Base allowable area with 75% frontage increase: 4 story (50') at 22,500 S.F./floor Proposed area: 3 story, 17,142 existing area Occupancy Use Groups: A3 Base allowable area with 75% frontage increase: 3 story (40') at 19,687 S.F./floor Proposed area: 1 story, 16,244 existing area + 1,165 new areas = 17,409 total A3 area 1 CODE REVIEW Excess Liability look 1,000,000 Each Occurrence 1,000,000 Aggregate Umbrella Form required unless otherwise agreed. You may substitute a higher amount of general liability coverage in lieu of a follow form umbrella,as long as the sum meets or exceeds the amount of general liability coverage as requested. You must indicate on your certificate the full amount of insurance carried, even if it is less than the amount requested. PLEASE NO'T'E: The following wording must appear on every insurance certificate submitted: The Trustees of Smith College and any present or former trustee, director, officer, administer, employee, student, volunteer worker or Agent, is added as an additional insured to the General Liability, Auto, Employers, Liability and Excess Policies, as their interests may ap)ear. This insurance shall not terminate without at least twenty- (20) day's prior written notice to the college. Please add the college to all applicable policies as additional insured and instruct your insurance agent(s) to forward original insurance certificates directly to: Smith College Purchasing Department 30 Belmont Avenue Northampton, MA 01063 And a Copy To: Robert McCullough Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063-you may fax for Robert to (413)585-2398. You will be required to maintain adequate insurance coverage throughout the entire period of your contract or supplier relationship with the college. The insurance agent must provide new original certificates directly to the college whenever new policies are issued or policies are changed or updated. Failure to have or maintain coverage or to provide original certificates may be cause for cancellation or non-renewal or your contract. .A. ,o . SMITH COLLEGE LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS All contractors who routinely transact business on the Smith College Campus must meet the following insurance requirements: General Liability: 2,040,000 General Aggregate 1;000,000 Product/Completed Operations 1,004,000 Personal & Advertising Injury 50,000 Fire Damage Legal Liability 5,000 Medical Expense Coverage is to include Broad Form Property Damage, XCU hazard (if appropriate), _Contractual Liability and be Occurrence Form unless otherwise agreed. Auto Liability 1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Coverage is to include All Owned Autos or Scheduled Autos and Hired Autos and Non- Owned Autos. Worker's Compensation r+ Statuto; Worker's Compensation Worker's Liability 1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit 500,040 Disease - Each Employee 500,000 Each Accident (Not required of proprietorships and partnerships, which have no employees, if any employees are subcontracted, coverage will be required, even if the employees are considered "independent contractors". A statement via letter must be provided with the certificates or policy copies stating; that the firm has no employees other than the proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of Health Insurance is required of all-soh proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of health insurance is required of all-sole proprietors and partners.) Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts 2.6 Any existing plant scheduled to be protected and preserved, that is injured or destroyed shall be replanted at the Contractor's expense as detailed in Section 1.4. Report all damage promptly to the Director of the Botanic Garden so an Arborist can treat the damaged plants quickly and appropriately. 3. STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING SOIL 3.1 Prior to the start of general excavation, strip all topsoil, peat, and organic silt from within areas to be occupied by structures, paving, and lawns, as well as other areas to be regarded in this contract, and stockpile. Do no stripping until final approval of work area limit lines detailed in Section 1.2 has been reconfirmed by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate. 3.2 All topsoil, peat and organic silt encountered during the stripping operations, regardless of depth, shall be removed, and stockpiled at a site designated by the Foreman of Grounds of the Physical Plant department. No topsoil is to be removed from the campus without the approval of the Foreman of Grounds. Topsoil shall not be piled over root systems of existing trees and shrubs. Areas having greater depths of topsoil,peat or organic silt than indicated on boring and test pit data sheets or reasonably anticipated shall be stripped of all such material and fill shall be used to bring such areas to the rough grade level. Sticks, stones, and roots over 2 inches in any dimension shall be removed from topsoil before stockpiling. All other stripped soil, which can be classified as fill as defined herein, shall be used or stockpiled for re-use in rough grading. The Foreman of Grounds shall define the storage area prior to piling. 3.3 Piles of topsoil shall be located so that the material can be used readily for the finish surface grading but not where root systems of trees and shrubs to be preserved can be compacted by storage piles or equipment. Topsoil shall be protected and maintained during the construction period. 3.4 All unsuitable material as well as logs, stumps, roots, brush, and other refuse from the clearing and grubbing operations shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of by the Contractor as soon as practicable following the cutting, clearing, or grubbing. 4. SITE STORAGE, TRAFFIC FLOW AND PARKING 4.1 Areas requiring authorization by Smith College include Field office placement, construction parking, soil stockpiling, haul roads, material storage, chemical and fuel storage, and concrete washout areas. 4.2 In areas of engineered fills, minimum compaction is to be attained if fill is not supported by a structure. Storage yard and traffic areas for construction activity is to be well outside drip .mow lines of trees. Protect soil surfaces from traffic compaction with an 8" layer of fresh wood 3 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3/11/05 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts because of size or peculiarity of species,the College shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Tree.Evaluation Formula as described in "Guide for Plant Appraisal"and"Manual for Plant Appraisers" (latest editions) as published by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers. 1.5 Remove stumps and roots to a clear depth of not less than 1'0"below subgrade level except on areas where the Director of the Botanic Garden has called for woody growth to be cut to ground level. At lawns only, depth shall be 6"below finished grade. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps or roots shall be refilled with suitable material compacted to the density, grade, and contour of the surrounding earth. 2. TREE/SHRUB PROTECTION 2.1 Plant materials selected to remain shall be protected by sturdy,temporary barriers erected prior to any construction or excavation work on the site. These barricades shall be maintained in good condition during the entire period of construction work on the site. Unless otherwise specifically approved by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, use only new and solid lumber of utility grade or better to construct temporary barricades around plants designated to remain. Barricades shall be 4"x4"wood corner posts with 3 - 2"x4"rails at 2'0" intervals to 6'0"height for trees and 2 - 2"x4"rails @ 2'0 intervals to 4'0" height for shrubs. Barricades shall be set at the outer drip line for shrubs, unless otherwise authorized by the Director of the Botanic Garden, taking special care not to damage large roots. All barricades/fencing shall be removed when no longer needed as determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. 2.2 Trees to remain shall not be used for crane stays, guys, or other fastenings. Vehicles shall not be parked within the areas inside the drip line of trees or where damage may result to such trees. Do not stockpile fill, equipment, or building supplies with the areas inside the drip line or trees or within 5' of shrubs. 2.3 Damage no plant by burning, by pumping of water,by cutting of live roots or branches, or by any other means. If, in order to perform excavation work, it becomes necessary to cut roots of plants to be saved, such roots must be cut by Botanic Garden staff or by a professional A.rborist who shall be notified in advance of the excavation. 2.4 The Contractor is responsible for all costs of establishing and carrying out a maintenance program for plants to be saved throughout the time of construction. The program shall include regular feeding, watering, spraying, and cabling, and pruning of all dead or broken branches. Submit a schedule of the maintenance to the Project Manager at the beginning of the job. Schedule and procedures must be approved by the Director or the Botanic Garden. 2.5 Pruning, if needed, shall be done only by Smith College Botanical Garden personnel. The Contractor shall notify the College immediately if any pruning is needed to complete work or if any damage occurs as a result of work. 2 Cutter-Ziskand and Tyler House- Dining hall renovations ISSUED FOR BIDDING 3111105 Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts TREE AND SHRUB PRESERVATION SPECIFICATIONS Foreword. Due to the high expense of follow-up care necessary to offset construction damage to trees, shrubs, and soils, and the importance of our tree and shrub collections to the overall quality of life on our campus, it is expected that every effort will be made to eliminate construction damage. 1. CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND REMOVAL 1.1 All trees and shrubs, unless noted to be cut, shall remain. All stumps, brush, vegetation, rubbish and other perishable or objectionable matter shall be cleared from the site. No on- site burning will be permitted. This debris shall.be disposed of by the Contractor in an approved dumping site in compliance with local codes and the Wetlands Protection Act. 1.2 Prior to starting site clearing operations or any other construction work, stake out all limits of work and groups of trees and shrubs to be saved. Promptly upon completion of layout work and before any clearing or other construction work is begun on the site, the Contractor shall arrange a conference on the site with the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designated to identify and mark trees and areas of trees and shrubs which are to remain. After the conference, the Contractor shall erect sturdy, temporary fencing along the work area limits, separating it from protected areas. Minimum distances from protected trees shall be to the outer drip lines around each tree or group of trees and shrubs. Sensitive species may require fencing at even greater distances from the main trunk. Do no clearing without a clear understanding of existing conditions to be preserved. 1.3 Limits of clearing shall be those areas defined by the limits of work. Removal of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous perennials outside those areas shall be done only as noted on the drawings and as approved by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. 1.4 Fell trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved. A representative of the Botanic Garden shall designate trees that are to be carefully topped rather than felled. No trees shall be removed until authorized by the Botanic Garden representative. Excavation or grading within the branch spread of trees to be saved shall be performed only under the direction of the Project Manager, with the approval of the Director of the Botanic Garden unless otherwise directed. Existing trees to be saved,which have, in the opinion of the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, become damaged, shall be replaced with trees of similar size and species. Replacement of trees to be tagged in the field or sales yard by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her representative. Planting specifications for all replacement plantings will be provided by the Director of the Botanic Garden. All expenses incurred shall be paid by the Contractor. If the tree or shrub can not be replaced 1 • Local safety regulations. • Hard hats and appropriate personal protection equipment shall be worn at all times while in the designated construction area. Failure to comply and the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier shall be fully responsible for all fines and penalties. Subcontractors and suppliers shall notify the General Contractor of all accidents occurring on the job site to persons or property and shall provide the General Contractor with a copy of all accident reports within five days of occurrence. In the event of OSHA fines being charged to this project, the offending subcontractor agrees to pay that portion assessed against the General Contractor, which was directly attributable to the subcontractors work. Code Compliance: Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers will comply with all applicable codes and regulations and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction. Subcontractor requirements: The following items are required by all Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers prior to proceeding with any work, or receiving any payments: a. List of subcontractors and suppliers b. Schedule of values. c. Progress schedule. d. List-of Contractor's personnel, addresses, telephone numbers and copies of licenses. , * e. Copies of all permits and permit applications f. Certificate of insurance with the Owner and General Contractor indicated as additionally insured. g. Performance and payment bonds. (if required). h. Executed letter of intent, contract or purchase order. i. Executed Owner Control of Insurance Program forms. 5 Substance Abuse: Substance abuse of any kind will not be tolerated and shall be cause for removal from the project or immediate termination of employment. Supervision: Subcontractors are required to employ competent supervisors and field personnel and shall coordinate their work with the work of all other trades. Temporary power: The Contractor will provide necessary temporary lights &power and cover. The Owner will pay for electrical power consumed. Temporary sanitary facilities: The General Contractor will not be required to provide portable toilets for the duration of the construction project. The General Contractor will not be required to provide potable water. The Plumbing Contractor will not be required to provide temporary connections to the water service for non-potable water usage. The Owner will pay for the cost of water consumed. Telephone service: The Contractor will provide telephone service and be responsible for all associated costs. Hoisting and Scaffolding: _ The General Contractor or the subcontractors are to provide their own ladders, "w"scaffoldin g, staging, and hoisting equipment and all the necessary equipment to accomplish their work. Installation of any staging or scaffolding should be coordinated with the General Contractor. Subcontractors and Suppliers: Prior to their work each Subcontractor shall submit to the General Contractor for approval a complete list of all Sub-subcontractors and suppliers that the Subcontractor will employ or purchase from. A Subcontractor is responsible for the compliance of its Subcontractor and/or Suppliers to all terms and conditions of the Subcontract. Safety: Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier is responsible for the health and safety of its own workers and for complying with the latest applicable regulations, including, but not limited to those of the U.S. department of labor(OSHA). Each Subcontractor shall issue and enforce the use of all personal protection equipment as required while on-site. The Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier shall comply with all the statutory regulations and requirements including but not limited to the following: ❑ Occupational Safety and Health act of 1970 as amended. ❑ 29 CFR01926 OSHA Hazardous Communications Standards. ❑ State Department of Labor and Industry Division of Industrial Safety ❑ Insurance Safety Requirements /Owner Controlled Insurance Program ❑ General Contractor's written safety program. 4 Noise control: As maintained by Smith College, noise generated by subcontractors must be controlled to a maximum level of 80dB. The city of Northampton also has a noise ordinance which restricts noise before 7 a.m. and after 11:00 PM. Be advised that activities will be restricted if noise levels exceed the allowable Iimits. a. "Noisy" Tasks: As defined by the Owner's Project Manager, such as concrete demolition, sawing, or drilling, shall be done during off hours at no additional cost to the Owner, unless other times are agreed to in writing. For the portion of time that the building is still occupied while under construction, it is requested that all of the above mentioned activities take place after 7:00 am. Objectionable Tasks: Operations producing objectionable odors to occupants/users of the project facility/building, such as floor mastic, painting, etc., shall be performed during off-hours, unless other times are agreed to in writing. Known & Unknown Hazards: The Contractor shall be made aware that asbestos and lead containing materials are present in the existing buildings to be renovated. ATC Associates Inc. (ATC)performed a comprehensive inspection for asbestos at the sites. The Contractor is hereby made aware of the presence of asbestos and lead containing materials. Smith College will contract directly to remove asbestos from the project sites. The contractor is required to properly handle lead-based materials in accordance with local, state and federal _ regulations. All costs associated with handling of such lead based materials as well as compliance with all applicable laws associated with worker and/or environmental protection shall be the responsibility of the Contractor under the Base Bid. Any other hazards not identified or abated should immediately be brought to the attention of the General Contractor and to Smith College. The contractor will agree to stop work in the identified area and notify Smith College. If asbestos is discovered, Smith College will provide abatement by a licensed contractor under a separate contract. Keys: The College will provide the General Contractor with the necessary keys if needed for the project. The contractor will sign a key form stating what key or keys are issued to them. It is the responsibility of the contractor to return the keys to the Smith College Project Manager. The General Contractor will receive a copy of the key form, signed by the college that states the keys have been returned. Failure to comply with said terms will result in a charge of$250.00 per key. The college reserves the right to deduct this amount from the final invoice. Loss of master keys will result in the re-keying of the entire building at the General Contractor's expense. Cleaning: The General Contractor will provide dumpsters. All contractors are required to clean their work areas daily. If necessary, the General Contractor will clean at the OOW Subcontractor's expense. 3 Insurance: See Owner's Insurance Requirements. Permits: The General Contractor will obtain a building permit. All other required permits will be the responsibility of the respective subcontractors. Copies of all permits, inspection report, and communication with the building department are to be supplied to the General Contractor. Rebates and Credits Any rebates for purchased items should be submitted for Smith College by the applicable Contractor and to be credited toward the final invoice. Any local,state, or federal energy rebate programs should also be explored for inclusion with the project. Use of Premises: The General Contractor will control the use of the premises throughout the entire construction project. All subcontractors are to arrange with the General Contractor all deliveries and need for storage and office space and coordination of installation of major equipment. The construction workforce is to be restricted to the construction area and the construction limit. Any employee that doesn't adhere to these limits will be terminated. Interruption Requests: 1. All utility (electrical, water, sewer, gas, telephone, hot water, steam and air conditioning) interruptions are to be made during the Owner's defined "off hours" "' unless other times are agreed to in writing. 2. The General Contractor shall request the Owner's approval a minimum of 72 hours in advance of any utility interruption. There shall be no additional cost to the Owner. a) Notify the Fire department of Northampton, and the Physical Plant department of any interruptions to the fire alarm or the fire sprinkler systems. The college will notify the proper insurance carriers of the"out- of-service" condition. 3. The General Contractor shall submit any request that differ from the above to the Owner's project manager a minimum of 72 hours in advance. Some changes may be possible depending on the circumstances and time of the year. Harassment: Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated on this project or on the campus. This includes any inappropriate actions or noises either on the construction site or in the surrounding area. It is strongly recommended that all contractors instruct their employees to limit their contact with college personnel staff or students. Any occurrence of harassment will be cause for immediate termination and possibly removal of subcontractor from the site. The General Contractor will strictly enforce these harassment policies. 2 Smith College's OWNER CONDITIONS Site visit: Any visits to the project site must be scheduled with the Owner a minimum of 24 hours in advance. Acceptance of Bids: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bidding should it be deemed in the Owner's opinion to be in any way in his best interest to do so. Taxes: This project is exempt from the Massachusetts State sales tax. Certificates will be furnished to all successful bidders. Schedules of work: Work on this project will begin after Monday May 16, 2005 and its substantial completion will be accomplished no later than Friday August 26, 2005. Traffic controls: The General Contractor shall be responsible for paying the City of Northampton for police details requested by authorized agencies or officials. Prior to disrupting traffic flow on a campus or city roadway and to avoid causing a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles, the Contractor shall arrange for and pay for security details through the Owner's Campus Public Safety office or City Police department. In all cases, the Owner's Campus Public Safety office shall be the final authority of what activity will require a security detail or is a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles. Parking and Deliveries: All contractors will be required to adhere to the college campus parking regulations. If the employees of the contractors receive a Smith College parking ticket for parking in an unauthorized parking space, and did not pay the fine, the college has the right to deduct whatever fines are outstanding form the final payment of the completed job. Lawns: See Smith College Tree Preservation specification for information on lawns and plants. The General Contractor is responsible to take whatever action is necessary to prevent damage to the lawns, sidewalks, trees and shrubs on the college property. The Owner will review the area with the General Contractor before the job starts, to make any notes about the exiting conditions. After the work is completed,the Owner, along with the General Contractor will review the site. If damage has accrued, it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to repair or replace the shrubs, trees, lawns and sidewalks to the satisfaction for the college. Further information about protection requirements may be found within the bid specifications. 1 Ada Comstock Housing ISSUED FORBIDDING 10/17/05 Smith College,Northampton, Massachusetts SECTION 00410 BID FORM BID OF: (Name and address of Bidder) TO: The Trustee's of the Smith College,herein called the Owner,per the affentions of Smith College Physical Plant 126 West Street Northampton,MA 01063 A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents,to complete all Work as specified and indicated in the Bidding Documents for the stipulated Contract Price stated herein,and within the time limit indicated in this Bid and in compliance with the Contract Documents and all applicable legal requirements. B. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he or she has visited the site and the conditions present and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents,together with all Addenda issued,received and acknowledged below,and has familiarized himself or herself with the legal requirements(federal,state, and local laws,ordinances,rules and regulations)and other conditions which may affect the cost,progress or performance of Work,and has made independent investigations, deemed necessary by the Bidder. C. The undersigned Bidder hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor services,products,and materials required in the performance of Work to complete the following named project: Ada-Comstock Housing to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Architect and in accordance with the accompanying Bidding and Contract Documents,dated October 14,2005,as prepared by Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., Northampton,Massachusetts,for the Contract price specified below,subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Contract Documents. D. The proposed total contract price is: (Base Bid-NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATES) Dollars (total contract price amount in words,which governs) ( (Total contract price amount in numbers) E. Addenda: The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda,and has taken them into consideration in the preparation of this Bid: Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated: _ Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated; F. The above Contract price is for the follow description of work: (give div.No. and description) Signature of Bidder Company Name Date of Bid BID FORM 00410-1 Per-Bid Meeting: A pre-bid meeting will be held at Smith College Physical Plant on Thursday Oct. 20, 2005 at 10:00 am. Construction Schedule: Work on this Project is expected to start by November 15, 2005 and be ready for occupancy by May 31, 2006. Questions: All questions regarding this project should fazed to Tom Lucia at 413-532-1149. Bid Awards: All bids will be opened and reviewed in private by the owner, architect and construction manager. Contracts will be awarded to the contractor with the lowest bid that is in the best interest of the owner. The owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids. On behalf of Smith College and the design team we look forward to receiving your bids for this project. -- Thank you, RT Tom Lucia Senior Project manager Childhood � MAR®IS CON STRUCTION CO. INC. GENERAL CONTRACTORS - CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS 262 Old Lyman Rd.•South Hadley, MA 01075 Tel.413-533-1320•Fax 532-1149-www.maroiscacom Invitation to Bid Date: October 17, 2005 Project: ADA Comstock Housing Owner : Smith College 126 West Street Northampton, MA Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects 136 West Street Northampton, MA J The Ada Comstock Housing project will consist of construction Ada Comstock Housing project will consist of construction of a new 10 unit apartment style dormitory to house non-traditional aged students with families. It will have 10 apartments with connecting corridors and one common room, which will encourage and support interaction between the residents, as well as the larger college community. The programming committee has endorsed the idea of an environmentally sensitive building, where students and there families can live in a newly constructed, environment free of toxic chemicals and potential allergens, that will be easy to maintain, full of fresh air and natural lighting, and be as comfortable as possible by the nature of the materials selected, orientation of the building on the site and arrangement of the internal spaces. Drawings& Specifications will be provided to invited bidders (one set), and must be picked up at our office(please call first or fax your request for plans before coming to pick them up), additional sets may be purchased from Marois Construction at a cost of one dollar per sheet. Bid Date: Bids are due by 2:00 pm, on November 2, 2005 Bids are to be delivered to Marois Construction Co. Inc. 262 old Lyman Road South Hadley, MA 01075 Bids may also be faxed to our office at 413-532-1149. 4M 49 ...............4 9o4-3 9P),60K -- 0517 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BIDDING 10/14/05 '7 L,r' r....re-, r ll Project Name: Ada Comstock D®rmito Northampton,MA Owner: The Trustees of Smith College Northampton,MA 585-2441 Project Manager: Gary Hartwell Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects Inc. 136 West Street Northampton, MA 413-585-0641,fax: 413-582-9882 Project architects: Tom Douglas,Jody Barker Structural Engineer: Ryan Heliwig,PE MEP: Lindgren and Sharpies, Dino D'Angelo Site Work: Fuss and O'Neil, Mike Gagnon Contractor: Marois Construction, Address: 148 Newton St. South Hadley, Ma Phone Number: 413-5331320 Fax: 413-532-1149 Project Manager: Mr.Tom Lucia Page 1 of 23